Category: Transcripts

  • 82 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Hey y’all. This is Dr. Jeremy Sharp and this is The Testing Psychologist podcast episode 82.

    Today, we have Dr. Ross Greene on the podcast. This is an interview that I’ve been looking forward to for a long time. I’ve used Dr. Greene’s approach,Collaborative & Proactive Solutions (CPS), professionally and personally with my own kids quite a bit. He is an excellent interviewee. He has a lot to say and he’s passionate about what he’s doing.

    If you’re not familiar with Dr. Greene, he has a lengthy bio to get acquainted with. He is the founding Director of Lives in the Balance, a nonprofit aimed at advancing the mission of helping kids with challenging behaviors and educating the public, educating teachers, and helping those kids who tend to slip through the cracks in the schools and elsewhere.

    He served on the faculty at Harvard Medical School for over 20 years. He’s now an associate professor at Virginia Tech [00:01:00] and an adjunct professor at the University of Technology Sydney, in Australia.

    Dr. Greene also recently added executive producer, I believe, to his resume. He has a documentary that’s currently screening across the country called The Kids We Lose, and we talk a bit about that in addition to many other things during our interview today.

    So without further ado, I give you Dr. Ross Greene.

    Hello. Welcome back everyone to The Testing Psychologist podcast. This is Dr. Jeremy Sharp.

    Today, I have with me, Dr. Ross Greene. Y’all may have heard of Dr. Greene. I hope you have heard of Dr. Greene and his work. [00:02:00] as a new take or different take on behavior management for kids. We’ll get into it in great detail, but he’s someone that I followed for years and one of those guests, when I started the podcast I thought, oh, that would be incredible if I could get Ross Greene on the podcast. And so here we are. So I’m very grateful for that.

    Ross, welcome to the podcast. 

    Dr. Ross: Thank you for having me on. You got me.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s happening. It’s great. I think I mentioned in the email that I sent you to reach out initially that I’ve been tapped into your model for our own kid, and as a clinician of course. So the personal and professional side just has been really important in my life. So I’m really excited to be talking to you today. I appreciate it.

    Dr. Ross: Glad to be talking to you.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. Well, usually we ease into it just by getting an idea of [00:03:00] who you are, what you do day to day, how you got where you are. So I’ll just leave that door open and let you take it where you might. Does that sound okay?

    Dr. Ross: Absolutely. Well, who am I? Child psychologist. Grew up in Miami, Florida. Now live in Portland, Maine, when I’m actually in Portland, Maine.

    Where am I? That’s a very good question in terms of how did I get here. Professionally, I went to grad school and gravitated to kids with ADHD. And if you’re working with kids with ADHD, you’re going to be working with kids with oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and conduct disorder. And that’s who I really gravitated to because I felt like they were not a very well-understood population. And that’s been validated by all the work I’ve been doing over the last 30-some-odd years. This [00:04:00] is a poorly understood and poorly treated population.

    It’s not my way to sit and watch things not go well. So I had to buck up against my own training a little bit because I was trained as a reward and punishment guy. And I was finding that that really wasn’t what the vast majority of these kids seemed to need. That was helped out by the research that’s accumulated over the last 40 to 50 years.

    What became quite clear is that challenging behavior is just the signal, just this fever, just the way the kid is communicating that he or she is stuck, but more technically, and the wording here is crucial, having difficulty meeting certain expectations. And that it wasn’t a lack of motivation that was making it difficult for them to meet those expectations. It was lagging skills. And that is just a [00:05:00] completely different set of lenses. And it leads us in a completely different direction in terms of intervention.

    So I started trying some new ideas for size especially related to prioritizing all of the expectations that the kid was having difficulty meeting. Instead of using incentives to try to modify their behavior, I began trying to solve the problems that were causing that behavior. Over time, the middle word of the model Collaborative and Proactive Solutions became incredibly important because so much of what we do to these kids occurs in the heat of the moment- it’s reactive, and you don’t have to use your crisis management strategies if you are in crisis prevention mode. The problem-solving is a whole lot better if it’s collaborative instead of unilateral.

    And so [00:06:00] those were pretty much the key themes that have driven the work and everything I’ve been doing for the last 30 years or so. And so I’m not exactly sure where I’m at except Portland, Maine, but that’s how I got here.

    Dr. Sharp: Sounds good. What was that like to like you said, buck against your training? Was that happening as a grad student or as an early career psychologist or what? That sounds hard. 

    Dr. Ross: Early career. Well, even as a grad student, I was questioning whether rewarding and punishing and contingency contracting and behavior was really all there was to it, and whether those should be our only focal points. So that was happening in graduate school.

    I started trying some new things on for size shortly after grad school.  And the truth is, it was a little scary because I was not only bucking up against my training, but I was bucking up against some pretty influential [00:07:00] figures who I worried might simply blast me for thinking that there might be more to helping kids than rewarding and punishing. The good news is at no point have I felt blasted

    Dr. Sharp: That’s good.

    Dr. Ross: because the truth is, well, Collaborative and Proactive Solutions flow from theoretically, at least, similar underpinnings. It’s still social learning theory. That’s a lot of the underpinnings of CPS, and that’s the underpinning of rewarding and punishing as well.

    And so so long as I have been helping people understand that, and so long as I have been emphasizing that BF Skinner talked every bit as much about conditions as I do, I don’t call them conditions, I call them unmet expectations or unsolved problems, that seems to make a whole lot of folks feel a whole lot better.

    Dr. Sharp: I bet. That’s a good reframe. That’s interesting. [00:08:00] It’s not that far away.

    Dr. Ross: I was on a call with my mentor, Tom, who is who’s been who’s largely a Parent Management Training guy. We were on the phone the other night because we were reviewing some data that we collected in Australia on comparing CPS to Parent Management Training and he was saying that he’s sometimes amazed that people don’t see the difference between CPS and PMT. From both of our perspectives, they are very different ways of thinking and doing things even if they flow emanate from similar theoretical foundations.

    Dr. Sharp: The way that they manifest and come about and get put into action, it seems like are vastly different.

    Dr. Ross: It seems like it to me. 

    Dr. Sharp: It seems like it. That’s my perception. Well, I would love to talk about that data, that’s interesting, right [00:09:00] off the bat. Before we totally jump into all of that, can you just talk a little bit about what your life looks like now? Are you doing any private practice at all or is it a lot of speaking and writing and whatnot?

    Dr. Ross: Speaking, writing, running a nonprofit which probably takes up more of my time than anything else. 

    Dr. Sharp: Is that the Lives in the Balance?

    Dr. Ross: Yeah. I don’t draw any income from Lives in the Balance. So basically the speaking and the royalties from the writing permit me to run a nonprofit and a nonprofit that doesn’t have to pay me any money. So, there’s a lot of things we can do because I’m not taking any money from the organization.

    I do still see some kids. I’ve had to drop it off a fair amount mostly because my schedule is so funky that [00:10:00] the kids who I like working with the most are the very severe ones, but they need a lot of me, their families need a lot of me and their schools need a lot of me. And with my traveling, there’s not always a lot of me to give. And so I don’t want to feel like I am doing them a disservice by taking them on and then not being able to provide them with the level of care that they need. And so still working with a meaningful number of kids, just nowhere nearly as many as I used to. Still above it and it still keeps me sharp and it still, quite frankly keeps me in touch with just how hard it is out there for everybody.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. I was just going to say, I think it’s nice to have both sides. I interview a lot of folks who are both academics and clinicians, and it’s nice to be able to marry the two and not get too far away from either one.

    Dr. Ross: I agree. 

    Dr. Sharp: In case, I’m sure there’s somebody out there who [00:11:00] doesn’t know what we’re talking about when you say CPS and Lives in the Balance and collaborative and this and that, can we zoom way out just for a minute and talk to me about what this model is, what it’s about, where it came from, what do we use it for?

    Dr. Ross: Got it. Well, you can use it for just about any problem that needs to be solved in just about any setting in which the problem needs to be solved. In my personal experience, and professional experience, this has been done with thousands of families, hundreds of schools, dozens of inpatient psychiatry units, and residential facilities, one system of juvenile detention, one adult inpatient psychiatry unit, few adult prisons.

    Dr. Sharp: Wow.

    Dr. Ross: One thing I would say is that I don’t really see much difference among the people who this has applied to. If I’m doing this with a psychotic adult [00:12:00] and I’m doing this with a 3-year-old kid, believe it or not, I’m not seeing a whole lot of differences between them as it relates to identifying the skills that they’re lacking, which is one of the things the CPS model has us doing, and solving the problems that are causing the behaviors that so many other people are focused on.

    So the big themes of the model are that you’re focused on problems, not behaviors. Once again, the behaviors are just a signal. Behaviors just communicate to us that there’s an expectation that a kid is having difficulty meeting or an adult. We’ve got to figure out what those are. That’s crucial.

    And so this model would not have us completing behavior checklists. It really wouldn’t emphasize doing behavior observations. It would have us sitting down with caregivers and identifying a kid’s lagging skills and unsolved problems using an instrument that I developed called the Assessment of Lagging Skills and Unsolved Problems Available for Free, just like everything else on the Lives and the Balance website.

    [00:13:00] Once we identify those problems, we’re going to be solving them with the kid. Well, first we have to prioritize them because a lot of the kids who are getting in trouble the most, believe it or not, are going to have 30, 40, 50 different unsolved problems if we’re identifying them the right way.

    And by the way, they do tend to accumulate over time. The reason they accumulate over time is because people tend not to be focused on solving those problems. They tend to be focused on modifying the behaviors that are the byproduct of those problems. Modifying behavior solves no problems. I think that’s a very important theme. You’re solving nothing by modifying a kid’s behavior. You may be making a dent in the behavior, but you certainly aren’t solving the problem that’s causing that behavior. And that’s huge.

    Dr. Sharp: That is huge.

    Dr. Ross: So the other big themes are that problem-solving is collaborative, not unilateral; and proactive, not reactive. So one of the big goals of this model is to get caregivers and kids out of the heat of the moment where [00:14:00] there is nothing incredible to do except what the crisis management programs tell us to do. Diffuse, de-escalate, and keep everybody safe.

    Those problems are best solved proactively and quite frankly, the best use of our crisis management strategies is to never have to use them, but you’re going to have to use them if you’re not being proactive. So those are the big themes. And then the rest of it is just the technicalities of how we go about solving a problem collaboratively and proactively because there are many ways to do it incorrectly.

    And so a lot of what I’ve been doing for the last 10 years is trying to build in protections, guidance, guidelines, and strategies for making sure people stay on track in their efforts to solve problems collaboratively and proactively.

    Dr. Sharp: You mentioned Parent Management Training. A lot of us I think were brought up in that model in grad school and [00:15:00] have recommended it to varying degrees over the years. So this is, again, just be super clear and super basic, it’s like an alternative to Parent Management Training. It’s a different way to work with kids who are exhibiting disruptive behavior. Is that fair? Would you use that?

    Dr. Ross: Yeah, that’s fair. To tell you the truth, I don’t actually distinguish. I don’t slice the pie by what kind of behavior a kid is exhibiting. These days, I’ve been saying that I think that we have become too diagnostically oriented. That’s one way to slice the pie.

    Here’s how I slice the pie. As it relates to the behaviors kids and other human beings exhibit to communicate to us that they’re having difficulty meeting certain expectations. We all fall into one of two categories. You’re either lucky or you’re unlucky. So lucky ways of communicating that are things like [00:16:00] whining, pouting, sulking, withdrawing, crying. Unlucky ways are screaming, swearing, hitting, spitting, biting, throwing, destroying, running, and worse.

    What the field of developmental psychopathology tells us is that that is not the way to slice the pie. So if you’re asking me who would I do this with? 1)What type of kid is having difficulty meeting expectations? The answer is all of them. Would I reserve this only for kids who are communicating that they’re having difficulty meeting expectations in ways that are unlucky? I can’t imagine why I would. And so I don’t really make that distinction.

    That said, I would say that most clinicians and most educators, and staff in restrictive therapeutic facilities are struggling more with unlucky kids than they are with lucky kids. The reason I refer to [00:17:00] the unlucky ones as unlucky is because these are the kids who we are popping into timeout, depriving of recess, holding them after school, giving them millions of detentions a year in American public schools, millions of in and out of school suspensions every year, 5.4 million of those a year. Just suspensions in American public schools, we expel them at the rate of over 100,000 a year. We do hundreds of thousands of restraints and seclusions a year. We paddle them in American public schools still in 19 different states over a hundred thousand times every school year.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh, I did not know that.

    Dr. Ross: You don’t know that. That’s unlucky. And so it’s not only unlucky in terms of your behavior because we are treating you [00:18:00] as if you are somehow different from kids who are communicating that they’re having difficulty meeting expectations in ways that are lucky, but these are things that are very counterproductive. They don’t help. And what they mostly serve of the purpose of doing is pushing this kid away from people who could help him if they had the right lenses on and if they had strategies beyond those which were oriented toward rewarding and punishing.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. That those are some powerful numbers. The paddling especially is completely. That blows my mind that in public school in the United States, there’s still paddling happening.

    Dr. Ross: That’s because you haven’t yet seen the movie The Kids We Lose. 

    Dr. Sharp: That’s right. Yes. We got to talk about it.

    Dr. Ross: At some point, cannot be now.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. We’ll bookmark that. That’s one of the newer developments for you is you can add filmmaker to your resume.

    Dr. Ross: I can add executive producer. I don’t know if I count [00:19:00] as a filmmaker technically, but I count as a developer and executive producer at this point.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fantastic. So let me ask, is lucky versus unlucky hereditary, predetermined? How does that happen?

    Dr. Ross:  I was taught in grad school that everything is 100% nature and 100% nurture. So I think that there are genetic predispositions.

    I’m a big believer in the Diathesis–stress model. I’m a big believer on all those models that tell us that you may be at a predisposition to have difficulty or to develop a certain condition if we’re talking about disorders. But it still takes an environmental stressor to bring that out in you, which explains quite frankly why so many people who have a genetic predisposition towards something don’t develop it [00:20:00] and some who have a genetic predisposition do.

    Everything’s 100% nature and 100% nurture, believe it or not, although I have an intellectual curiosity about risk factors and about how a particular kid came to be this way. As it relates to individual kids, I spend almost zero time trying to explain how this kid got to be this way.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, that’s interesting.

    Dr. Ross: Well, the reason is, generally, I can’t do anything about how he came to be this way, but what I can do something about are the lagging skills and unsolved problems that are how he is, that are the way he is.

    And so, one of my pet peeves is that I think we, mental health professionals and others too, spend way too much time trying to nail down with precision. And you can’t nail this down with precision anyways, how this kid got to be this [00:21:00] way. I would much rather talk about lagging skills so that we have the right lenses on and how to solve problems so we know what we’re working on. Because if we think that this was due to exposure to alcohol in utero, and the kid is now 12, and if that’s all we know, and if that’s all we’re focused on, we’re all sunk because that was 12 years ago.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I’ve been trying to think how to talk through that with you because we, it’s called The Testing Psychologist podcast, a lot of us are assessment-heavy clinicians, and it seems like the closest that you get to that and correct me, I know you will, but is something talking about like executive functioning… 

    Dr. Ross: Now we’re in the ballpark.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. I’m in the ballpark.

    Dr. Ross: I’m just talking about how he came by his executive functioning deficits. That to me seems, well, [00:22:00] two things. It’s imprecise. It’s something we often can’t do anything about. So at a very practical level, how he came to be this way is something I don’t spend a lot of time on. I’m entertained by it. I find it intellectually interesting, but as it relates to the practicalities of actually helping this kid and his caregivers, generally speaking, not something we can do much about.

    But executive functioning, language processing, communication skills, emotion regulation skills, cognitive flexibility skills, social skills, now you’re talking my language. What I do say about those is that they’re very broad categories and that while they put us in Fenway Park, they don’t tell us what section we’re sitting in or what seat we’re in yet, but at least we’re in the ballpark of lagging skills.

    But as you well know as well as I’m assuming all your listeners, executive skills don’t tell us much. Better than ADHD, but [00:23:00] I’d much rather talk about difficulty shifting set. I’d rather talk about difficulties with working memory. I’d much rather get much more specific if all I do, and this is practical again, is tell parents that their kid is lacking executive skills.

    While I have moved them off a diagnosis that tells us about the behaviors the kid is exhibiting because he is lacking those executive skills, I haven’t helped them understand their kid very well because executive skills is too broad. But if I let them know that their kid is having difficulty shifting from one mindset to another, suddenly this kid has come alive before their very eyes and many of the challenging episodes that they have been dealing with are now explainable.

    When I had trainees, I always told them that the number one role for us clinicians is to help parents understand what they’re dealing with, to help teachers understand what they’re dealing with. And [00:24:00] that’s where a testing psychologist is going to be right up my alley because what’s usually walking in the door is tell me what to do, but my pat line is can’t tell you what to do until I know what you got.

    The most important part of dealing with people early on is to let them know what they got and what they got, I’m defining in terms of lagging skills and unsolved problems. Then I can tell them what to do. They also want to know how come what I’m doing that’s working for my other kids isn’t working for this one? If I don’t help them understand what they got, my explanation for that second question isn’t going to make any sense to them.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. So where do you see the role of assessment in this whole process? Is neuropsychological assessment helpful or behavior checklists or [00:25:00] your own checklist?

    Dr. Ross: I am not a big checklist guy because, for me, behavior checklists are signal checklists, right? All a behavior checklist tells me is what signals the kid is emitting, but the behavior checklist doesn’t tell me what lagging skills and unsolved problems are causing the kid to emit those signals. So I’m not a big behavior checklist guy these days.  I think neuropsychology has been one of the biggest influences in informing this model.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, how so?

    Dr. Ross: Well, this is a model about lagging skills. The primary explanation for challenging behavior in this model is that’s lagging skills. Where do those lagging skills come from? Neuropsychology. What’s listed on the left-hand side of the assessment of lagging skills and unsolved problems? Lagging skills. Those are the lenses we want people viewing a kid through.

    At a practical level, I view the assessment of lagging [00:26:00] skills and unsolved problems as an assessment tool. And I find that it is sufficient a meaningful percentage of the time. It’s when it’s insufficient that I’m referring kids for neuropsychological testing. I have my favorite neuropsychologist in this area who I think just explain kids masterfully.

    When I was teaching assessment at Virginia Tech, when I was on the faculty there, I was telling people, you know what? Anybody can give a WISC, anybody can do Woodcock-Johnson, anybody can do a Rey–Osterrieth. So anybody can do that. The eyes of the evaluator, what they’re seeing while the testing is going on, to me, that’s what defines whether somebody is really good at their craft or just doing testing.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. [00:27:00] That art versus science, right? I think a lot of people would agree with that. And the theme…

    Dr. Ross: I love my local neuropsychologists. I don’t refer to them quite as often as I used to because of the assessment of lagging skills and unsolved problems, but every lagging skill on that instrument came from neuropsychology.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Can you describe that instrument a little bit?

    Dr. Ross: Pretty simple. Two sides: left-hand side is a list of 23 lagging skills. Those lagging skills come from the executive literature, the language processing and communication skills literature, the emotion regulation literature, the cognitive flexibility literature, and the social skills literature. So that’s where those skills come from. I didn’t make any of them up. I borrowed heavily. On the right-hand side is where we are writing in expectations the kid is having difficulty meeting.

    In this model, those are the two most crucial [00:28:00] pieces of information. What I always say to trainees is, there are so, and I used to sit in meetings where we talked about everything, especially on inpatient units, we talk about everything in the kitchen sink, and it’s overwhelming just the number of things you could talk about with a kid. When we do that to caregivers, they don’t know what to focus on. They don’t know where to start. They don’t know what’s important. Lagging skills and unsolved problems bring this to a very concrete, basic level of analysis. The other nice thing is…

    Another big model that CPS draws from is transactional models of development which basically say to us, it’s the fit or match between the characteristics of an individual and the characteristics of the environment that determine the outcome. In the CPS model, the characteristics that we are primarily focused on in the individual are [00:29:00] lagging skills. What we’re primarily focused on with the environment are the expectations the environment is placing on that kid. If the kid is behaviorally challenging, he’s having difficulty meeting a whole bunch of them.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Can you give an example or two of a lagging skill and an unsolved problem?

    Dr. Ross: Yeah. Let’s say we check off the first lagging skill which is difficulty handling transition, shifting from one mindset or task to another. We check it off. In my office, this is with parents, in a school, this is with teachers gathered around a table, in a restrictive therapeutic facility with staff gathered around the table. We’re going to have us a meeting. We’re going to have us a discussion. We’re not going to have people complete the checklist independently because that’s not conducive to the discussion.

    As I always tell people, if you want to get everybody on the same page, a checklist isn’t going to do it. A discussion will. You want to get you talking the same language, a checklist isn’t going to do [00:30:00] it. A discussion will. If you want to persuade the unpersuaded, a checklist isn’t going to do it. A discussion will. So the goal here is to have a 50 to 55-minute discussion.

    First lagging skill, difficulty handling transition, shifting from one mindset or task to another. If the caregivers generally agree, or if enough of them feel that lagging skill applies to this kid, we check it off. We then ask the following question, can you give me some examples of expectations Tommy is having difficulty meeting? Spring to mind. When you consider that lagging skill, when you think of him having difficulty handling transitions, shifting from one mindset or task to another. 

    And so, let’s say one of the caregivers says, well, he has a devil of a time shifting from choice time, this would be in a school, to math. That unsolved problem would be worded as [00:31:00] difficulty moving from choice time to math. That’s an unsolved problem. Now we’re going to ask for more. Any other expectations the kid is having difficulty meeting when you think of him having difficulty shifting from one mindset or task to another?

    Well, he is having a hard time coming in from recess back into the classroom. Back into the classroom for what? English. Difficulty coming back into the classroom from recess into English is the wording of our unsolved problem.

    Now, here’s the key. There’s certain guidelines for the wording of unsolved problems. It’s probably not worth our time to go through, but people can find them on the ALSUP guide on the Lives in the Balance website. But it’s the wording of the unsolved problem as we write it in on the ALSUP that is going to translate into the wording that we use when we introduce the unsolved problem to the kid[00:32:00] when it comes time to solve that problem together.

    Dr. Sharp: Yes.

    Dr. Ross: Here’s what it would sound like. I’ve noticed you’ve been having difficulty coming back into the classroom for English after recess. What’s up? And the conversation is now rolling. That’s the beginning of what we call the empathy step of Plan B, which is where we are gathering information from the kid so as to understand what’s making it hard for the kid to meet that expectation.

    And just as long as we’re on the topic, the second step is the defined adult concern step, which is where the adults are entering their concerns into consideration what’s important about the kid meeting that unmet expectation. And then in the invitation, kid and caregiver are collaborating on a solution, one that addresses the concerns of both parties, concerns that we identified in those first two steps of plan B.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. Can we just take that example and walk through [00:33:00] each of those three just to make it real?

    Dr. Ross: Sure. Let’s go with, let’s say what the kid says in the empathy step is that… Actually, let me use the other example if that’s okay.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay.

    Dr. Ross: He’s having difficulty moving from choice time to math. This is the true one, the other one is very common, but I’m having trouble coming up with a kid who I can remember what it would’ve been recently. So let’s use the other one because I often use an example.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Dr. Ross: Let’s say the kid… So we say what’s up? And the kid says, well I am playing a game during choice time and the game is not done. Now we’ve got to start drilling using strategies that are on the Drilling Cheat sheet on the Lives in the Balance website. Reflective listening being the most important of those strategies.

    You’re not done. I’m not [00:34:00] sure I understand what you mean. What do you mean you’re not done? Well, I’m playing chess and the chess game isn’t done when I have to go to math. Got it. So the chess game isn’t done when you have to go to math, yes? Yes. Help me understand what’s hard about that. Well, I don’t know who won. Ah, so you want to know who won? Yes. What’s keeping you from knowing who won? Well, I could finish the chess game the next day, but it’s always getting wrecked between one day and the next, and then I never know who won. Ah. So the chess game is getting wrecked and so you never find out who won.

    Any other concerns we should know about as it relates to the difficult, and I’m going very fast here, but any other concerns we should know about as it relates to your difficulty moving from choice time to math? Nope. [00:35:00] So if we helped you figure out who won, is there anything else that would make that difficult for you? No. Got it.

    My concern is that if you are late for math, you miss a lot of the material, and that makes it harder for you to know what’s going on when you do get to math, and it’s really important for you to know what’s going on when you get to math.

    Invitation. I wonder if there’s a way, the invitation always begins with the words I wonder if there’s a way, and generically it’s, I wonder if there’s a way for us to do something about Baba ba ba ba and also do something about ba ba ba ba, ba. And now we’re giving the kid the first crack at the solution. So now we’re going to plug in the concerns of both parties.

    I [00:36:00] wonder if there’s a way for us to make sure we know who won and also make sure that you don’t miss the material at the beginning of math. Do you have any ideas? Well, this was a true one. We could put the chess game up high on a shelf so it doesn’t get wrecked from one day to the next. If that solution works, that problem is solved. If that problem is solved, it won’t set in motion challenging behavior.

    And so not only are you solving a problem, you are also reducing the challenging behavior, and once again, as the data tell us, at least as well as you would be if you were using rewards and punishments to modify that behavior, and you are [00:37:00] simultaneously teaching the kid many of the skills that he or she is lacking just by solving problems collaboratively and proactively. What I call the three-for-one sale.

    Dr. Sharp: I like it. So can you say more about that teaching the kid skills that he is lacking in the first place? How are they developing those skills through that process?

    Dr. Ross: Just by engaging in those three steps? And by the way, I don’t always say this too loudly, but it’s not just the kid who’s learning skills. Whoever’s doing plan B with the kid is learning skills too.

    In the empathy step, and we’ve got a graphic somewhere on the Lives in the Balance website showing this, I think it’s in the paperwork section. In the empathy step, let’s think about what skills the kid is learning and practicing.

    Figuring out what one’s concerns are. Figure out how to articulate those concerns in a way that other people can hear. [00:38:00] Others as well. What skills are caregivers learning in the empathy step? Listening, taking another person’s perspective, among others. What skills is the kid learning in the defined adult concern step? Same skills the caregivers are learning in the empathy step. What skills are the caregivers learning in the defined adult concern step? The same skills the kid was learning in the empathy step.

    And what skills are both parties learning in the invitation? Generating alternative solutions. Coming up with solutions that don’t just work for you, but that work for somebody else. Resolving disagreement without conflict, collaboration, and problem-solving. Those are among life’s [00:39:00] absolute most crucial skills. They’re all getting learned and they’re all getting practiced when we’re doing plan B.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. The thing that jumps out at me when you describe all of this is that, and this is a revelation, it’s like we are treating our kids like actual people instead of just telling them what to do and assuming that they don’t have any feelings or agency in the process.

    Dr. Ross: One of the words people frequently use about this model is that it’s respectful, but I would say it’s not just respectful to the kid, it’s respectful to anybody who’s participating. But it’s also respectful to classmates and siblings because if we’re not solving these problems with the sibling or with the classmate who’s making their life miserable and disrupting the learning process at school, it’s also respectful to their teachers because if they’re continuously [00:40:00] having to devote massive amounts of time and energy to a disruptive student. I’m not sure we’re doing anybody any favors.

    So I think the respectful part cuts across many different constituencies. I work with schools all the time on the kids who are disrupting the process of learning in the classroom, who are taking up massive amounts of time, who are getting restrains and seclusion. And the truth is, schools don’t want to be doing that stuff. This I know. But often when they find themselves stuck in the heat of the moment, which they don’t want to be in the first place, of course, they find that they’re so far into it that they got no option. Well, there’s lots of options, but none of the good ones are in the heat of the moment. All of them are proactive. But I like to think of it’s being respectful all the way around. 

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I’m right with you on that. I know that you’ve alluded to some of the research over the [00:41:00] course of our talk and I would love to dive into that a little bit if you’re willing. I’m curious what the research has looked like both for individuals in a private practice setting, but also schools because they… Let me back up, actually. What I hear a lot from both parents and teachers is…

    Dr. Ross: I know what’s coming.

    Dr. Sharp: Wait, take a guess. Let’s see. 

    Dr. Ross: I think you’re about to talk about time.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s exactly. I don’t have time to have these lengthy discussions every time there’s a problem. I don’t have time to talk to my kid for 30 minutes to get him to get his shoes on.

    Dr. Ross: Right. Well, a few thoughts there. First of all, think of how much time you’re taking now and think about the amount of time that’s accumulated with you continuing to struggle. Some of these unsolved problems that I come across are 10 years old.

    Now, let’s think about how much time it’s going to, but let’s not say it’s 10 [00:42:00] years old, let’s say it’s six months old, right? Now, let’s think of the cumulative amount of time we’ve spent dealing with that problem with it still unsolved. Half an hour is nothing. So this model’s actually going to save time. It’s just a matter of logistically how are we going to make the time so that we start saving time.

    But I’ll say this, any school or parent that’s telling me that don’t have time to solve problems with their kids is spending mammoth amounts of time on challenging behavior. That is a given, right?

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    Dr. Ross: So time does tend to be the issue early on as people are first learning about the model, but that’s because us parents are really busy. It takes two incomes to create the lifestyle that one used to. We are busy shuttling [00:43:00] our kids from one enriching activity to another.

    And all I can say is, I’d rather have a kid know how to solve problems. They know how to play the violin. As it relates to the real world, if he becomes a concert violinist, then those violin lessons are going to serve him well, but problem-solving is going to serve the concert violinist well too. I’m worried about everybody else who’s not going to be a concert violinist or a professional soccer player, or you name it. They’re going to have to know how to solve problems with their significant other, with their children, and with folks at work.

    So, if I’m prioritizing, and if I’m a parent, problem-solving’s actually pretty much number one on the list, violin lessons far down the list. Violin lessons are a wonderful thing, nothing against violin lessons, knowing how to solve problems and resolve conflict is even more important. So if we don’t have time to do it, I think we’re going to pay the price for it.

    [00:44:00] Dr. Sharp: Makes sense. I appreciate you addressing that. That’s a great way to talk about it with parents or teachers.

    Dr. Ross: Now, parents are really busy, but you know who also is really busy? Folks in schools. But that’s because the school day was designed around academics. School discipline is designed to be reactive. School discipline is designed to be focused on behavior, not the problems that are causing that behavior. And in many schools, school discipline is primarily punitive.

    Whether it was punitive or rewards, we’re not solving any of the problems that are causing a student’s challenging behavior. That’s why we are spending mammoth amounts of time on challenging behavior, and that’s also why it’s the same 10, 20, 30 kids in every building who are accounting for 80 to 90% of the discipline referrals in that building. [00:45:00] That’s extraordinarily inefficient.

    So the time issue is an interesting one because that’s what everybody’s worried about. When people are implementing this model, they’re not only saving time, they’re probably saving money because of all that money that we spend placing kids into outside placements when we could have kept the kid in.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Let me ask a practical question. How do you advise getting into the schools to even have these conversations if some of us wanted to do that?

    Dr. Ross: Well, invite yourself. I’ve been in school meetings where the neuropsychological report showed up. Sometimes it’s 10 to 15 pages long. Sometimes it is dismissed. Sometimes it’s incomprehensible. And often the comment is, [00:46:00] I’ll take a look at this one. The person who wrote it shows up to explain it to me.

    Dr. Sharp: Interesting. Okay.

    Dr. Ross: Show up to explain it. Answer questions. Help them understand why rewarding and punishing is not going to address what’s in that report.

    I show up at schools all the time. They’re often fascinated that I would do that, which is tragic that the schools are surprised that the people who are working with the kid outside of school would show up. My attitude, well, if he’s having difficulty at school, I can’t think of any place I’d rather be.

    Dr. Sharp: Makes sense.

    Dr. Ross: Invite yourself.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Point taken. I do want to touch on research. I think a lot of people are probably interested in that, so, what’s the research looking like for these different settings?

    [00:47:00] Dr. Ross: Looking pretty good, to quote Larry David. Pretty good.

    Dr. Sharp: I like it.

    Dr. Ross: The people who don’t watch Larry David, of course, will have no idea what I just did, but […]

    Dr. Sharp: We’ll put in the show notes,

    Dr. Ross: … plug. It’s now an evidence-based model. There are now three large outpatient studies documenting its effectiveness and documenting that its effectiveness is at least commensurate with what has become the standard of care in Parent Management Training.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s great.

     Dr. Ross: There are at least two, I’m trying to remember, studies from inpatient units showing that this is a very effective, no more than two, like 3 or 4 or 5 now. I’m thinking of the two that I’m on, but there’s more than that by people who’ve implemented it without me being a co-author, [00:48:00] significantly reduces or eliminates the use of restraint seclusion.

    This is not published yet, but in juvenile detention significantly reduces the use of hands-on procedures, including solitary confinement, significantly reduces staph and kit injuries, and significantly reduces recidivism. In schools, dramatically reduces discipline referrals, suspension, and detention. We have not implemented it yet in a school that paddles, but I’m chomping at the bit because we could get that zero, which is where it belongs. We have one study showing that it is effective in groups.

    Let me just scan my brain here. What else? We’ve got a bunch of studies from the largest scale study of CPS that took place at the Virginia Tech Child Study Center.[00:49:00] We’ve got lots of studies now on mediators and moderators of treatment response. All of these can be found on the research page, on the Lives in the Balance website.

    Dr. Sharp: Fantastic. And we will link to that in the show notes and all the other resources you’ve mentioned. 

    That’s great. I didn’t realize that it is officially an evidence-based practice now.

    Dr. Ross: It is.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fantastic. So it’s there. What about that study you mentioned at the beginning- the Australian study comparing to Parent Management Training?

    Dr. Ross: We are just looking at the data now. I’m counting that as one of the three that I mentioned because I’ve now had a look at the data there. We presented preliminary data at the World Congress in Melbourne, Australia two years ago. People can find those presentations on the research page on the Lives in the Balance website, but those papers, they’ll be in published [00:50:00] form probably in the next year to year and a half. And those will be posted on the same place. Pretty much showing the exact same thing that the two models are commensurate with each other. Of course, that’s what you need to do to be evidence-based. You need to show that your model is at least the equivalent of another well-established evidence-based model, and CPS now is.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s great. So I wanted to, I know, gosh, our time is flying, but I wanted to circle back and ask about the film. What’s going on with the film?

    Dr. Ross: The film has now been in three film festivals. It’s called The Kids We Lose. Quite frankly, am not especially devoted to film festivals, but it’s screening all over the country at this point. It’ll be in Australia in June and July, all over North America. I’m sure it’ll make its way around the world. There’s a website for it:[00:51:00] thekidswelose.com where people can find out, if they want to screen it in their area, how to go about doing that; as well as a video on the homepage of that website that’s a follow up because we really didn’t want the film to be an advertisement for CPS. We wanted it to be primarily an expose of what’s still going on out there in way too many places.

    But there is a 16-minute video on the homepage of thekidswelose.com showing people what we hope they will do instead. And tons of videos, of course, on the Lives in the Balance website, but basically it’s an expose. It’s intended to heighten awareness of the human toll on everybody, kids, parents, educators, staff members, that’s taken by us continuing to use these heat of the moment, [00:52:00] often punitive interventions that we’ve been talking about that are extremely counterproductive, that don’t solve the problems that are affecting the kid’s life.

    It’s a jungle out there and many people aren’t even aware of it. As I always tell people, unless you work with these kids, and some people who work with these kids aren’t even aware of it, but if you’re the parent of one of these kids, you are aware of it. And the goal, of course, is not only to heighten awareness in general but to advocate on behalf of change.

    And so one of the things Lives in the Balance is doing with the documentary Leading the Way is advocating for change. There are policies that need to be rewritten. There are practices that need to be virtually obsolete. There are settings in which the intervention is right now predominantly reactive where intervention needs to be predominantly proactive. So there’s some really important things that need to happen out there. And so long [00:53:00] as my energy holds up, Lives in the Balance will be one of the organizations. There are others as well that are advocating for the changes that need to be made for some of our most vulnerable kids.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s necessary work. The fact that you’ve turned all of this into an advocacy arm, I think is so admirable and needed.

    Dr. Ross:  It’s it’s a good example. You asked me earlier, how did I get to where I’m at?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Dr. Ross: How I got to where I’m at is by paying attention to what’s needed and by trying to fill those gaps. So what I thought was needed early on was a different intervention that wasn’t oriented toward rewarding and punishing. And what was needed was a heightened awareness of what factors contribute to challenging behavior in kids. And then what was needed was a book about that and for parents. And then what was needed was a book for educators. None of these are things I knew. These are all things I stumbled upon [00:54:00] along the way.

    Then what was needed was a nonprofit to disseminate all of this information for free and a website to do that. And now what’s become apparent and was apparent, we’re just getting it organized, is advocacy to create those changes, because what I’ve noticed over the last 30 years is that all those speaking engagements I’ve done and the books that I’ve written and the webinars I’ve done, they’ve made a dent. They’re not enough. Now it’s time to start making those changes happen.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s incredible. It’s really cool that you’re taking the steps and you’ve crafted your life in a way that allows you to do that. I think a lot of us have dreams or fantasies of that kind of thing, and to make it a reality is pretty amazing.

    Dr. Ross: It feels doable to me that we can make these changes. It feels doable. And you know what? It’s worth it. Whatever the obstacles are, we’ll figure it out. [00:55:00] But the good news is that here in Maine, there are plans for our legislators, some of them anyways, to watch The Kids We Lose. And if you watch The Kids We Lose, you’re persuaded.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I’m thinking about how can we get it screened here if it’s not already coming. Who knows? I’m going to check that out.

    Dr. Ross: Where are you again?

    Dr. Sharp: I am in Fort Collins, Colorado. So about an hour north of Denver.

    Dr. Ross: It’s screening in Denver. And I will, no, that was a different one. It’s screening in Denver I know, but all the screenings are on thekidswelose.com as well.

    I want it screened everywhere so people know what’s going on out there, but I’ll tell you who I really want this to be in front of. The members of the Education and Labor Committee of the United States House of Representatives, which about two weeks ago, had a hearing on restraint and seclusion. I’ve had several people get back to me and say it was a complete waste of time.[00:56:00] I hope it wasn’t a complete waste of time, but this is a really important issue. We can’t waste time on it. I want members of that committee to see this film because if they see this film they’ll know that this is an urgent issue. 

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. How close is that to being a reality? Getting in front of them? 

    Dr. Ross: How to get in front of them?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Dr. Ross: Well, if people sign up to be an advocator on the Lives in the Balance website, once again, no cost, then they will receive our newsletter, the Advocator. On our first Advocator newsletter, we gave them names of and email addresses of every member of that committee in the US House of Representatives and their email addresses and urged them to see the film and we’re happy to make the film available to them if they want to see it.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. That sounds good. I’m thinking, this podcast that I think has a wide reach within a very small niche, but certainly, there’s some folks at APA that might be listening and [00:57:00] might have some power to take some steps in that direction.

    Dr. Ross: This needs to be screened at APA. This needs to be screened at ABCT. This will be screened at NAMI’s National Convention in Seattle in a few months. It’s screening at the Chad National Conference in November in Philadelphia. The more people who see this, the more people are aware of what’s going on out there, and hopefully, the more momentum there is for doing something about it.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s right. It’s fantastic. Like I said, it’s good work and I feel like we…

    Dr. Ross: I get most passionate when I’m talking about this. 

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, it’s needed, like I said, and it’s been really cool too. I feel like we started on the individual level and now we’ve gotten to this macro level and they’re all important, but this stuff is maybe the most important to really affect change from the top down, right? 

    Dr. Ross: I think so.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, that may be a good [00:58:00] note to end on. If people have questions or thoughts or want to reach out or find some of this, what’s the best way to in touch and find you?

    Dr. Ross: The two websites that we have mentioned both have contact forms. I would say the Lives in the Balance website is better for the contact form. Go to the Lives and Balance website, go to the contact form and I’ll get it somehow.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. That sounds good. Well, I really appreciate the time, like I said, both personally and professionally. This was a conversation that I’ve been wanting to have for a long time.

    Dr. Ross: Well, you’ve put in the time too, and I really appreciate you doing it.

    Dr. Sharp: Of course. Well, best of luck in your ventures.

    Dr. Ross: Thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: And hopefully our paths will cross sometime again.

    Dr. Ross: I’m sure they will.

    Dr. Sharp: Take care.

    Dr. Ross: Take care.

    Dr. Sharp: Hey everyone. Thanks again for listening to that interview with Dr. Ross Greene. I was so thrilled to be able to get some of his time. He has a packed schedule with traveling and speaking and any number of other things going [00:59:00] on, but very fortunate to have him sit down with me for a little while and talk about many things.

    I hope that you took away a lot of information about the collaborative and proactive solutions approach, and I think more than anything, got a sense for Dr. Greene’s commitment and passion to this group of kids and other individuals who might benefit from a non-rewards and consequences approach to interaction and behavior management. So go check out that documentary. I’m going to try to get it screened here, and we’ll see where that goes, and check out his books. Everything that we talked about will be in the show notes and probably some things we did not talk about.

    If you have any interest in consulting, or if you’re trying to grow or build or start a testing practice, please reach out. I will be happy to help you or at least talk about whether I could be helpful to you. I have, well, at this point when I am recording, may have changed, 1 or 2 individual consulting spots open over the next few months. So if you are interested, you can reach out at thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting and we’ll see if it’s a good fit.

    Okay. I think that is it. By the time this releases, we will be towards the end of April which means, hopefully, it’s getting warm. Anybody who has been listening to this for any amount of time knows that I am not a winter person. So I am excited about this summer or spring even. I’ll take spring. And maybe some of yáll are too. So, hang in there. Hopefully, spring is coming, and enjoy the rest of your week. Until next time, bye, bye.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 81 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Hey’ y’all. This is Dr. Jeremy Sharp, and this is The Testing Psychologist Podcast episode 81.

    Today, I am so fortunate to be talking with Dr. Maggie Sibley. Maggie just recently took a new appointment at the University of Washington as an Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences. Just prior to that though, she was a clinical psychologist and researcher at Florida International University at the Herbert Wertheim College of Medicine and Center for Children and Families. 

    She studies executive functioning, motivation, and attention problems in adolescents and young adults. She has received tons of recognition from the Scientific community, and a lot of grant funding from the NIMH and the U.S. Department of Education.

    She has written a book called Parent-Teen Therapy for Executive Function Deficits and ADHD: Building Skills and Motivation. It’s a comprehensive guide for professionals and gives information about how to work with families using the therapy that she developed called Supporting Teens’ Autonomy Daily. We’ll talk about that in our interview today.

    Maggie knows her stuff. We have a great conversation. We get into some of the ins and outs of ADHD, differential diagnosis, and intervention which is a passion of hers. So, stick around. I think you’ll really enjoy this one.

    Like I mentioned last time, we’re so excited to have the podcast certified for CE Credits. Those will be available ASAP. I will make that announcement as soon as I have confirmed it, but just to build some excitement, that will be happening soon. 

    In the meantime, if you are interested in any sort of consulting to build or grow your testing practice, reach out at thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting, send me an email and we’ll figure out if consulting could be a good fit for you.

    All right, that’s it for the intro. Without further delay, here is Dr. Maggie Sibley.

    Hey, y’all welcome back to another episode of the Testing Psychologist Podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. I hope you all are doing well this morning or this afternoon, or this evening, whenever you might be listening. We have a fantastic guest with us today. One of the cool things about doing this podcast is like I’ve talked about before, connecting with folks in our community and in this world, and then getting introduced to other pretty amazing folks. And this is one of those cases.

    Maggie Sibley, we got an introduction through Dr. Joel Nigg who was on the podcast a few months ago. I feel really fortunate to have her on the podcast today to talk about all kinds of things that I think are going to be super interesting for us.

    Maggie, welcome to the podcast.

    Dr. Sibley: Thanks for having me, Jeremy.

    Dr. Sharp: I’ve been looking forward to this one. Ever since Joe mentioned your name and we started to connect, I’ve really been looking forward to talking with you. So, I’m very grateful for the time and energy that you’ve got for us today.

    So like usual, I’ll start off. I would love to hear a little bit about what you are doing day-to-day. I know in the intro, people heard that you do a lot of academic work and you’re an Associate Professor and you got a lot going on. So, can you tell us what you’re up to these days and how you got there?

    Dr. Sibley: Sure. I am a person who specializes in treating and diagnosing ADHD in adolescents in young adulthood. My primary work is probably about 75% research in applied settings and maybe about 25% treating and supervising and participating in the assessment of actual people who are coming in to find out if they have ADHD or not, usually for the first time as a person who’s either a teenager or an adult.

    I work with schools. I work with community mental health agencies, private practices, and hospitals to help them often refine the way that they are working with teenagers and adults with ADHD. So, I do a lot of different things. I’m involved with working with a lot of different people in the common thread of this area of expertise that I have.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Yeah, it sounds like you have your hands in a few different arenas, which is really cool. It keeps it interesting I would imagine. So, are you doing some consulting as well? Is that part of the picture with the schools and other agencies?

    Dr. Sibley: A lot of what I do is working on grant-funded projects where folks bring me in to train their camp. Some of the projects that I have are actually federal grants that are designed to evaluate better ways of working with kids in those types of systems. So, we’re actually doing some research on how to implement effective programs and effective procedures for working with people with ADHD.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fantastic. I would love to get into that here as we go along. Could you maybe just talk a little bit about how you got here? That could be education, training, all that stuff but I’m also just curious about why ADHD, why this arena for you.

    Dr. Sibley: I love teenagers and young adults in that transition. I was always first and foremost interested in studying mental health in that age group and understanding how mental health changes as people are aging.

    I think I stumbled upon ADHD because some of my early mentors in graduate school were doing work in that area. And it turned out that a lot of the kids that I was interested in working with clinically, kids who were having trouble figuring out what they wanted to do in life, being motivated, people who were trying really hard in school and had a lot of potentials but weren’t quite living up to that potential, it turns out a lot of them met the criteria for ADHD.

    So although I’ve never been super attached to the specific category, I found myself doing the kind of work I wanted to do with the population who is having the kind of difficulties I wanted to help by staying close to that diagnosis. So, I do work with kids who sometimes don’t meet the criteria for ADHD and who are still struggling and still need the same help as well.

    I’m really interested in taking family-based approaches. I think there’s so much value in supporting a child who’s struggling with families who do some of the right things. And on the other side of that coin, kids can really get held back and hurt by families that don’t know how to do some of the right things. So, that’s something that’s been really important to me.

    Also, a lot of my work takes an autonomy support approach where the idea is to help people be able to stand on their own two feet and know what they need to do in their lives to make themselves successful rather than relying on professional day-to-day that kind of coach them through it. From a theoretical perspective, that’s been important to me as well. Some of those professional values have led me in the direction that I’m in right now.

    Dr. Sharp: I got you. That’s interesting. I’ve never heard that term. What did you say, autonomy support? I would love to get into that as well. So we’re good. Our agenda is filling up quickly here. That’s good.

    So, tell me just a little bit before we totally dive in, what has your research looked like over the years in terms of major topics or focuses?

    Dr. Sibley: Great question. I think the two areas that I’ve done a lot of work in are: what should the criteria for ADHD be in people who are over age 12? That’s one area. And then what steps the practitioners need to take to figure out who really has ADHD and who doesn’t in that age range. That’s one set of work I’ve done.

    And then another set of work is related to, what are the ways that we can help this age group that doesn’t necessarily have an interest in coming to therapy or getting help for their own difficulties, but we still know they need a lot of help. What’s a way that we can find things that are engaging for them that they actually want to participate in that could be effective and help them? And how do we wrap those opportunities for help into the communities and the systems that these kids are already interacting in? So, those are some of the major topics that I’ve been doing work in.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Both are super crucial. So, what should ADHD look like in kids over 12? And how is that different from what we currently conceptualize it as?

    Dr. Sibley: It’s a great question. A lot of people who are listening are going to be already familiar with what the DSM-V says are the main symptoms of ADHD. And there’s a list with two sections. Each section has nine symptoms on it. The first set is the inattentive symptoms. And the second set is the hyperactive-impulsive symptoms.

    The history of those symptoms really dates back pretty far to observations that were made in the 1950s and 1960s with children who were being treated clinically for what we now call ADHD. And these were children who were in elementary school. So, those symptoms were derived by seeing what were the most common troubling behaviors that these elementary school children were displaying. And then the thought back then was if we could put them on a list, people who displayed a lot of those behaviors must have ADHD.

    What has happened over the years since that list was first formulated is a growing recognition that ADHD exists in people who are not elementary school children. And there’s been a lot of excellent research that started to paint the picture of what people in adolescence and adulthood look like when they have ADHD. At the same time, it’s really challenging for the people in charge of that list on the DSM committee to make revisions wholeheartedly when the science is still coming out and it’s not that we have a perfect list to replace our childhood list with yet. So then you’ll see this evolution is slowly carving out more and more of what we’re sure of.

    If you look at the DSM-V list of symptoms that came out in 2013, there actually are new texts that have been added. The symptoms are the same, but now you’ll see parentheses after them that say what the disorder should look like in older individuals. And that’s a good step in the right direction.

    And so if folks haven’t checked out that list, a lot of people didn’t realize that the symptoms had actually morphed a little bit. That’s a good place to start. But one of the things that we’re still struggling with as a field is that even though we’ve figured out the adult version of those childhood symptoms, there may actually be adult symptoms that children don’t even experience. And so, those symptoms aren’t even captured on the list yet. And we’re still trying to figure out how to grapple with that problem.

    So you’ll see that there are still core features of inattention and hyperactivity-impulsivity in people who have ADHD that are over 12, but you’ll also see that the manifestation of those same difficulties has changed.

    One of the key things you’ll see is that motor overactivity, that hyperactivity, that running around is dissipating pretty steadily from around the teenage years through adulthood. So, you won’t be likely to see people seeming physically hyperactive who have ADHD when they’re older.

    That group of symptoms really morphs into something that looks a little bit more like difficulties with self-control generally. So, this could be decision-making, this could be verbal impulsivity, it could be difficulties with trying to get yourself motivated to do things because you have a hard time regulating your own behavior. And those are some of the things that people who are older with ADHD might struggle with on the impulsivity side.

    On the inattention side, you’re still going to see those classic difficulties with executive functioning that you see, difficulties with organization and time management, with memory, with being able to do complex tasks and keep yourself focused. But of course, the demands of life are going to be asking us to do different tasks when we’re older. So you might see the symptoms come out in different ways. So, whether it be trouble with your driving record because you’re having trouble focusing or difficulty remembering to pay bills or being able to meet deadlines at work, or developing reciprocal interpersonal relationships that are both friendships and romantic relationships. Those are some of the problem areas for individuals with ADHD when they get older.

    Dr. Sharp: I got you. And I think that these are all things that anecdotally we have seen and really struggled to reconcile with the diagnostic criteria when you’re trying to follow up a manual, which is challenging. So,  how do you take all of that and integrate it with an assessment when you’re trying to diagnose ADHD, let’s say, and the presentation is different than what shows up in the DSM?

    Dr. Sibley: That’s a good question. Some of the work that my colleagues and I have done shows that even though we know that the DSM list isn’t perfect right now, it’s still the best thing we’ve got unfortunately because a lot of times people have come up with these lists of alternative symptoms, things you seem to see over and over again in adults with ADHD, things like  I have a really hard time getting myself to work on something if I’m not enjoying it.

    And the trouble with those symptoms is even though a lot of older people, adolescents, and adults with ADHD will say yes to those symptoms, a lot of people who don’t have ADHD will also say yes to those symptoms. So even though it might make you describe people with ADHD better than we were with just the DSM symptoms, then you get yourself into this really difficult gray area of having more mistaken diagnoses because you might accidentally start diagnosing people who don’t have ADHD.

    So the criteria for ADHD have five parts. The A criteria, which is this list we’re talking about, is just the first part. So the recommendations now are to follow those criteria for now because that’s what the field is recommending and that’s our manual but to be open-minded about the manifestations of those symptoms. Also, there’s a lot we can get into here about the B through E criteria, which we also have to follow, which are going to help us make good diagnoses.

    The B criteria is making sure that people are impaired and that they’re not just mildly showing those symptoms. Those symptoms are actually causing problems in their life. We’re looking at criteria where we have to make sure that the symptoms are in more than one setting. We have to make sure that this is a chronic pattern in the person’s life and not just something that jumped up in their life during a really stressful time. We have to make sure that we can’t explain the symptoms from some other source. So we really have to be detectives in making sure that if people are meeting criteria on the list, that they also have this profile that would essentially help them meet criteria for a mental health disorder generally- that they’re severe enough.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. That’s such a good point. I’m glad that you touched on that. I think with a lot of diagnoses, we do get wrapped up in the “A” criteria and just look at symptoms and then forget to scroll down the list and make sure that those other pieces are in place.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah. And there’s been a number of studies now. It’s not just one study or my work that has shown that the majority of people who have enough symptoms do not meet the criteria for ADHD because of the other B-E criteria. So that’s an important thing for people to know that you can’t just stop at the A criteria. You have to keep going.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I’m going to ask you to say that again just to emphasize it a little bit.

    Dr. Sibley: Sure. The majority of people who have enough symptoms on the A criteria checklist to meet the criteria for ADHD do not actually meet the criteria for the full disorder once you take into account the other criteria, the impairment criteria, the fact that you need to have the symptoms in more than one setting, the fact that you need to show a stable pattern of the symptoms over time.

    Also one of the biggest things is ruling out other reasons why someone might be having potentially cognitive difficulties at a certain point in their life. And there’s a lot of other reasons that somebody could have trouble focusing with their memory, trouble staying organized, or getting motivated than just ADHD.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. This might be getting too nuanced, but is there any one in particular of that B-E criteria that tends to “disqualify people”? Is it the chronic nature or the multiple settings, or is that too specific?

    Dr. Sibley: I think the biggest chunk of them are eliminated from consideration once you consider the impairment criterion.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. I’m glad that you said that. That’s a nice coincidence because I took some notes when you were going through this. I said, how do we define impairment in adults or even maybe adolescents? So can we start maybe with adults? How would you tell if they are impaired?

    Dr. Sibley: This is a really good question and one that I think doesn’t have a very clear answer. However, there are some things that I think we can all agree on. First of all, ADHD is supposed to be affecting about 5% of the population. So, that means that the person in front of you should be more impaired than 95% of the people that are part of that person’s peer group, right?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Dr. Sibley: So think about that. That’s one thing.

    A big thing that plays into impairment is what kind of environment you’re in. You could put the same 11th grader in really basic classes and give them no extracurricular activities, and they would probably get pretty good grades and not have a lot of problems. But if you took that same child and put them in very advanced classes and gave them a sport to play after school and put them as a president of a club and gave them a bunch of chores to do at home, that same child might not be meeting the expectations that are placed upon them. And therefore, people might be saying they’re having trouble with impairment in their daily life. So we really have to consider the environment the person is in as part of the picture as well.

    And then the third piece of this is clear examples of impairment are not being able to get the best grades that you can considering your intelligence level. It might be not being able to keep relationships with people because of behaviors that you’re doing that are making it hard for people to interact with you. It might be not being able to keep steady jobs. So, we’re talking about things that are really impacting somebody’s ability to live a healthy productive life.

    One thing that isn’t impairment is distress. Distress is something different. Sometimes people are distressed because they are living in a world where there’s a lot of expectations placed upon them for them to be excellent at a lot of things. And we’re not all excellent at all things. So sometimes when people feel like their cognitive resources aren’t allowing them to do something they want to do, a person can become distressed and they could seek answers for that or seek help for that. And it becomes the clinician’s job to decide whether a person who’s looking for an ADHD diagnosis and complaining about their ability to perform in their life is really a truly impaired person or just a person who’s dissatisfied with their own performance.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s such a good point. And it makes me think about almost the philosophical question of, is our culture, for lack of a better word, generating more ADHD-like cases where people feel overwhelmed, in demand, not enough time, more homework, you could throw any number of things in there. And I don’t know if there’s a question wrapped in there necessarily or not, but just an observation may be that you may have run across in your research as to how our culture, in general, is contributing to all of this.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah. You’re not the first person to raise that question. There’s an important cultural piece of ADHD that always has to be looked at when you’re making a diagnosis. What are the norms that the person is following? What kind of environment are they in? What are the expectations placed upon them? And some of that has to do with the community that they live in. It could have to do with their parent’s socioeconomic status. It has to do with the country they live in and what’s considered to be acceptable behavior in the country or in society more broadly.

    So all of this is part of a diagnosis. It is really trying to understand the context in which a person is operating and trying to stick to some of our agreed-upon principles within that and about how severe they have to be, what would that person look like if they weren’t in this setting? Those all should be things that should be considered.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I want to ask you some more about how all of this might translate to the actual assessment process, but before I go in that direction, can you comment at all? I feel like there’s a lot, and admittedly I’m not an expert in this area by any means, but a lot out there in terms of lack of ADHD in other countries outside of the US and other cultures. Can you speak to that at all?

    Dr. Sibley: If you look at studies that are population-based that are simply trying to understand if there are people in various countries that show the symptoms of ADHD or meet the criteria for ADHD, and these aren’t people who are in a clinic seeking a diagnosis, just people in the general population, you tend to see the same percentage of people who are showing those difficulties across nations.

    So, the actual incidents are assumed to be equivalent across people of various different cultures. However, that doesn’t mean that the same number of people are being diagnosed in every country. So, a separate question is in which countries are more people coming to clinical attention? And it could be a good or a bad thing because you want the people who need help to be identified and linked to care, and on the other hand, you also have some countries where people might be concerned that too many people are coming to attention just because of the way the symptoms are being interpreted by people or the diagnostic standards which might be different in different countries as well.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, that totally makes sense. So that’s an interesting piece of information just for me that the symptoms are there, it’s maybe just the diagnostic part and who’s presenting that changes. Just curious.

    So, maybe jumping back a little bit, you started to open that door of the cultural component. And I use that word so broadly and probably inappropriately, but just everything in the world or in someone’s universe could contribute to these symptoms. How do you start to translate that to the assessment and figuring out what is “environmentally driven” versus true ADHD?

    Dr. Sibley: Well, my approach I think to a good ADHD assessment, especially in somebody who might be an adult is, first of all, you need to get information from multiple sources. So you have to step out of the person you’re assessing personal lenses and you need to get more information from people who knew them as a child. Usually, the parents are the gold standard second person to ask if they’re available. People who know the person currently and observe them in hopefully multiple settings, and anything objective that you can obtain to be able to verify especially looking back in childhood and people recalling, yeah, maybe the teachers said there were concerns back then.

    Sometimes parents keep their kids’ report cards and there are actually notes on there from the teacher about how the kid is doing and there can be clues in there. So you’re really trying to create a timeline of this person’s functioning with respect to what we consider almost like a trait of ADHD over time because that’s how we view it as a chronic difficulty.

    You’re asking multiple people, you’re trying to get objective information, and then you’re really trying to be a detective and try to understand, are there things that happened that correlate with when symptoms seem to get worse or when symptoms seem to get better or when they weren’t there at all or when they first became recognizable.

    There’s a lot of people out there who struggle with ADHD symptoms but they have other things that have made those symptoms not cause problems for them. So they could be really smart. And they’re able to use their wit to get themselves out of situations or finish their homework real quickly before they get in trouble for it. There are also people who’ve been in really excellent settings that have given them what they needed to be successful in spite of their symptoms.

    So when you look back and you can say, this is why this person didn’t come to attention until they were 17, 18, 19 years old, and you feel good about that narrative, that’s going to be a time where you feel more comfortable giving a diagnosis. If you’re just scratching your head about where this is coming from, then you’re going to need to ask more questions. There’s a number of alternative explanations you could also consider why the person is coming to you now with these concerns.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Are there any right off the top of your head that you’ve found tend to masquerade as ADHD that we should really be considering?

    Dr. Sibley: Just two categories. For one, there are certain societal benefits to having an ADHD diagnosis. People listening I’m sure are very familiar with these, especially at this age group that I’m talking about. So for one, you could get stimulant medication. Some people who want to enhance their cognitive performance, who want to go from being a person of normal cognition into a person of supernormal cognition might be interested in that medication.

    Alternatively, some people who are living a lifestyle where they’re not sleeping much and they’re using a lot of substances and their goals are not rooted in academic or professional ambitions but rather may be more recreational or social goals have been known to use stimulant medication to make up for or regulate the downsides of that type of lifestyle as well. So there are people who are out there potentially seeking a diagnosis to obtain the medications.

    You could get extra time on your standardized testing if you have an ADHD diagnosis or other support in school. And psychologically, some people just want the diagnosis as a way to make themselves feel like there’s a reason that they’re not doing as well in life as they want to be.

    So those rewards may lead some people to it. It doesn’t mean that they’re necessarily intentionally being misleading. They may actually see their situation as one in which they may feel like they have ADHD, but those could be some underlying motivators for people to tell their story in a certain way to clinicians. So that’s one thing you have to be on the lookout for.

    Another is there’s a number of disorders that share features with ADHD. And so differential diagnosis is really critical, especially because it’s different when they’re children. When they’re children and you’re hyperactive or impulsive or inattentive, there are only so many things at that point that could potentially be causing it. So it’s a lot easier to narrow it down to ADHD.

    When you get older, you’ve had the opportunity to develop comorbidities that may not be common until you become an adolescent like substance use disorders, depressive episodes, anxiety. In addition, you have a lot of people who could have had negative things happen to them in their life either physically like head trauma or it could be something that’s like a psychological trauma that psychological trauma has been shown to have cognitive aftereffects. So there are all these other things that could now explain why somebody is potentially meeting the criteria for these symptoms.

    So without a full assessment of all these other possible hypotheses about where these symptoms would come from, you wouldn’t probably have enough information to make a good diagnosis.

    [00:34:15] Dr. Sharp: I got you. So is it a leap to say that you’re a fan of the more comprehensive assessment model? Like if someone walks in with a question of ADHD, is it almost like the standard of care to look at these other possibilities?

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, I think at this point, at least with this age group, it’s necessary to do a full diagnostic assessment. And I like to use instruments that are somewhat structured because it just makes sure you ask all the right questions. And so I think that’s important. But then also being able to really deal with ADHD, more than ever, develop your own hypothesis and act like a detective and start crossing things off the list to really try to figure out because a lot of ADHD is subjective and gray areas. So you do have to just try to uncode the puzzle.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. What structured instruments do you like?

    Dr. Sibley: Well, I think […] is pretty good for people who are under 18. And there’s now evidence that I think that that instrument could be extended upward to young adults. And I think in adulthood something like the SCID is certainly good in terms of just making sure you remember to go through this full breadth of all of the DSM disorders. But also health history is really important for people with ADHD. Getting a timeline of any negative life events that people have experienced, family, trauma, all of that really can play into the reason a person is sitting in front of you today.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I know that we had talked before we got the interview scheduled just about topics and such. And something that we talked about was the comorbidity with trauma, or differential diagnosis with trauma, and some other things that can look like ADHD.

    Dr. Sibley: That’s an area that I think we’re still trying to figure out how to do our best. However, I think one key thing is a timeline. So if you can understand what was the difference between the times when the person seemed to be functioning okay in their life and the times when the person was having troubles and you can find differences.

    A lot of times you may end up understanding that the drug use preceded the symptoms. Or you may understand that these symptoms have never truly been documented in the absence of a depressive episode. Or you may see that these symptoms really started after this person experienced this traumatic experience. And so I think the assessment question is, and I really think a timeline of mapping out everything really helps, is can you see patterns between the onset of symptoms or the escalation of symptoms and these other factors?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, it’s a complicated picture sometimes. I think about, and this may be a little young for who you typically work with or do the research on, but I see a lot of maybe 6,7,8-year-olds who have had traumatic experiences of varying degrees. But there’s also a question of ADHD in there. And it’s challenging for parents to separate those out and challenging for me to separate out even with a timeline because the kids are young enough where the symptoms were co-occurring as they developed if that makes any sense.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah. And that’s true. And sometimes I think you may never be able to know to what extent these symptoms are environmental versus genetic. And I guess that’s ultimately what we’re asking with that type of question. And at some point, the most important thing is that the person gets the best treatment that they can get. So I think at some point, either diagnosis or both diagnoses are okay as long as qualitatively in the report you explain that confusion in that inability to fully understand exactly the chicken and egg question so that whoever’s reading can also share that information and make their own conclusions so to speak.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I see what you’re saying with that. It is hard. 

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah. It’s not like there’s a version of inattention that looks different if it was PTSD versus ADHD. It doesn’t look different. It’s more of a matter of figuring out the patterns of things coming on and going away.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I like how you said that. That’s the question that I was trying to ask without actually asking it. That’s what we run into a lot. It seems like there are some habit tale but it really seems like it’s not. You just got to have maybe a good history and a wait-and-see approach to see once the trauma is hopefully resolved, then you see what’s left.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, the wait-and-see approach is good. I’m glad you brought that up because I think people should feel comfortable giving provisional diagnoses, especially with some of these questions we’re bringing up because if you come across somebody who’s experiencing some internalizing and externalizing difficulties at the same time, and you’re wondering whether it’s really ADHD or just a part of the psychological difficulties they’re having and you want to recommend or treat the depression or the anxiety first and see if the ADHD persists or not, sometimes you have to not just look at the snapshot but actually become involved in following the person a little bit longer to see what happens. And that might give you diagnostic clarity in the long run.

    Dr. Sharp: I’m so glad to hear you say that. I’m a big fan of provisional diagnoses and I feel like professionally when I got to a place that I made peace with saying, I don’t know for sure right now, that made my evaluations so much easier and maybe helpful even too. I wasn’t trying to zero in and say, yes, this is definitively what’s going on, and here’s what you do about it.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, people are complicated. It’s okay to not know yet. And I think the best thing we can do is write reports where we’re just really good at explaining all of that and letting people know what’s going on and why they don’t fit into a box right now. And also saying, here’s the information we need to start figuring out in order to get to a place where we can make a diagnosis so that everyone can be working together to gain clarity.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s so true. So I know that when we were talking again, as we were trying to schedule, we were talking about mood disorders as well. And that’s how your name got brought up when I was talking to Joel a few months ago. I was asking him about these kids with what we think might be bipolar or a disruptive mood, or even just ODD, and some of the kids that seem to go maybe beyond typical ADHD. How do you separate those from just the impulsivity and trouble with self-regulation that comes with ADHD? I wonder if that’s something that you’d be willing to talk about?

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, I think that’s a bigger question for the field too. I don’t think the field has figured out how to slice that pizza because they think there’s a lot of overlap in the systems involved in those different sets of difficulties. And so it becomes really hard for all of us who are struggling with figuring out how to provide a diagnosis to an individual like that. How to do that person the best justice.

    I mean, yes, there is an emotion regulation component of ADHD that comes from the poor executive control and self-regulation that these kids have that’s going to the extent of regulating all aspects of themselves, including their behavior, their thoughts, and cognition, their motivation, their emotion. Then there are other kids who are having those emotional problems because a different part of their brain is acting up, but it may look the same to us, right? So they may have trouble with actually the level of emotion that they’re experiencing because of the way the neurotransmitters in their brain work.

    So sometimes kids look the same clinically, but if we only had the magic ability to go inside with an MRI and figure out what was going on, we would see that there are different explanations for this.

    Because the science isn’t there yet, the best thing we can do is I think stick to the DSM and just make sure that we can defend the diagnosis we make because we feel like the kids actually meet the criteria for the symptoms. And sometimes you may end up giving multiple diagnoses just because ADHD alone doesn’t explain the full spectrum, but if you took away the ADHD diagnosis and only left them with a bipolar or mood disorder that wouldn’t explain it either. But those complex kids are different from people who only have one of the issues but you’re just trying to tell which one it is if that makes sense.

    So those are different difficulties for diagnosis. I think people who are complex versus people who just have to figure out what’s the reason that they’re having attention problems.

    Dr. Sharp: For sure. What do you think of ODD as a standalone diagnosis?

    Dr. Sibley: I think it’s a valid standalone diagnosis, but you don’t see a lot of people with ODD who don’t also have ADHD. So, you should just always be on the lookout if they have ODD. Part of the feature of ODD that is related to ADHD is this verbal impulsivity- this talking back without thinking about the consequences of what you’re about to say. And there are so many family processes involved in the onset of ODD as well, and parenting is such a big part of that, that a lot of times ODD is conceptualized as ADHD with dysfunctional parenting. Not always though.

    There are some people who maybe their personality, the traits that they have, the temperament that they have just make them a difficult person regardless of the environment they’re in. And those people are I think fewer and far between the ADHD variant of ODD but I do think they exist. 

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I’ve got ODD on the brain. I’m interviewing Ross Green later today. So that’s where I’m trying to think through these kids a little bit and see how we conceptualize them.

    I feel like I run into a lot of kids who do not quite reach the criteria for a disruptive mood because they behave pretty well at school and outside the home, but then home, they’re blown up and losing it. There’s an anxiety component it seems like or a rigidity, maybe that executive functioning component, and then there’s often some ADHD kind stuff mixed in there. And I feel like I get those types of kids very often. They don’t fit neatly into anything. I’m always struggling with how to conceptualize that.

    Dr. Sibley: That group of kids I agree with is the most difficult one because they are not necessarily conduct-disordered, but they seem to have difficulty with their anger. They’re very anger disordered, but we don’t seem to have this anger disorder diagnosis because ODD isn’t purely that anger. I think everyone in the field knows that our diagnostic system just has to keep evolving with science. And I think a lot of times the science is behind all of our day-to-day observations. We’re seeing things and we’re like, this is clearly off from the criteria, but the people who write the criteria need to see the science that confirms these assumptions we’re all making before anything will change. So, it’s frustrating for us to feel like the system is behind our ideas for how we can classify people better sometimes.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, if nothing else, this is validating that I’m not the only one that’s wrestling with this. We’re just trying to catch up and figure out what’s going on for these kids. I know marijuana is part of the picture too. We had touched on that. And that’s something you brought up as certainly something to consider when you’re looking at ADHD. Could we dive into that for a bit?

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah. One thing that makes this complicated is that people with ADHD tend to use marijuana at higher rates than people without ADHD. So, if someone’s a heavy marijuana user, to begin with, it’s not a crazy hypothesis to think maybe they could have ADHD. And that could be one of the reasons that they happen to be using marijuana. A lot of people who have ADHD report that they’re using marijuana because it’s helping them in some way. We’re not sure whether it’s just making them feel better or they’re actually experiencing some true benefit from it on their symptoms of ADHD.

    Dr. Sharp: Can I stop you for a second? How would you separate those two things?

    Dr. Sibley: Well, if you smoke marijuana and it creates a reduction in your ADHD severity, that would be therapeutic. But if you smoke marijuana and you like the way it makes you feel, but it doesn’t actually reduce the severity of your ADHD symptoms, it would probably be recreational.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay, I see. 

    Dr. Sibley: For example, I think one of the pieces here that are under the biggest debate is the marijuana removing the mental restlessness that people are experiencing and therefore they feel calmer or is it actually improving their cognition in some way?

    I guess that’s a gray area. And of course, because there are laws about research on marijuana in this country, there isn’t enough research on marijuana to answer these questions yet because there are so many challenges to even doing that research. So, we don’t have any information on this question from science. But we do have information that people with ADHD are at a much higher risk of using marijuana regularly as adolescents and young adults.

    However, there are cognitive effects of using marijuana that mimic ADHD symptoms, especially with respect to working memory and your ability to solve complex problems. You even see in some research that heavy marijuana use can impact IQ scores. It may be temporary, but how people do on those tests because their IQ does happen to those executive functions. So that’s another tricky one. If a person who’s smoking marijuana heavily is coming to you and saying they have ADHD, they might but it’s really hard to confirm that unless you understand what the person is like when they’re not smoking marijuana.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Again, I’m just thinking about how would you start to assess that?  I think a lot of us probably evaluate adolescents who have been smoking relatively regularly up to the point of testing and then what do you do with that?

    Dr. Sibley: If you’re lucky, you can get good reports from other people about that so you are aware of when the person started smoking regularly. So you can isolate that in time and try to understand that retrospectively by getting the input of people who know them or potentially looking at differences in school grades et cetera.

    If you can’t gather that information and you don’t have confidence in the information that you have, then without the person having a wash-out period which may be completely impractical to get the person to do, unfortunately, you may not be able to find out what’s going on with enough confidence to be making a good diagnosis. You may have to wait.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Do you have a recommended wash-out period before testing somebody who’s been smoking relatively regularly?

    Dr. Sibley:  I don’t know if I feel comfortable saying that because I’m not sure that I could definitely verify that with science, but I think that you’ll probably look that up. Basically, you want to figure out what the research says about the cognitive effects of marijuana because there are acute ones, which means the short-term effects and how long those last. And when you can isolate that time period, then that’s what you’re looking to assess as a person after enough time that those effects would no longer be expected.

    Dr. Sharp: I got you. I joked with Joe, not totally joking. We both live in states where marijuana is legal now and it’s getting to be more and more of a concern how to approach it. I think it’ll be important to learn more about that as we go along.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, I hope that there’ll be more opportunities to do good research on that now that some of the laws are changing because there’s a lack of research. A lot of people’s impressions are based on hearsay or things people are saying online and we have to be careful about the quality of the information that we’re taking in.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. Well, I feel like I would be remiss not to spend at least some time before we’re done on the treatment part. And that’s the other side of what you do it sounds like.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: What happens then after the assessment? What are you finding in terms of helping these kids and young adults?

    Dr. Sibley: Well, there’s a number of approaches to treating ADHD that have evidence and work. So, we’re lucky that we can give people options. As I’m sure everyone knows, stimulant medication has historically been the first-line approach for treating ADHD, especially in people who are older and it is effective acutely.

    One of the limitations to be aware of with stimulant medication is that it has a bigger impact on the actual cognitive ability that somebody is displaying than the impact of that ability on their daily life. I’ll give you an example to make that easier to understand.

    A person with ADHD who takes stimulant medication pills will be able to be less impulsive, calmer, and potentially focus better, but it doesn’t necessarily have an effect on their daily skills. So, their ability to keep themselves organized and their ability to have good relationships with people. The reason for that is that it takes more than just having good cognition to be successful in those areas. And people with ADHD have a long history of struggling in those areas. So they may not develop some of the same skills that their peers did.

    For example, if you think about a person who didn’t pay attention for most of elementary school, even if they start paying attention through medication a little bit better in high school, they still missed out on a lot of potential academic growth that they could have had if they were treated earlier.

    In addition to medication, it’s often recommended that a skills-based therapy approach is also applied. And there’s a number of options for that. There are CBT approaches that are out there for adults now. There are also organization skills training approaches or family-based behavior therapy approaches for adolescents. Some of the work that I do is related to that approach.

    So, basically trying to teach parents age-appropriate behavioral strategies for older kids and young adults. Things like making a contract with them about expectations and consequences for not meeting those expectations. Teaching people time management strategies. Teaching people ways to overcome procrastination. All those skills have been shown to be helpful to people. So, those are the two main approaches right now to helping people with ADHD: medication and skills-based therapy.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. And where does your work fit into that? You mentioned autonomy support and…

    Dr. Sibley: I developed a program for teenagers that’s called STAND- Supporting Teens Autonomy Daily. This approach uses motivational interviewing and works with the parent and the teen together to help them identify what their common goals are, to help them understand what their family values are and the things that are most important to them because being a person with ADHD and parenting a person with ADHD is just a life full of dilemmas. You’re always having two things you care about come into conflict with each other. On one hand you want your kid to do their best in school, and on the other hand, you feel that you have to help them for 4 hours a night to get them to do their best in school. And maybe that’s not allowing them to become independent.

    So, which is more important to you, their grades or their independence? And there’s no right answer to that. People have to look into their priorities and figure out their own personalized plan for navigating the adolescent years. So we spend a lot of time on that and let people figure out what skills they’re going to need to be successful and teach those skills to people. That approach is where a lot of my work has been.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. How is the research looking on that approach? Have you been able to conduct any quality research?

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, so my work has been funded by the National Institute of Mental Health on this treatment program which is actually in a book so people can read about it if they want to do it. And this program has been compared to normal treatment in the community which means if people are already taking medication, keep taking it. If people are already getting tutoring or help at school, keep getting it. And we showed pretty big changes over a year for the kids who did this 10-week therapy program with their parents versus the kids who didn’t.

    And the big areas we saw changes to, in addition to just the severity of their ADHD symptoms, was their organization skills, how they’re getting along with their family members. And one of my favorites is that parents were way less stressed after participating in this program as well. So having an impact on the parent as well as the kid.

    So we’ve done 3-NH studies on this. I think at this point we’ve had over probably 400 kids participate in this program in the clinic I’ve been working in. And it’s been really successful.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fantastic. I am just recognizing that out of all the folks I’ve interviewed who have written books, this is maybe the longest into the interview that we’ve gone without mentioning the book. I don’t know if that’s good or bad or what?

    Dr. Sibley: That’s okay.

    Dr. Sharp: I’m just noticing that. Thank you for being humble maybe and bad for me for not asking earlier.

    Dr. Sibley: No, it’s totally okay. The people who are hungry for this information tend to find it anyway. And the other model that I’m doing right now that is really getting a lot of traction, I’ve been working with the US Department of Education on this one- teaching 11th and 12th-grade honors students how to deliver ADHD organization and motivational interventions to 9th graders who are coming into high school and really struggling with that transition. And that’s been awesome because from a public health perspective, if we can train people to give interventions that don’t cost the school district a lot of money, we’re going to be more likely to sustain them.

    So these are kids who want to put this on the college resume that they participate in something like this. They want the community service hours that they need for graduation. They’re motivated to be interventionists and they don’t cost anything to the school district. So that’s been a really fun program to develop as well.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh yeah. I’m sure that’s an easy sell for the school districts to have if you can get them on board. That’s really cool. And I should say too, we’ll have links to all the things that you’re mentioning in the show notes so that people can check out your book, your website, and so forth, and any other resources we might talk about.

    Dr. Sibley: Sounds good.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, this is great. I did want to ask, with that STAND approach that you’re talking about, is that something that could happen in a group format or is that more of a one-on-one family meeting with the parent and the kid or what?

    Dr. Sibley: We’ve done both models and we’ve even done a study comparing two models to see if they are different. So you have a good question there. It turns out for most people who walk through the door, it’s equally effective and you see the types of gains I mentioned two minutes ago. However, the individual dyadic approach, and this was always about an 8 to 10 weeks once a week come in the outpatient type of thing. So people can do it in private practice.

    The people who do not do as well in the group and need to be in this more individualized model tend to be parents who have ADHD themselves. They tend to benefit from that one-on-one support from a therapist. Parents who have depression also. And when there’s really high conflict between the parent and the teen. And that makes a lot of sense because in the group, what we’re relying on for the skills to take off in folks is other parents sharing what’s worked for them and being able to give advice to each other.

    There’s a clinician who teaches the skills and then the parents process it together. But if parents are having trouble paying attention in those meetings or parents need someone to actually walk them through how they’re going to do those skills in a step-by-step way when they get home because they have trouble with the organization themselves, that one-on-one support is really helpful to them. And if the parents and teens are arguing a lot inside the group, then that’s tricky because they don’t get anything done. So we totally buy into this finding. It makes perfect sense with what we see in daily life.

    Dr. Sharp: That totally makes sense. Well, that’s super cool. I mean, we’re always thinking of ways to provide access to the kids we evaluate after the evaluation and something like that would be fantastic.

    My gosh, I feel like we’ve packed a lot into an hour. I’m very grateful that you were willing to sit down and talk through all of this and bear with some probably dumb questions at times. Before we wrap up, anything to add, any capstones for some of the topics we’ve talked about for anybody who might be out there listening?

    Dr. Sibley: Well, I think one thing you said earlier, something that I like to emphasize to people is that it’s okay to not be sure with these really challenging diagnoses. I find one in doubt, the best thing to do is just consult with other colleagues and probably solve things together because ADHD is really hard to diagnose in adolescents and young adults for all the reasons we talked about.

    ADHD is also really hard to treat in that age group as well. Sometimes you don’t see that the things you’re doing are working, but I always tell people, keep doing them anyway, because we know they will pay off. But sometimes things that you do today aren’t going to pay off for 4 years, and that shouldn’t stop you from continuing to do them and helping people who have ADHD slowly build a foundation of success that they can build on long-term.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. That sounds good. I appreciate that.

    So I’m going to throw a curveball at you here before we wrap up like I do with everybody I interview regarding ADHD stuff. What are your thoughts/where are we at with research on neurofeedback as an intervention for ADHD?

    Dr. Sibley: Well, you see a lot of different conclusions being drawn with reviews of the literature on that. Here’s what I tell people who are patients. There’s not as much evidence that neurofeedback works compared to medication and these therapies I’m talking about. And neurofeedback costs more money. So, if you want to try it and you don’t mind spending the money, go for it. But just be aware that it’s less likely to pay off than some of the other things and it is going to be a cost. So, I think people should draw their own conclusions. It’s tricky because the literature is giving us mixed messages on that.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I feel like that’s right where I’m landing and that’s validating and just good to know. With you all that is steeped in the literature, I just want to make sure I’m not missing anything. And that’s pretty much verbatim what I’ll tell people as well.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, because one week a review comes out and says that it doesn’t work at all, and the next week a review comes out and it says it’s the most effective thing we’ve ever done and get into the minutia of the science, but instead of doing that, just make sure people aren’t telling their patients to definitely go do it especially because it costs a lot. And if your patients are going to have a huge financial strain to do something that has a good chance of not working, that’s something I can’t bring myself to do. I want to make sure people are making informed choices.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fair. Well, thanks again for the time. This has been awesome. If people want to reach out and ask questions or learn more or get in touch with you, what’s the best way to do that?

    Dr. Sibley: They can email me. My email is available online by just typing my name into Google. It’ll come up all over the place. I love connecting with people who are both in practice and people who themselves have ADHD and families of people with ADHD because those are the people who keep my work grounded. So, don’t hesitate. I’ll definitely respond to you if you do reach out.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay, that’s great. Thank you so much.

    Maggie, thanks for the time. This has been super informative and a good time. I feel like we covered a lot of ground. I know that people are going to take a lot away. So thanks. I’m really grateful for you and your time.

    Dr. Sibley: I’m really grateful that you brought me on because this has been a really great time to reflect upon some of these ideas. So, thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, absolutely. Well, I hope our paths cross again sometime soon. Take care in the meantime.

    Dr. Sibley: Yeah, same to you.

    Dr. Sharp: All right y’all. I hope you enjoyed that interview with Dr. Maggie Sibley. You could clearly tell that she is steeped in this research and really knows her stuff. She’s been doing this for a long time. I just feel so grateful to be able to partake of some of that knowledge both in assessment and intervention for ADHD.

    We covered a lot of ground. I would love to have her back and dive into some of those things a little more deeply, but this was a great overview and introduction to many of the things that she is working on. So run and check out her book. I am definitely going to do that and hopefully implement some of that in our practice.

    All right. Let’s see. What is next?

    Next, I think we’ve got an interview with Ross Greene coming up: the founder and originator of Collaborative & Proactive Solutions (CPS). It was a really good interview as well, so tune in and check that out next week.

    If you have not subscribed to the podcast, take 20 or 30 seconds and hit the subscribe button in iTunes or wherever you might be listening so that you don’t miss an episode going forward. I’ve got a lot of good interviews coming up.

    If you are interested at all in consulting- getting some support in growing or building your testing practice; it could be anything from getting started, insurance, establishing a fee, figuring out the right battery, working your schedules, becoming more efficient, any of that stuff is fair game for consulting. So, if that sounds interesting, I do have 1 or 2 individual spots left. You can reach out at thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting.

    Okay, yall. Take care. I will talk to you next time. Bye, bye.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 80 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: This is The Testing Psychologist podcast, episode 80. I am Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Today I am talking with Ms. Kellie Henkel, a speech pathologist and mom of four children with dyslexia.

    Kellie reached out to me two months ago after hearing the podcast in her research about how to best help her children. I think she stumbled across the interview with Steve Feifer and she reached out and asked if she could be on the podcast. I was very excited to get that email.

    She brings an interesting perspective to us from being a parent and a professional in the field. She really goes through a lot of helpful information about what she looks for in an evaluation for her kids, what was useful, and what was not useful. She talks with us about two different interventions that may be lesser known to many of you with regard to interventions for dyslexia. [00:01:00] So check it out. I think it’s a good one.

    Before we jump to the episode, I wanted to let y’all know of something very exciting. I’ve announced this in the Facebook group, but I’ll announce it here on the podcast as well, that I have officially signed a contract with At Health to deliver podcast episodes as CEU credits. Everything is not finalized quite yet in terms of being able to access the episodes and actually get credit or pay for credit but it’s coming soon. Within two weeks hopefully, we’ll have everything live and you will be able to access current and past podcast episodes, pay a nominal fee and earn some CEU credit. So I’m super excited about that.

    I’m also excited to say that the mastermind groups have closed. They are full. At this point, I have 1 or 2 spots open for individual consulting. So if you’re [00:02:00] interested in that, reach out, and let’s see if it’s a good fit.

    So without further ado, let’s get to our interview with Kellie Henkel.

    Hey, y’all. Welcome back to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Like you heard in the introduction, today we have a bit of a unique interview or conversation with Kellie Henkel. Kellie, like you heard, she’s a lot of things. She’s a speech-language pathologist, she’s a special educator, but I think most importantly and why she’s here today, she is the mom of four little ones with dyslexia.

    Kellie reached out to me two months ago after hearing the [00:03:00] podcast, and she expressed an interest in coming on to talk about all of this from a parent’s perspective. I thought that was a fantastic idea. So here we are.

    Kellie, welcome to the podcast.

    Kellie: Thank you for having me. I’m honored to be here.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, like I said, I’m honored that you would reach out and make the effort to get in touch. I think when I got your email, I immediately was like, oh yeah, this could be really good for our show because I think it’s unique to be a parent and have the clinical hat to some degree as well and be able to talk about the evaluation process and everything we get into with our kids when they go down this path. So thank you. I’m really excited to have you.

    Kellie: Well, part of what I want to be here for is, I want to share my journey with others, what it’s like to be a parent [00:04:00] and having multiple children evaluated and served by the school district and the difficulties that come with this.

    I’m hoping for change. There are some amazing evaluators out there. Unfortunately, they’re not in the schools a lot. And so there’s a lot of misunderstandings about dyslexia and appropriate assessment and intervention. My goal is to continue to share my journey to bring about change so that other parents down the road don’t have to experience the difficulties that I’ve had to go through.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, I know you’re not alone in that whole process. I think what a lot of us as clinicians, well, we spend a fair amount of time navigating the school system and helping [00:05:00] parents understand what to do before, after, during our evaluations, how to translate those results.

    And I know like we were talking about before we started to record that a lot of the listeners who are clinicians are also parents of kids with different special education needs. So I think there’s a lot to dig into here. I really appreciate it.

    I wonder, could you maybe just talk about your life a little bit? Were you a speech-language pathologist before you had kids or did that come about as you had kids, what do things look like over the years?

    Kellie: I am a speech-language pathologist and I’ve been practicing since 1999 before I had children. I had a private practice in Seattle specializing in serving children with autism. We billed insurance for our [00:06:00] time and eventually things went under with decreases with insurance reimbursement. I decided to close the business and move to Sunny California. I just wanted to reflect on the baby that I had in Seattle, the baby being the business and working with children with autism. I didn’t want to have a big business again. I wanted to slow down.

    And so I moved to St. Helena, California, which is in Napa Valley, which is where I met my husband. Four children later, we’re still in California but in a different part of California. My husband is a winemaker and so that’s why we live in the wine region in Santa Barbara County.

    And then I had 4children. I have 2 boys, ages 9 and 11, and twin girls that are ages 7. I grew up with learning disabilities. [00:07:00] Back then they didn’t have IEPs and I don’t really remember getting tested, but I do remember having a lot of struggles learning. Specifically, I know that I had accommodations in high school and college around reading comprehension. Math was always difficult. In graduate school, my neurology teacher at Vanderbilt said, “You have a language-learning disability and you’ll never be a speech-language pathologist”.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, goodness.

    Kellie: Neurology wasn’t my preferred topic or course, it was really hard, a lot of memorization. And I’m more of a hands-on learner. And here I am, successful SOP but lo and behold, I have 4 little ones just like me.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, sure. So when did you realize that they may be following in your footsteps? Was [00:08:00] your oldest? Did you figure it out pretty young or what?

    Kellie: My boys have had IEPs since they were in preschool, since they were I want to say about 3. They had met their developmental milestones but it was on the very edge of that. And being a speech-language pathologist, I was always looking at those milestones and making sure that they were meeting them.

    I started out and I signed with them. But I clearly remember having, my son was probably 18 months. I was walking with another mom and her child, and her child said, no River, a two-word utterance, perfectly articulated, and my kid is just making a few words or signing. There’s a huge range in development, so I wasn’t too worried, but when he wasn’t putting as many words together [00:09:00], and finally qualified for an IEP but just under speech and language.

    My second son followed the same footsteps and then my girls, not so much. I think my focus was on my boys. The girls are so different and more socially pleasers that I didn’t really pick up on what was going on with the girls until later. Looking back on it, I remember their preschool teachers hinting, are you concerned? River being my oldest, they’re nothing alike. But some of the signs that I’ve seen in all of them are word-finding issues, which you’ll probably hear me do with this podcast and …

    Dr. Sharp: So far so good.

    Kellie: Okay, good …reversing letters, which I know is typical for kids until 2nd grade, but my 5th grader is still reversing letters and numbers. [00:10:00] And just difficulty learning anything left brain things, math, and reading. They all hate school, which is really difficult, and the homework that comes home comes home at such a rapid speed with no rhyme and reason that it’s even hard for me to try to break it down for them. They can’t do their homework independently.

    So, I see the signs in all of them and to different degrees. I think my oldest is the most severe:

    a) Because he’s most severe,

    b) Because we didn’t really start the appropriate intervention until much later, until only about a year ago or less.

    So I’m hopeful to get my other kids that appropriate intervention so that they will struggle less, especially my girls. Early intervention is key. You hear that all the time but schools have this wait-to-fail model. They’re not going to write goals unless you’re 2, 3 years behind. They’re certainly not [00:11:00] going to evaluate unless you’re in 3rd, or 2nd grade, which is at that point too late from my perspective.

    So you people, the school district thought I were a lot crazy by asking for them to evaluate my 1st-grade girls. I saw the writing on the wall but I was just waiting to when is that going to show up in testing. In my own testing with speech and language testing, sometimes you don’t really see that gap until they hit a certain age. So I’ve just been waiting for that right time. And certainly, the discrepancy is there.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. That’s interesting. So your oldest had an IEP in preschool but didn’t get effective intervention until just recently at 11 or 10?

    Kellie: Yes.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, that’s wild. What’s the story there?

    Kellie: He’s had an IEP since preschool, speech and language, articulation concepts, following directions. Then we went to [00:12:00] kindergarten. In kindergarten, I said, hey, he is more than speech and language. He is in my perspective, SLD. He needs goals around reading and math.

    And they were really hesitant to even assess. So it was like a battle then. And so they assessed but when I look back on that assessment, it was very weak, very little. I think they only did a few subtests. It wasn’t even a thorough assessment. Now, I’m better educated around what a good assessment should look like.

    And so with that, if you don’t do a thorough assessment, and I think oftentimes it’s not done because you’re not necessarily wanting to find all the needs, because when you find all the needs, you have to write a goal for it. And so they wrote a goal for asking for help.

    My experience in our journey is that [00:13:00] the assessments are not thorough, not deep. And as a result, the areas of need aren’t really outlined well. And then the goals are really weak. They’re writing goals for two years behind. They’re not even writing grade-level goals and really challenging kids.

    So then you come up with services that are really weak, or maybe the services are appropriate in terms of time but what methodology and what training does that educator have? The power isn’t in the program, the power’s in the person and their level of knowledge. In terms of dyslexia, how a written language works, or how to really teach math authentically.

    So had a IEP also in preschool but he was exited. It was just more articulation and he was exited. And his language sample was fine but [00:14:00] they didn’t do a thorough assessment. And along those times I kept asking for RTI- Response Intervention for reading.

    For my oldest, I was flat-out denied RTI because he had an IEP. For my other one, they kept putting me off. He’s approaching grade level. We finally switched schools because we moved and the second son was picked up in RTI right away, which I was really thankful for. Then three months later, I got a call for an SST, a Student Study Team meeting. I said, well, I know what those are. I’m not going to wait for the meeting, which is scheduled three months later. I said, we need to assess. And so we did.

    And then with my girls, I’ve just been waiting for the right time. I feel like first grade is, they’ve had some exposure teaching or reading and it was definitely the right time to assess.

    [00:15:00] Dr. Sharp: Sure. I started doing formal assessments for learning disorders or formal diagnoses of learning disorders halfway through first grade, and there’re always exceptions I guess, if there’s a strong family history.

    I think a lot of schools around here, it sounds like are similar, where they may not assess thoroughly until at least 2nd or 3rd grade. There’s a lot of, let’s wait and see what happens and differential development and whatnot, but some kids certainly have those signs really early on.

    Kellie: Especially when you have a family history. I wish that schools did check up family history. I’m sure there are parents that wouldn’t want to disclose that, but I think if the family history is there, we should intervene sooner.

    Whether it’s RTI or jumping right into an assessment, the earlier we identify those kids and provide the proper intervention, the better. It will save money in the end. I feel [00:16:00] like if we taught all kids like they were dyslexic, multisensory, incremental, all kids would learn and you would have less kids in special education. I’m not saying that there wouldn’t be any. You would just have less.

    But I feel that, and it’s all over, I find it rare that schools teach reading and math well. And it’s not the person, it’s their level of knowledge and training. Teachers go to school to be a teacher but they’re not taught how to teach reading. They’re not taught how to teach math. And then your special educators aren’t taught that either. And so the districts will give you cute little curriculum, send you to a one, you’re lucky if you get a 3-day training and then suddenly you’re a dyslexia specialist.

    I have spent over 200 hours doing math training in Oakland. Get up at 2:00 AM in the morning, drive to Oakland, sleep in the parking lot for an hour, take a 2-day training, come back, and do it all [00:17:00] over again. Well, for over 200 hours, just in math alone. That’s Making Math Real. It’s brilliant, amazing. And I’ve done just the same in Structured Word Inquiry.

    And so the time alone that I have invested in these methodologies is probably over 400 hours and I’m still confused. I really have to dive in, look at my notes, rewrite my notes, practice it to be competent. I’m nowhere near competence. Thankfully, my kids have people working with them that know what they’re doing while I continue to learn these methodologies to support their learning.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Well, and you’re telling a story that I think is very familiar with parents with kids with dyslexia or other concerns that we end up shouldering a lot of the burden ourselves too. It’s often not enough to just get that intervention at school.

    Kellie: Well, I trusted and I did. I’m working on trusting. That’s something I’m working on.

    [00:18:00] Dr. Sharp: Good for you.

    Kellie: Working with schools, contracting with schools, I didn’t want to be that parent. I didn’t want to be litigious and I wanted to work with them, but I didn’t want to step on their toes. And certainly at that point when in 1st grade, 2nd grade, when my oldest was there. I didn’t really know much about reading intervention and math intervention, so I just said I totally trusted them. But when he had his triennial in 3rd grade and they said he has ADD Inattentive type and borderline low IQ, I just knew that wasn’t a match for my kid.

    I didn’t find my voice then. I didn’t know my voice. And so I asked for a referral to the diagnostic center. And so we went there and we had a better evaluation, but [00:19:00] it wasn’t totally spot on. The recommendations were really weak. So after that, we did a series of IEEs in all areas.

    And for my girls, what I did, which I feel really helped is, the school did their evaluation, but before we met to review it, I had them privately assessed and I paid for that assessment. I had assessors that knew the methodologies that I have found to be helpful.

    It’s important that they understand what they’re, so if you’re teaching reading, you really have to understand or English or orthography inside and out to really do an authentic task analysis.

    In the evaluations we’ve had from neuropsychologists or psychologists who aren’t necessarily in the trenches, who aren’t doing the practice, they might say, in Lindamood-Bell [00:20:00] or in Orton-Gillingham, but they haven’t practiced it. So they don’t really see the pros and cons of those interventions. And when it doesn’t work, then what else do you try? And so I found that to be really helpful in time as well. So if I waited for the school to assess and then I said, I want an IEE, that’s another three months, right?

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, at least.

    Kellie: It took an entire year to finally have a good evaluation. And that’s just too long. We lost the entire year. So I’m hoping I’m doing right by the girls.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I hear that so often. Like why do we wait so long or I didn’t know this would take so long. Those kinds of comments from parents.

    So maybe we could dive in a little bit to the material that could be super relevant for the clinicians who are listening, which is, I’m really curious from a parent perspective, [00:21:00] how did you find quality evaluators, first of all? What was that process like? Was it hard? Was it easy? Did you know what you were looking for? I’m very curious about that whole process from a parent’s perspective.

    Kellie: It’s been hard. It’s been a journey. There are evaluators that I had for my son that I wouldn’t necessarily use again.

    Dr. Sharp: Why not?

    Kellie: Well, I think the biggest part that I struggled with is the recommendations. The recommendations that were made from multiple evaluators were too weak, too loosey-goosey. They described it but that could be many things.

    So if you’re describing a program, well that could be Lindamood-Bell, Seeing Stars, which is a three-day, total of 15-hour training for an educator. You could be talking about or Orton-Gillingham, which is over 200 hours. They’re both phonic space but there’s [00:22:00] definitely a difference in the person’s competency based on the number of hours they’ve been trained.

    Through that process, working with these evaluators, I gave them the research for Structured Word Inquiry and binders of research and summarized it and sent them videos. I don’t know if they read it, but they certainly didn’t even take it into consideration. It wasn’t even mentioned, which was shocking to me.

    A lot of assessors don’t even want to do IEEs and I understand why. Certain school districts will make you jump through hoops and want things done a certain timeline and a lot of quality assessors don’t even want to deal with it. And so unless you have money to pay for a private evaluation to bring to the IEP meeting, it can be a struggle.

    [00:23:00] So with my girls, the assessments that I had done is I had a speech-language pathologist who has been studying Structured Word Inquiry for over two years. So she’s specializing in literacy and so she did an evaluation. She’s in Illinois, so it was online but with Zoom technology and I sat next to them while they did the assessment to make sure that they were attentive, she did an amazing assessment. I forwarded it to a few people out there, Dr. Hart and Dr. Mather, and they all agreed it was a very thorough assessment.

    The school district, all my girls did a 100-page assessment on each girl. 100 pages. You would think that that would be thorough, but it wasn’t. It was lacking, and what I see in all of my assessments that I’ve had done by the school district, it lacks task analysis. So oftentimes their go-to [00:24:00] is the Woodcock-Johnson and they don’t necessarily dig deeper.

    And I think there’s some subtests in the Woodcock-Johnson which can be a little weak. I want more information. Recently I had someone give the girls the KeyMath-3 assessment. I would love to look at more math assessments, but I liked it because it was detailed. It went through many different subtests of geometry, time, money calculation fluency, that if your some math tests, they’re not all considered equal. It’s just maybe just calculation or just fluency.

    The other weak areas are written language, I feel like the Woodcock-Johnson is weak on that. It says that your average range and you look at an actual writing sample and it’s not average range. And then spelling is weak as well. Certainly, there’s nothing on word [00:25:00] finding there.

    So for a dyslexic kid, the things that were missed are word finding was never really done. A good language sample was never really done and analyzed well. And they know I’m a speech-language pathologist. I’m sometimes shocked with a weak assessment when you know who’s coming in reading this report and whose mom it is.

    The other part that was tricky is the speech-language assessments aren’t all sensitive on younger children that have more mild, moderate disabilities. So yourself, your castle, your typical assessments that a school speech-language pathologist would give are not sensitive. It’s under 80%.

    And so the assessment that I really like is called the TILLS, The Test of Integrated Language and Literacy Skills. That is the only assessment that really picked up on their [00:26:00] dyslexia. On multiple subtests, they had a percentile rank of two or zero actually, where the school’s assessments all average range.

    It’s like we’re not giving the appropriate assessments. And so I had to provide the school district data and research from the technical manual saying, your assessments aren’t sensitive for this population and they aren’t average range. And the celebration I had with the girls is the fact that they said dyslexia. That’s been huge.

    For my oldest, it was two years ago, in third grade, arms were crossed. Well, if he qualifies, and I said, well, I feel like he has dyslexia. Well, we don’t say that word. And later I found a letter written by the Department of Education, I think it was dated 2013, Dear Colleague letter stating to schools we should say dyslexia.

    I wish that I had that letter [00:27:00] earlier, but now I use it all the time. I go into my IEP meetings with my dyslexia shirt on and research. It takes me days to prepare, but I come in really prepared.

    Dr. Sharp: Good for you. As we’re talking, it is clear that you’ve done a lot of research into this and you’re practicing it and you’re approaching it from the parent side as well as the professional side. I would imagine in an IEP meeting or the school meeting that some of the school staff would be a little bit blown away by your preparedness and some of these questions.

    Kellie: Not sure what they think of me, and that’s okay. I think ways of being that parent. I encourage other parents to be okay with it. I tiptoed around for a long time. I didn’t want to be that parent, and I still don’t want to be. I don’t want to be [00:28:00] hated. I want to help you help him. And that starts with an accurate assessment.

    And now I’m okay with it. I don’t need them to be my friends and I go in professionally. I’m okay speaking my voice. Oftentimes, when you’re in those meetings and you have a gut reaction and you want to say something, but you’re afraid to say it, that was me for a long time.

    I still shake, I still get teary-eyed. I have all those emotions, but I have found my voice and I’m able to speak it at these meetings, which I think is really important.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, that’s wonderful. So thinking back to how you ended up finding quality evaluators. Can you remember? Is there anything that drew you to those individuals in the first place to even have you reach out to them? What was appealing right off the bat?

    Kellie: Well, the evaluators that I had for my girls [00:29:00] are individuals that have gone through the training that I have recently gone through. I have to say that we have not had a private neuropsychologist or psychologist for them. The psych was done by the school district.

    I didn’t feel the need to do that. I feel like with a 100-page report, the psychologist actually did a pretty good evaluation in terms of yes, the discrepancy is there. There’s no doubt there. Now it’s just a matter of the details. Having a really good language and literacy assessment, breaking down what words are misspelling, what issues they have with word finding, because that’s really where the goals come from once we have established, okay, the discrepancy is there, and here’s the [00:30:00] areas of weakness.

    If I were to have another neuropsychologist or a psychologist IEE, I don’t think there’s anyone in this area that I would choose. And oftentimes when you ask for an IEE, there’s rules you have to follow in terms of your SELPA. They have to meet then certain criteria of money. They have to agree that it can’t go over a certain amount and you have to be in a certain area. And there’s no one here that I would turn to.

    I’m hoping to be that person, not in terms of the psychologist person but the speech and language and literacy person in our area. But the person I would use is highly recommended by the Dyslexia Training Institute. And so I haven’t used him but I’ve been curious to do that. And he was recommended by a lot of parents in the community. All the assessors that I have used previously weren’t, but I just went with our sack of recommendations. I went with who was here. And what I’ve noticed [00:31:00] is nobody’s here, not in this area.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. So once you, maybe with your older kids, you went through that process, you talked about some of the things that were not helpful with evaluations, the weak recommendations, like you said which I interpreted to mean just not very specific. Is that fair? Not specific, not addressing the particular needs, nuances of your kids’ presentation?

    Kellie: Yes or no. Oftentimes, the recommendations in these reports is about that long, they are just a few sentences graph paper. Oh, suddenly graph paper is going to make their math problems better, calculator, great. Well, what about authentically learning math? What about really looking at how you’re teaching math?

    And that’s what’s so beautiful about Making Math Real. I’ve done over 200 hours in just 1st grade to 5th grade curriculum. That’s it. Over 200 hours in math. Think about an educator having that level of [00:32:00] training. And there are some public schools and private schools that are using this methodology. So it’s not like…

    Dr. Sharp: Is it widespread or is it…?

    Kellie: It’s not. Making Math Real, the founder David Berg only teaches in person. He doesn’t teach online. So you have to go to Oakland, which thankfully isn’t too far. It’s only a 5-hour drive. Once you learn it and you have to go through a certain sequence, you can’t skip around to different classe, there’s some prerequisites. It’s amazing. There’s nothing like it. I’ve tried TouchMath, Singapore Math and it’s all a lot of tricks to get around it rather than authentically learning it.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s interesting. I know this is a little bit of a detour but can you talk a little bit about Making Math Real and what makes it so effective or thorough?

    Kellie: I’ll try but David Berg would be an amazing person to [00:33:00] interview. And so Making Math Real, there’s just a level of training that an educator has to go through to use it. It’s not something you’re going to find online. You’re not going to find out on YouTube or Teachers Pay Teachers. You have to show up and be there. The curriculum has some certain scope and sequence that is completely different than Common Core math.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s probably a good thing.

    Kellie: Yeah. And so it goes from concrete with manipulatives to the opposite of that. What you see in schools is children are given a worksheet. They’re at the level of what you would sit down and take a test. And they’re missing all that incrementation that needs to be taught to get there.

    Maybe your typical learner can get there pretty fast but your child with dyslexia or learning disability needs to be taught all [00:34:00] those steps prior and it builds as well. So if you didn’t learn your multiplication or your district facts or subtraction facts, and the nice thing about Making Math Real is he has a way to teach math that helps the big picture processor.

    So he has these houses and your blocks go in a house and you go down the chimney and it’s cute but it also helps the dyslexic person relayed emotionally. So for us dyslexics, it has to have the meaning. The more emotion we have in it, the more it’ll stick. And you only move on if you’ve mastered the previous level.

    And so what happens in school is it goes so fast and these kids aren’t mastering the foundational skills? And then you’re in high school having to pass algebra and then you’re told in California anyway, you can’t get a diploma, you’re on certificate track because there’s no way you will pass algebra [00:35:00] And that’s where my oldest son would be if I wasn’t doing what I’m doing now.

    I saw the trajectory, 3rd grader, you say, what’s 8+8? And it makes him cry. What have we been working on the past 4 years? Something has to drastically shift and it’s not a calculator, it’s not graph paper. And in none of those recommendations, was there anything about authentic math methodology and I think that’s the stepsister of dyslexia, the dyscalculia and what do you do about it? And there’s not as much out there as there is for reading.

    And with reading just the same. Oftentimes what is done is a phonics-based instruction. And our language is not phonics based. It’s more phonemic. And if you teach from a phonics-based perspective and breaking things into syllables, for example, the word signal, you’re going to break it sig-nal.[00:36:00] So if you do that, you lose the base word. The base word of signal is sign, and the relationship it has to other words, why does sign have a ‘g’? Why don’t we spell it phonetically? It has a ‘g’ because it’s related to signal, because our spelling does make sense.

    Those silent letters that are in those “irregular words” are there for a meaning. And so we have to lead with meaning. We have to lead with morphology. Morphology is meaning. And so in Structured Word Inquiry, we talk about phonology, but that’s the third thing we talk about.

    We lead with meaning. What does it mean? And then we look at the morphological and etymological relatives. What does this word come from? What is it related to? And then you talk about pronunciation because pronunciation shifts in the word. You don’t know what it’s pronounced like until you see it in the word based on affixes. [00:37:00] But we do it all wrong. Everything’s phonic space, including Orton-Gillingham.

    And so I’m not saying that you’re not going to make progress with Orton-Gillingham or Lindamood-Bell or any of the other kits that you find. It’s going to be limited progress because you’re not teaching the way our English orthography is designed. People don’t even know it. It’s from a linguist standpoint.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. That’s fascinating. And that’s the gold standard that we’ve relied on for so long. It’s recommendations to go the Orton-Gillingham route.

    Kellie: Right. And why? I think we need to question things more. And then some people will say, well, there’s the research and the research is there. But you have to read the research and look at it from a skeptical point of view. You have to question it.

    If you’re only studying phonics and phonology, and you’re not looking at morphology, there’s [00:38:00] actually research about morphology but people aren’t looking at it. It’s not as vast and great as the phonics studies. And so you’re not really comparing those two, but the research is there around Structured Word Inquiry or Scientific Word Investigation. But people aren’t questioning it because it’s in a book. It’s in a Sally Schutz’s book. They just say, okay, that’s it. But we should question things. We should challenge things if it doesn’t feel right, doesn’t look right, if you’re not seeing the progress.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fair. And that makes sense. Intuitively, I suppose that one size doesn’t fit all. I know that past guests have talked about that. Steve Feifer talked about that and how there are different “types of dyslexia” and you have to have different intervention for the particular presentation. It’s not all the same. So it makes intuitive sense.

    Kellie: [00:39:00] Yeah. And my kids have orthographic dyslexia, so we should really look at the orthographic piece of that. They can spell beautifully phonetically. They can read phonetically. And when they spell does D-U-Z I say, yay, you’re doing what you’ve been taught. They’re not memorizers. You can’t give them a list of “sight words, irregular words” to memorize. They might memorize it, but they won’t keep it.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, it doesn’t stick. Got you. Oh my goodness. So again just thinking about the evaluation process and how that has worked for you, have you found aspects of the evaluation process or reports that were particularly helpful for you from the parent side?

    Kellie: Yeah. One more piece in terms of the recommendations. One evaluator we used, he used the Woodcock-Johnson, and the Woodcock-Johnson comes with a bunch of recommendations. I think there’s the CD you can use, you [00:40:00] type in your scores and outcomes, pages of possible interventions, and you go through them and sort out what works.

    Structured Word Inquiry is not in there. Making Math Real is not in there. Those are the ones that I feel are most effective for my kids. And I’m sure there’s other things too. We have to look outside the box and not just stick with what spits out of our computer. We have to really think outside the box with that.

    In terms of what’s been helpful, saying dyslexia for me. I know that it falls under the SLD category but if you google SLD or look for a Facebook group for SLD, it’s not a lot there. So for me, it’s about community and being able to relate to other people. And dyslexia, there’s a big community there.

    I had a friend of mine, another school psychologist, evaluate my son, and he’s the first one who said, orthographic dyslexia when the schools were saying [00:41:00] ADD and low IQ. And that was the first time that I thought, oh, okay. I’m googling it and of course it matched all of my symptoms.

    So let’s say dyslexia if it’s dyslexia. Say SLD because that’s the eligibility category but don’t be afraid to say the ‘D’ word or ‘D’ words- Dysgraphia, dyscalculia. Don’t be afraid. So that was helpful. And they’re not in a lot of reports but when we know when they finally said it, I just felt like that was so awesome. Such a triumph that they said the ‘D’ word.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I think a lot of us, I’m just guessing I suppose, but we get stuck because those aren’t official diagnoses in the DSM so people trying to be precise and [00:42:00] literal, I suppose from the manual and omitting these words that are more well-known or like you said, might create more community or connection to what’s going on.

    Kellie: I haven’t looked in the DSM in a while but I think it says SLD but it also says dyslexia in there. Am I totally wrong on that?

    Dr. Sharp: It’s in there. It’s just not part of the official diagnosis.

    Kellie: Right. But it used to be and then they shifted it. And in the Department of Education in 2013 through that letter, the Dear Colleague letter says that we should be using it. I think it’s helpful for parents.

    When you say SLD, Specific Learning Disability, what does that tell you? Reading and math and okay, there’s not a community for SLDs. There’s a big dyslexia community and parents need other parents.

    The [00:43:00] other helpful piece that I find is, if you’re going to report an IQ and again, I’m no psychologist, but I feel like, and what I’ve been told and certainly there, I’ve been told too many different things. If there’s too big of a span in the subtest scores from 60s to over 120, the IQ score is inaccurate. It’s invalid.

    Dr. Sharp: Boy, that is a can of worms to open there. I think that’s been the historical approach or mindset. I think there’s a lot coming out even just like very recently to say that that Full Scale IQ is actually like the best predictor of whatever we’re trying to predict, academic achievement or whatever we’re trying to. So there’s this phrase that’s come about like scatter doesn’t matter.

    Anyway, we don’t have to get into all that but what you’re saying is not [00:44:00] unfamiliar by any means. I think that’s what a lot of us grew up with or were talking about.

    Kellie: Well, I think when there is scatter and it’s reported as an accurate IQ score, my oldest was anywhere from 75 to 85. That’s low. To me as a parent, I just feel like you’re telling me my kid’s not capable. He’s slow and low and so that’s why he can’t learn. Well, my kid can learn and he’s smart. You’re just not teaching him the way he needs to learn.

    And so that’s been hard to see. And as I wait for the assessment report for my girls, I was just anxious to see and nervous like, what is it going to say and what does it mean? But just be careful when you’re quoting an IQ score.

    Oftentimes I contract with a high school district I work with, which has been eye-opening because most of my caseload are [00:45:00] dyslexics from my point of view: they can’t read, they can’t write, they can’t spell, they can’t do math. They feel dumb. They don’t know they have dyslexia. It’s never been brought up to them. It’s never in their reports.

    And if you look back at all of their reports, I looked at this one girl and I looked at her report in 1st grade. It said MR- mental retardation. She is by no means even close to that. It’s damaging. And my kids would be right there if I wasn’t their mom.

    Dr. Sharp: Wow. Yeah, I’ve heard those horror stories, certainly. My gosh. Are there other aspects of the testing that’s been helpful for you or parts of the approach or anything that you found positive?

    Kellie: Yeah, I think the more detailed it is, the better. [00:46:00] Some reports lack detail, they’ll report the score, but even as an educated parent, it’s really difficult to know what does that mean?

    And so the more detail you can have in terms of examples, because you might be at the meeting telling the parent the example because you say, okay, tell me about coding. What does that test look like? What was my child asked to do? But you can tell me, and I’m not going to necessarily remember it.

    It’s nice to have maybe even pictures in your report or examples. So when I leave with that 30-page plus report, it gives me more information. so, giving examples and details and then also drawing some lines in terms of interpretation, especially when you’re talking about processing.

    So one question is, I have identical twin girls and they both have discrepancy [00:47:00] in their assessment, and the school refused to write math goals for Scarlet but math goals were written for Sky because there’s more of a “significant” area of need for her. Sky’s scores were about 60 in some math, and Scarlet scores were 80, but they were both recommended for RTI and math, and both struggling in math- they can’t do any of their math homework. I’ve lost my train of thought on that one but the math assessment that was given was not deep enough, so I asked for additional math assessment for her.

    My question, what I’ll have at my follow-up meeting is okay, so you did a psychological assessment profile, certainly what you’ve come up with doesn’t just affect reading. [00:48:00] She can memorize, but she has difficulty with long-term memory. Though that’s going to affect not just reading, like if we just think about long-term and we’re not going to let her wait to fail and wait for those significant areas of need to show up on a standardized score but we have to think about these scores that we have and how it affects our learning.

    And that’s not really talked about sometimes at these meetings. I feel like it should be. And maybe more description of the scores that you do get from the psychological assessments and how that specifically shows up academically and what they need support with that.

    Like for my kids, they need in-context learning, they need meaningful learning. Having it out of context detach which is phonics-based instruction, that’s memorizing sight words that have no meaning [00:49:00] doesn’t work for them. And that would’ve really saved us many years of trying interventions that don’t work only because it’s like you probably, it’s in your list of recommendations and that’s what you put in your report.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. So drawing clear lines between the scores and the profile to real-world application or intervention or implication, I suppose.

    Kellie: Yeah, and I know that probably takes, I don’t look forward to report writing time, it takes a long time assessing and scoring, and then you have to in interpret it and write it. And that’s equally as long and very challenging, at least from my perspective.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, so thinking about it again maybe more from the parent perspective, were there any helpful elements of how to translate our results to the school or did you get any helpful coaching on how to [00:50:00] approach the school? I guess I’m getting at what resources or advice do you have for parents who might be in the same place to navigate the school system once you have the report?

    Kellie: Well, what I felt like has really worked for my girls, because I’ve learned from my boys is, I asked for the assessment, I did it in writing. So that’s really important because if I just said it verbally and I did say it verbally multiple times, they just put you off.

    So put your request in writing and find out what assessments they’re giving because you don’t want your private assessors doing those same assessments. Make sure they’re different. Make sure you’re hiring a private assessor that is experienced, is specializing in whatever you’re looking at. Not all assessors do dyslexia well just like autism. Ask about [00:51:00] their experience.

    You can ask for a sample report that they’ve written, how much they’ve studied, how much continuing education? Like as a speech-language pathologist, I’m certified to serve a ginormous population. And I’m certainly not competent. I would not feel competent serving aphasic individual or many, I don’t work with nursing home patients and stroke patients or stuttering. I don’t do that well. I’m sure it’s the same for psychologists as well. You really have to specialize until you get really good at that and then expand.

    The thing that really worked is getting that private assessment and multiple, maybe you want your speech and language, your OT, your psychologist, and not every who does math. You want to make sure that you’ve got the specialties there. Ask what the [00:52:00] assessments are. Ask about the sensitivity of those assessments- not all your speech-language assessments are sensitive. I haven’t looked at enough math tests but many of them aren’t detailed.

    And then have that person at the meeting if possible. And thankfully with Zoom, that saves a lot of travel time. So having your presenter there, providing a report in advance to the school district so they can consider it as well. And also ask for the school district’s report in advance too. They’re not required to provide that, but I do ask for it at least three days prior. And sometimes I have to nag them about it.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, it seems like that’s a theme too, is don’t be afraid to nag or ask, period. Nag has a negative connotation but it’s really just asking, right?

    Kellie: Yeah, absolutely.

    [00:53:00] Dr. Sharp: I work with so many parents, they just don’t know what to do or how to do it or what’s okay or what the school has to do versus doesn’t have to do. Any ideas or resources around that I think is always helpful.

    Kellie: Yeah. When I do get the assessment from the school district, I have a few people that I send a report to. Dr. Michael Hart at TrueLiteracy has been wonderful. Dr. Mather has been awesome. A few psychologists that I know have been wonderful as well. So I will send the report to them and get their input. Again, I’m not a psychologist, so I really want their objective input of what they think. Was it a thorough assessment? Are we missing anything? And they always point out things that I’ve missed and I’ve learned a great deal.

    [00:54:00] Some of them have not charged me, and have done it out of the kindness of their heart. Sometimes we have traded wine but I’m willing to pay. I appreciate their input and I think it’s important to have a second pair of educated eyes on that assessment.

    The other piece is, I feel like I have had to become a specialist myself. It would be so much easier to trust the school district and know that my kids were getting what they needed in school but when things weren’t working, I thought to myself, I have to know what I want. What do I want? I don’t know. Do I do Lindamood-Bell? Do I do Orton-Gillingham? Do I Barton? What do I do?

    And so I live and breathe it now. I listen to podcasts. I am a terrible reader myself. I read but read slow and have no time. So I do audiobooks. I listen in the car. [00:55:00] I take virtual conferences. The Dyslexia Training Institute has a virtual conference; how convenient can that be? You can watch it in the convenience of your own home and your own time schedule.

    And then on one podcast, the Elisheva Schwartz’s podcast, Dyslexia Quest, a girl on a podcast named Emily O’Connor was on, and for some reason I felt really called to talk to her. So I called her and we set up a consultation, and again, happy to pay. Paid my $80 for the consultation. So parents, you can’t just expect these people are going to talk to you for free.

    And she is a dyslexic who her private practices working with other dyslexics. So tutoring. She tutors in reading and math. She’s out of Portland. I said to her, what do you do? What do I do? Do I do Orton-Gillingham? She says [00:56:00] she’s done it all. She’s done Orton-Gillingham and Singapore Math. She’s done everything out there. And what she does is Structured Word Inquiry and Making Math Real.

    It’s the difference in her kids, in her students, and as a dyslexic person herself, it’s made her cry a multiple times because the learning is so rich and deep and authentic and beautiful. After she told me that, I said, done, I’m in. And I’ve just been full speed ahead with those two methodologies because I was wasting money and time on buying curriculum and workbooks and nothing was really working.

    Your Times Tales CD, you learn a cute little song to remember your multiplication tables. It wasn’t working. So I’ve learned that I have to be the specialist. I see kids privately and I work with kids with autism and articulation apraxia, but I’m opening my practice to math and reading intervention too. I’m just expanding that to help other [00:57:00] people and helping other parents advocate and navigate that world.

    Dr. Sharp: Good for you. Well, certainly, I think a lot of parents need support with that. And like you said and I kind of alluded to our own kid in one of our prior conversations, but I have that experience of even being in the field and I think pretty well versed in the whole process. When it happens with your own kid, something changes and it’s like, oh my God, wait, what do I do now? What’s realistic? It’s a tough process to navigate through.

    Kellie: The emotions are huge. The apple doesn’t fall far from the tree. For me and my husband, whatever we struggle with, our kids tend to get those qualities. You of course don’t want your kid to have the same struggles you went through and it’s even more emotional. And so that’s why it’s really important to have these [00:58:00] outside evaluators and professionals to help because I get into my own head and heart and it definitely gets in the way.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    Kellie: The one piece that I definitely wanted to touch on in terms of evaluation is when you have a kid that doesn’t just have dyslexia, when you have a kid with multiple needs, all of my kids have central auditory processing disorder, and that can be controversial even in the world of speech-language pathologists.

    And I know that auditory processing is something you task as a psychologist, but to truly be diagnosed with CAPD, it has to be done by an audiologist. And not many audiologists do it. In our area, there’s only two. There’s some interventions that can be done around that, that I’ve seen improve with my kids, like following directions just better listening in a classroom. Just better listening in the classroom.

    And with all my kids, [00:59:00] it’s CAPD in their left ear. To me, that makes sense. You either have difficulty in the left side of the brain, or reading and the math, and listening and executive functioning. Sometimes that’s not assessed. All my kids struggle with it more so my boys. And so that’s something that can need to be differentially diagnosed as well, and visual processing as well.

    Recently, I took all my kids to an ophthalmologist who specializes in developmental vision evaluations. And again, it’s like CAPD, not many people do that. He tested me first. I do wear beading glasses but he tested me first and he put these prisms on. First he said, do you have headaches? And I said, No, I don’t have headaches.

    And he put these prisms on, these certain glasses, and the tension behind my eyes immediately went away. [01:00:00] You have to live it to really believe these things. I know the speech-language pathologist that evaluated my girls, and even in the dyslexic community, they’re like, well, be careful about that vision therapy.

    I think unless you have it and you experience it, it’s really easy to say, be careful about that. And you do need to be careful about it and be discerning, but to actually experience the release in tention.

    And then he evaluated my other kids. With the glasses, they read faster and more fluently. They didn’t skip words and it was just immediate. Will it take away the dyslexia? No. Will it make it a little bit easier to read? I’m hoping so. For all of us, he did this test where he covered each eye and the object moved up and down, so our eyes were teaming together to see. A team but they have to work really hard to team. So that’s when you come up with a fatigue when you’re reading.

    [01:01:00] For my oldest, who has executive functioning deficits, central object processing disorder, now discovered this vision piece, dyslexia, dyscalculia, you can see when you’re not really looking those pieces why he may have been diagnosed with low IQ and ADD, inattentive type.

    So if you’re sitting me in the class where it’s difficult for me to process, you’re speaking at such a speed, things are going so fast, yeah, he’s in his own head, looking up at the ceiling. He’s just trying to keep it together.

    I think it’s tricky to differentially diagnose even on those ADD assessment forms that come home for a parent to fill out. A lot of them have to do with learning. And so there’s such an overlap with learning challenges, learning difficulties in ADD, and how do you truly differentially diagnose that? I think it’s difficult. It really takes a [01:02:00] skilled evaluator to do that.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. No, I think that’s so true and it speaks to the value of a comprehensive evaluation and truly differentially diagnosing or looking at all these pieces. There’s a lot of overlap, right?

    Kellie: Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: My gosh, I feel like we’ve covered a lot of ground here in an hour. It’s pretty wild.

    Kellie: If I can make one more little statement, a little share, if that’s possible.

    Dr. Sharp: Of course, yeah.

    Kellie: Okay. So a recent noticing or aha that I’ve had is in model. So when you go into the school, we have a model. We either push in, provide services. We pull out, we go into a little resource room, or maybe you’re in a special day class. And then some people don’t do any of that and just do it privately.

    What I’ve noticed is, for my kids outside services work in terms of after school. [01:03:00] My oldest, we moved here about a year and a half ago and the friends came around when we first moved in because we’re the new people here and then they didn’t play with him anymore.

    They just now started playing with him because this year he’s no longer being pulled out because he’s getting his intervention outside of school hours. So he’s no longer looked at, that special education kid. If you think about pulling kids out, they’re missing something. And if they have needs in math and reading, when do you pull them out? Do you pull them out of the art class and the fun class? Well, they’re really going to hate that. And then when they come back in, how do they even keep track of what’s going on?

    And oftentimes, the schedule that’s developed, there’s really no consideration to when you’re pulling these kids out. I get it logistically because you’re grouping your kids by need and this is when I have the time to pull him and it’s damaging.The effect that it has and [01:04:00] there’s so much that we have to know that affects their kids emotionally, oftentimes they go in with SLD and they come out with emotional disability. If I could homeschool my kids, if I could afford it, expensive California, I would do it but I can’t afford it. And so we really have to keep in mind how it affects our kids emotionally.

    With my second son, he is a bit of a perfectionist and not a guy that tries really hard. He’s not like, oh, I’m going to just give it a go. I’m really seeing a lack of engagement as recent parent-teacher conference said, he’s just not engaged. I think the hard part is what we’re doing privately outside of school hours. We’re working on this foundational skills that follows a different scope and sequence in the school.

    What I would love is for us to be working on something that he’s going to learn tomorrow. So we’re kind of pre-teaching, but he’s so far behind that we can’t do that. We have to hit the foundational [01:05:00] skills that if he pre-taught, these kids would go in with a spark in their eye.

    They wouldn’t be dim and go in, it’s like riding a bike uphill, starting at the bottom versus coming down, building that momentum. But when we do the wait-to-fail model and don’t write goals until three years behind, we will never close that gap. And then we pull them out with no rhyme and reason to how the child feels about themselves. My only goal is to get my four children to graduate with intact self-worth. To feel okay about themselves. And the damage is huge. It’s really huge.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Well, you’re certainly not alone with that and your kids aren’t alone. I guess my question is, have you had any success getting school to cover some of that intervention outside of school if you opt out of [01:6:00] the school intervention?

    Kellie: Yeah, I do have that set up for my boys and I’m waiting for that for my girls. We haven’t gotten to the services page yet of our IEP. That’s into 11 days, not that I’m counting. Once you’ve gone over your goals, they’re going to say, okay, why recommend 180 minutes a month of speech? Well, it’s the same minutes. I’ve been in these meetings, the same recommendations over and over again.

    And I’m going to question that. And I’m going to say, what are you basing that recommendation on? And these therapists are young. I’ve made a lot of mistakes in my career. I have a lot of regrets and there’s a lot that comes with experience. I’m not going to put a lot of faith in your recommendation when you’ve only been practicing a year or two or five and all of your [01:07:00] recommendations are the same, this scanned 180 minutes a month or whatever it is.

    At a previous conversation that teacher actually said, well, if you’re going to test them anymore, please don’t pull them out of our core classes. I said, Amen. I said and don’t pull them out of the classes they love like art and music because they’re really going to hate it. I said I can make my kids available after school.

    I talked with another parent who asked, is an advocate like I am, and certainly didn’t know what they were going to say, and wanted after-school services. The school flat out said, no, we don’t do that.

    And this little boy, I saw him privately, he was peeing himself when he was being pulled out. Think about what a little guy feels like when he’s pulled out. These kids feel different. They know, the other kids know. We just really have to think about turning special education upside down on its head [01:08:00] if every school is so different.

    If we taught a different way in the classroom and we were teaching really beautifully math and reading every day all day, most of our kids wouldn’t need pull-out services. Some would. There are some private schools for dyslexics out there and I would love to open my own if I could, if there’s any philanthropists out there that want to help me. A lot of them are in the Bay Area and the kids aren’t being pulled out, the education is done in the classroom. They are teaching differently. I think that’s really what we need to do. We need to look at a different model and we need to be open not just to push in and pull out.

    We need to consider what a child feels like when that happens. When you push in, you’re not getting those foundational skills. And for some, after-school services is too much. Parents don’t want it. They want to do [01:09:00] sports or whatever else. I get that, to each his own. But for my kids, this is what works. Doing after-school services.

    My kids get up at 6 o’clock. They have a session from 6:30 to 7:30, go to school, come home and do one more session, 3:30 to 4:30 daily, five days a week. Are they grade level? No, but we just started this in September and they’re really making off and they never complain. They’re making authentic progress.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fantastic. And that’s what it’s all about. I think it’s got to feel good. Hopefully, they feel good about themselves.

    Kellie: We’re getting there but the educational wounding that’s been done, it’s hard to undo. So I’m just trying to do it right for my girls and undo what’s been done for my boys.

    Dr. Sharp: Of course, well, it’s clear that you care a lot about them and about all of this subject matter. It’s been [01:10:00] a real privilege to be able to talk through all of this with you from both sides and hear your professional knowledge and the personal piece too. I think that really resonates with a lot of folks.

    Kellie: Well, thank you for giving me the opportunity to share with your awesome community. This is my heart. This is my life. This is every day, all day. I want to be part of the solution and I want hopefully, other parents to not go through what I’ve gone through and other parents as well.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. So if people do want to reach out or get in touch with you, what’s the best way to do that?

    Kellie: I do have a website. I haven’t updated in quite some time, but the website is www.thatspeechlady.com. And my email is kellie@thatspeechlady.com. I really need to rebrand myself because with that speech lady, people think I just do [01:11:00] speech.

    And often times I’ll get kids that come to me just for speech, and of course, there’s the signs of dyslexia, reading issues are there, and I have to remind them, oh I do reading, and I do language, and these are the other services I provide. So got to think about that. It may not always be that website, but currently, that is my website. 

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. That sounds good. I’ll put that in the show notes and all the other resources you mentioned. I’ve been taking notes and we’ll link to all of these things that have been helpful for you and make sure that people can connect with those and with you if they would like to.

    Once again, thank you so much for coming on, Kellie. I’m so glad you reached out and initiated this whole conversation. It’s been great.

    Kellie: Thank you. Thank you for all that you do in educating other people and sharing your knowledge and continuing to up and challenge ourselves and what we know and continue to learn new things.

    Dr. Sharp: Of course. Yeah, that’s the best part about it. It’s just learning new things. Staying on our [01:12:00] game.

    All right, well, take care.

    Kellie: Okay. Thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: All right y’all, that is it for my interview with Kellie Henkel, mom and speech pathologist and a dyslexia expert from both of those perspectives. I really appreciated everything that she was willing to share with us and I hope you did too.

    Like I said at the beginning, if you are interested in individual consulting, give me a shout. I have one or two, maybe two consulting spots open for individuals right now. Both of the mastermind groups are full, which is awesome but the next sessions will be starting probably at the end of the summer with new membership. So in the meantime, individual consulting is available to 1 or 2 people. If you are interested in getting some support in growing or developing your testing practice, reach out, and let’s see if it’s a good fit.

    All right, that’s it for this time. Got two great interviews coming up, [01:13:00] so tune in. If you haven’t subscribed to the podcast, take 20 or 30 seconds and make that happen so that you don’t miss any interviews in the future.

    All right, take care of y’all. Bye, bye.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 79 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Hey y’all. This is Dr. Jeremy Sharp. This is The Testing Psychologist podcast, episode 79.

    Today, I’m talking with Dr. Michelle Casarella, all about pre-employment evaluations for law enforcement personnel. This is a great episode and Michelle delivers tons of useful information in this interview. So I’m excited to get to that.

    Let me tell you a little bit about her and then we will jump to the interview.

    Michelle got her PsyD in clinical psychology from Alliant University back in 2015. Since then, she has worked as a psychologist with the New York City Police Department or the NYPD, where she provided training and supervision to other psychologists, delivered emergency interventions, completed risk assessments, did forensic reports, provided expert witness testimony, and very similar to what she’s talking to us about, she conducted many pre-employment evaluations for NYPD personnel.

    [00:01:00] After going into private practice nearly a year ago, Michelle continues to consult with the NYPD on their pre-employment evaluations. She is now, like I said, in private practice where she specializes in pretty much any forensic-related evaluation. She does a lot of pre-employment evaluations. She does immigration evaluations, substance use evaluations, and continues to serve as an expert witness in many capacities.

    Michelle is also a supervisor and provides supervision to other psychologists looking to offer these services. She is active in the Society for Personality Assessment and will be at that conference here in about a month presenting on some of the topics that we talk about today. So stick around. This is a great interview. I learned a lot as always. Michelle provided us with tons of great information.

    Before we jump to the interview, I just want to give a [00:02:00] little shout-out/reminder about the Advanced Practice Mastermind group. I have tons of calls scheduled for people who want to get into this group. So if you have an interest in the group, this is a mastermind group specifically for folks with practices with over $75,000 in annual revenue. This is the group for folks who have the clinical part dialed in, you’ve got a successful practice but now we’re thinking about hiring, big ideas, expanding, and anything beyond that basic level of starting and building and practice.

    There are six spots and thus far we have about at least three of them filled. If you want to jump in, go to thetestingpsychologist.com/advanced and schedule a call to chat with me about whether it’d be a good fit.

    All right, without further ado, here is Dr. Michelle Casarella. 

    Hey everyone, welcome back to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I am Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Like you heard in the introduction, I am so excited to be here today with Dr. Michelle Casarella. Michelle, like you heard, is a licensed psychologist and forensic consultant to the NYPD. She’s in private practice in Westchester County in New York, about an hour north of the city.

    She’s going to be talking with us today all about lots of evaluations: law enforcement evaluations, pre-employment evaluations, fitness for duty evaluations, I know she also does other evaluations too, immigration evaluations, and things like that but we’re going to focus on the law enforcement side today. This is [00:04:00] really exciting. We haven’t had this topic on the podcast before, and I’m excited to have Michelle here with us.

    Michelle, welcome.

    Dr. Michelle: I am super excited to be here, Jeremy. Thank you for having me.

    Dr. Sharp: Of course. I have to ask. How’s the weather in New York today?

    Dr. Michelle: Oh, the weather is freezing. Well, I guess, I don’t know, compared to somewhere like Wisconsin or somewhere else, it’s not that bad, but it’s about 25°F and chilly. So I am totally looking forward to the summer.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh. I don’t think you’re alone. It seems like it’s particularly brutal.

    Dr. Michelle: It feels like a very long winter. I don’t know about that groundhog and his shadow, but it’s not happening.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Yeah, you’re not alone. Oh my gosh. I’m just counting the days.

    Dr. Michelle: Yes.

    Dr. Sharp: Thanks so much for coming on and talking with us today. I’d love to jump right into it because I’m just honestly personally curious about a lot of these evaluations. They’re not something that we really do in our practice [00:05:00] and I don’t have a ton of personal experience with them, and I know that other folks are probably similar. I wonder if we could talk a little about yourself and your training and what you’re doing day to day and we’ll just take it from there.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, absolutely. I got my doctorate degree in clinical psychology from the California School of Professional Psychology, and I graduated in May 2015. That training program emphasized assessment, which is something that I’ve expressed to you before is something I’m really passionate about. It’s a specialty of psychologists. A lot of clinicians with all different backgrounds can do therapy, they can do counseling but only a psychologist can do testing. So I really appreciated that the training program emphasized assessment.

    I fell in love with my assessment classes. I also had a professor there, shout-out to Matthew Baity. [00:06:00] Dr. Baity really honed in on that part of me that loved assessment and he was a mentor to me. Sometimes I’ll have students or people who are interested in psychology and they’ll ask me for advice about things, and one of the things I always mention is that I believe having a mentor is invaluable. And so he was my mentor. He took me to conferences and helped me to get practicum sites and externships that had at least some degree of testing or assessment in there. And so I was super grateful for that.

    And so then I went on to do my internship. My internship was a hybrid of a community mental health center and a forensic hospital. That was super unique and interesting because I got to do a lot of evaluations for people who might not be competent to stand trial or had been found not guilty by reason [00:07:00] of insanity and then they were placed under a psychiatric commitment.

    I went on to do that and then my postdoc was at the New York City Police Department, at the NYPD. I stayed on at the NYPD for a while after my postdoc. Basically, what I do for them are, like you mentioned, pre-employment evaluations. And those are for different types of law enforcement personnel.

    So those are for people like police officers. In New York City, they have security guards in the schools. So they’re called School Safety Agents. We also do them for the 911 operators. And then they have a whole separate squad of people who are not police officers, they’re what they call traffic agents, but basically their job, not surprisingly, is to direct traffic but also to hand out parking tickets, so you can imagine that they’re pretty hated by the majority of [00:08:00] citizens in New York.

    So I do evaluations for them. And then also part of my role at the NYPD included being on call after hours and answering emergency types of phone calls.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. So you’re really steeped in the law enforcement world for quite a while.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, exactly. I worked for the NYPD for about three years full time. And then life happened. I had a baby and my husband and I bought a house. So at that point, my commute was over an hour and a half, probably like 1 hour, 45 minutes each way. I had a newborn baby. So when my maternity leave came to an end, I took a long hard look at my life and what I wanted it to be like, it definitely didn’t include that commute because as everybody [00:09:00] in New York knows, if you are commuting by subway at some point during your commute, you’re encountered by urine, whether that’s the smell of urine or the sight of it or something, so it was not super appealing.

    Besides that, I had a baby, and time just all of a sudden became so much more valuable. I took a long hard look at what I wanted my life to be like. I started looking for jobs and there was just really nothing that I found appealing or that would be worthwhile in terms of what I would be taking home and what I’d have to pay for childcare. And so I decided to open a private practice.

    And so in the summer of 2018, I opened a private practice. My day-to-day stuff is doing mostly forensic evaluations. I’m doing a lot of immigration evaluations. I’m doing [00:10:00] some law enforcement evaluations. I’m also still working per diem for the NYPD doing evaluations, the same types of evaluations for them as well. I’m also doing some supervision for psychologists who want to get more into the law enforcement evaluation fields and some personality testing and competency evaluations.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. So you have your hands on a few different things right now in practice.

    Dr. Michelle: Right. If you’re doing this type of work, forensic work, or this contract-based work, I think that that’s the way to make sure that you have your practice full.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. We’ve talked about immigration evaluations before, and there’s a lot of discussion around that in the Facebook group. So, I know there’s a big need for that. We can certainly talk more about that but we’re really trying to zero in on more of the law enforcement [00:11:00] evaluations and forensic evaluations.

    Dr. Michelle: Absolutely.

    Dr. Sharp: I’m curious how you got interested in that niche within the field of evaluation in particular. Why law enforcement?

    Dr. Michelle: When I graduated, I was looking for a postdoc and I was not willing to travel anywhere too far. At that point, I wasn’t living as far as where I’m living right now in the suburbs.

    I had always been interested in this job at the NYPD, first and foremost, because I had always been interested in assessment. And like I said before, that was something I had a background in training and actually somebody who I did an externship with, so when I was on externship, they were on internship, he had gone over to the NYPD. I had reached out to him and said I’m interested in this job, can you [00:12:00] hook me up and he did and the rest of history.

    But like I said, I was super interested in assessment. There were not that many postdocs offered an assessment.  And I really wanted to be able to get that experience. I also liked the idea of working with police officers or within a police department. I have a very direct and straightforward personality. I like working with regular people and I don’t know anybody who’s more of a regular guy than the cop. So that idea always appealed to me.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. That totally makes sense. I’m just thinking back, I interviewed Dr. Brenna Tindall here. It was almost a year ago, probably at this point, and she’s very similar. I said on the podcast, you have a certain personality that I don’t know that other people have. She is very much in that law enforcement realm and the [00:13:00] criminal evaluations and maybe there’s something to be said for that type of personality.

    Dr. Michelle: I definitely think so. I remember listening to that podcast and thinking, oh, she sounds like me. This is something I would say or how I would react. So, for sure. I think you need some degree of that kind of personality to do forensic type of work in general.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. I guess I was assuming maybe wrongly that maybe there are family members in the law enforcement or military or something like that, I don’t know, like some personal connection but no, it’s just being drawn to that.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah. Like I said, I think it’s first and foremost, the assessment piece. And then there was a limited number of opportunities that I have in terms of assessment because the position was only for assessment. There was no therapy. And that’s something that you have to want that to have to say, okay, I’m not going to do any kind of therapy.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, it’s such a good point. I feel like that’s hard for a lot of us to give up because you’re a [00:14:00] psychologist, you do therapy. That’s what we do. So to know that so early in your career that, hey, this is just not my deal. It’s pretty rare.

    Wow. Gosh, where do we start with this? Could you talk about terminology a little bit because even as we get started, I’m like, I’m not even sure what to call these and how to ask these questions? What are the different types of evaluations that you’re doing and what’s the right terminology to use here?

    Dr. Michelle: So the majority of the work that I do for the NYPD are what’s called pre-employment evaluations or pre-employment assessments. But if you can categorize it by you’re assessing a person before they get on the job and after they get on the job. So before they get on the job, it’s a pre-employment evaluation and then after, it would be along the lines of a fitness for duty evaluation.

    [00:15:00] On the pre-employment side, a candidate comes in for their evaluation, and the final determination is that they’re either suitable or not suitable, or what we say qualified, not qualified for whatever position they’re applying for. And then in certain jurisdictions, definitely in New York City, there is an appeals process if you are what we say proposed to be not qualified or disqualified.

    And so there would be a separate evaluation that somebody would have to go through if they were appealing that and saying, okay, look, I do think I am qualified. I want another go at the evaluation. So those are separate types of evaluations.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Got you. So we got pre-employment and fitness for duty. Are there any others that…?

    Dr. Michelle: No, and then just those others, we would just refer them as an appeal evaluation or an appeal interview [00:16:00] for the people that are seeking to overturn their disqualification.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Got you.

    Dr. Michelle: And then in terms of lingo, then there’s a whole cop lingo that I won’t even get into that because that’s a whole another thing. But even just me saying like on the job, that’s something that is very police department type of lingo. So that’s just something that get used to as you get more into the culture.

    Dr. Sharp: I was jumping around or maybe just jumping right into it right off the bat, but did you find that it was hard to break into that culture? I would imagine there’s a certain amount of maybe suspicion or guardedness from an outside evaluator in this process.

    Dr. Michelle: I think in general, any type of forensic evaluation you’re doing, there always is this degree of, there’s a malingering and the suspicion that’s always [00:17:00] happening or a theme throughout the evaluation. I think what’s different with the pre-employment evaluation which is the majority of the work that I was and have been doing for the NYPD, for those evaluations, somebody is seeking a job. And so they’re, for the most part, going to try to present to be on their “best behavior.”

    And so they have to wait for the appointment. They’re certainly not going to give you attitude or be annoyed for it, or at least they shouldn’t if they want a job. So that’s very different than the fitness for duty part that’s taken care of by a whole another section of psychologists. The way that the NYPD has it set up is that there’s a whole section of psychologists that do the pre-employment and then there’s a whole section of psychologists that do the fitness for duty.

    And so with the fitness for duty, it’s a different setup and a different feeling because, at that point, they’re already on the [00:18:00] job. For the most part, they have job security. They know that telling you certain things might hinder that. As well, they also realize that at the end of the day, that they are not your clients, that the police department is your client.

    I think it’s another thing that is important to be aware of and remember that you can still build rapport and you can still complete your evaluation, but again, at the end of the day, the person sitting in front of you is not your client. At times it is difficult to establish rapport but that’s why I feel like having a certain kind of personality or just being a genuine person, I think that goes a really long way, not having that typical lay down on the couch psychologist stance, blank stare thing going on.

    I think being a real person and being genuine really goes a long way with these types of [00:19:00] evaluations.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. And so for you, does that mean being a little more direct or being willing to use more informal language or get in?

    Dr. Michelle: Absolutely. I’m usually direct, to begin with. That was a nice transition for me. But in general, for maybe somebody who’s not, definitely using regular language, you’re not giving them acronyms like EMDR and all that other kind of stuff. You’re just explaining things in regular words, using regular language, just being a regular person and relating to them.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, that totally makes sense. I can see that just seems and again, I’m making a lot of assumptions here, but it seems like police officers and firemen and military, it’s like you can’t be this distant doctor kind of person. [00:20:00] Get in there and be real.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah. Just like with other populations, I think that it’s important to, if you haven’t been there or you haven’t been through what they’ve been through to not pretend that you have, because being a police officer comes with its own set of challenges and demands. I’ve never been a police officer. I don’t have any family that is either. And so to not present myself as saying like, oh, I know what you’re going through or I get what you do day to day because the truth is that you don’t.

    I think that goes the same way for any other type of population. If somebody is a trauma survivor or whatever the case is, to have empathy and to support them but not to say, I understand what you’re going through if you don’t.

    Dr. Sharp: Got it. Yeah, that totally makes sense but it’s tempting. I’m sure it’s tempting to build rapport. [00:21:00] Maybe let’s back up and just talk about some nuts and bolts here. Let’s start with pre-employment evaluations. Walk me through that process from getting the referral to what do you do next? Where do we go from here?

    Dr. Michelle: I think maybe starting off by talking about referrals and that marketing piece will be helpful first. And then I can explain the process of doing it because, so first and foremost, for the referral part, if you’re working for a police department, you don’t need to market yourself. You don’t need to get referrals. This is just your job. And so some people might go about it in the way that I did at first which is to become an employee, a regular W2 employee, where you’re working for a major police department.

    Majority of police departments do not have in-house psychologists. There’s not a need for it. There’s not a demand for it. Usually, it’s only [00:22:00] major cities so obviously New York City has one. I believe major cities like Miami and Los Angeles also have in-house psychologists for their department. But for the most part, this is contract-based work. So if you’re living outside of these areas like a smaller city or town or county, whatever the case is, you’re going to have to get contracts for this type of work.

    And so when I stopped working for the NYPD full-time and started my own private practice, what I quickly realized is that contracts are given out and generally renewed. And it’s just like anything else, if a department is working with a psychologist and they like their work and they do a good job, they’re going to continue to renew those contracts. And so what I figured out was that it was so much easier to reach out to the psychologist and the companies that have the contracts rather than to try to go in and win [00:23:00] the contract myself.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s interesting.

    Dr. Michelle: What I found to be helpful was to find these psychologists in these companies. I basically just did it using Google. I would put in a keyword and whatever location I’m in. For me, it’s Westchester County. So I would put in keywords along the lines of psychological screening for law enforcement candidates in Westchester, New York, or police psychologists, public safety psychologists in Westchester, New York, or whatever location anybody is in.

    I was able to find about a handful of psychologists who have contracts with multiple police departments. It’s like they have a monopoly with certain police departments. I was able to reach out to them and set up something with them as opposed to, here I am just [00:24:00] starting out and all of the work that goes into getting the contracts. It was so much easier to just reach out to them and be a subcontractor or a 1099 contractor for them as opposed to trying to “steal their contract”.

    Dr. Sharp: That makes sense. And so did that work? Do these other psychologists have business to pass along to you?

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, they did. It’s definitely a lot less stressful in the sense of, I don’t need to go out there and market myself. I’m just saying, okay, this is the service that I provide. They send me the referral and it’s done that way.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Got you. That’s interesting. I know this is getting into the nuts and bolts a little bit, but did you do that via email and if so, what did you say or was it a phone call to these psychologists or how did that work?

    Dr. Michelle: The majority of them, I sent an email first to introduce [00:25:00] myself, and then a lot of them didn’t answer right away. And so I then waited two weeks and sent another email and then some of them would say, oh, sorry, we’re busy. In my head I’m like, I really want to be busy. So this is great. Some of them didn’t respond at all. And then some of them did. And then followed up with a phone call. Sometimes my CV. Spoke to them and did it in that sense.

    I kept the email very brief because like I would imagine and like they actually said to me, they’re super busy and so they don’t have time to read a whole big paragraph about your experience and what you do and all this kind of stuff and how interested you are. It’s just getting to the point. So I literally just introduced myself, said I’m a licensed psychologist. I have experience with law enforcement evaluations. Are you interested in talking about some kind of contract work? And that was [00:26:00] pretty much it.

    Some of them I did call because they’re, either the email address, it bounced back, or whatever the case was but I definitely started out with email first. It definitely felt safer and more comfortable for me. And then also just being more convenient in general, I think for everybody.

    Dr. Sharp: Yes. That makes sense. And then that worked. That’s great.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah. So that works. And then another way to get referrals into marketing is definitely to be a part of your Facebook Community. I was actually speaking with Dr. Baron Crespo. He had posted some information asking people to send their CVS and a copy of their license for some pre-employment evaluations for the FBI that he’s navigating all of that. I spoke with him and he said that he’d [00:27:00] be happy to have me. Let that be known on the podcast as well that that’s something else. People can email him if they want some more information. I can give you that email address. You could put that in the show notes, I assume, as well as mine, if people have questions about this process and all of that.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. So you made contact with him through our Facebook group?

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah. He is part of the Testing Psychologist Community, just like I am. He actually posted maybe about a week or two ago. He had actually posted that he has some contract or communication with the FBI doing pre-employment evaluations and they’re looking for people basically in certain cities all across the country. And then I just messaged him and we were speaking and he was happy to have that be known for the community.

    So I think that another part of the referral and marketing piece is to be [00:28:00] active in Facebook groups and other types of social media communications or in things like your local or state psychological association. Sometimes there’s a lot of information that you can get from them that you might not be aware of.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. That’s great. Would you say that most of your referrals at this point are coming from this subcontract from the police psychologists you connected?

    Dr. Michelle: Right. I just recently connected with Dr. Crespo. That’s something that’s really new. Oh, another kind of referral source, and this is along the same lines of reaching out to people is going to workshops and conferences and things. And so I had actually met a psychologist who works for the FAA, the Federal Aviation Administration. His name is Dr. Chris Front.

    He does a workshop at the Society for [00:29:00] Personality Assessment Conference, which is coming up in March that I’m actually going to be doing a workshop there as well. But he does a workshop there for people who are interested in becoming contractors to evaluate air traffic controllers. So that’s another public safety position.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Yeah, I know that comes up here and there in the Facebook group. That’s great. Now let’s just say you’ve gotten these referrals, you’ve connected with maybe other psychologists in some form or fashion. Then what happens? Who calls you? Is it the police officer? Is it the department? What happens next?

    Dr. Michelle: Once you get the referral, it depends on the agency. Most agencies will well, and when I say agency, I’m referring to the contractor. The person who has actually gotten the contract and then they’re subcontracting it out to me. [00:30:00] Usually they have some administrative staff that will schedule the evaluation. And so typically I’ll say to them, okay, this is the dates and times that I have available. The admin person over there will then take that and schedule accordingly.

    I usually try to have that be the one day that I batch that where that one day is, I’m only doing that so that I don’t have to say them, okay, I’m available Tuesday at 5 o’clock but then I’m available Monday at 1:00 o’clock, just saying, okay, I’m available all day, Monday. Send who you’d like to send. That’s the way that I’ve been doing it. Obviously, if you work for a police department as a W-2 employee, they’re just scheduling that for you. I don’t know if perhaps there are other agencies who you have to do that admin part of that as well.

    [00:31:00] Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, I want to highlight that idea of batching. We talk about that a lot and just to say, that works here too. Try to batch your days and set your schedule according to what works for you.

    Dr. Michelle: Absolutely. I think it makes it easier just for schedule-wise and then also for the whole shifting set piece where you’re not doing one thing and then your brain is scrambled, okay, I have to do this completely different task as well.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Yeah, that totally makes sense. Okay. So the officer themselves, they are not contacting you as is what I’m hearing. It’s mainly the agency that’s setting it up for them.

    Dr. Michelle: Right. That’s been my experience.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Got you. So then is it interview time or is there an interview or what happens?

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, that’s something super important is to have a face-to-face interview. Part of the evaluation you’re administering the actual battery, the [00:32:00] actual tests, and then you’re doing a pretty extensive clinical interview. In terms of the battery, is that okay to go into that part?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Let’s dive into the assessment process. Interview, battery, what’s it look like?

    Dr. Michelle: Okay. In terms of the battery, there are some agencies or psychologists, if you’re contracting for them, they will set the battery and they will say, we want you to use this test and we’re going to supply you with all of the costs that are associated with that. And then others, that’s going to be something that you have to eat. You’ll have to budget for that in terms of when you negotiate with them for what kind of contract you’re going to be negotiating with them.

    What I have done is typically [00:33:00] what I was trained under, which is to use some type of self-report personality/risk measure. It’s best to use a measure that has police or public safety norms, just like if you’re working with any other population, you’d want to use norms based on that population. So the MMPI-2-RF is something that is the gold standard.

    The MMPI-2-RF has law enforcement norms. So that’s super important. And so they’re taking that. Another inventory specific for public safety or police evaluations is called the CPI, the California Psychological Inventory. The MMPI has more of that personality piece. And the CPI, it also has personality features, but it’s more of a risk measure because at the end of the [00:34:00] day, these evaluations are essentially risk assessments. You’re basically answering the question, is this person too risky to be a police officer or is this person too risky to be an air traffic controller or whatever the title is?

    So the CPI really goes through that pretty well. And like I said, it has the norms for police officers and public safety service positions. It literally gives you a risk rating; high, medium or low risk. It’s going to literally tell you if there’s somebody who’s poorly suited for this position, if they are likely to be involuntary separated from the position, and their level of risk overall. So those are generally the measures.

    Dr. Sharp: Do you give both of those?

    Dr. Michelle: Yes.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. This is where [00:35:00] I’m at risk of asking some ridiculous, silly questions, but I do not do the MMPI-2-RF ever really. Are there other considerations for a personality measure in this situation or is that the main choice?

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, I think you can use any self-report personality measure that has some law enforcement norms. The MMPI-2-RF is just the gold standard in terms of the norms. I’m not aware if another self-report measure has the law enforcement norms. And so that’s what I’ve defaulted to because that’s what I was trained under. And it has the norms.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. That makes sense. The MMPI doesn’t give that risk rating necessarily. That’s the CPI territory.

    Dr. Michelle: Right. The CPI does that. I look at the MMPI as the personality piece. That’s equally as important but then the CPI is more of that risk piece and [00:36:00] specifically your risk related to or the candidates risk related to law enforcement type of work. It is a very specific and unique type of work, especially when you’re working in a major city like New York.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, of course. So are you doing the personality measures after the interview or before?

    Dr. Michelle: The way that I was trained and that I have it set up is that the assessment is done first, and then I’m reviewing the assessment results before I do the interview so I can get a sense of what the testing is saying and what I want to hone in on at the actual interview.

    Dr. Sharp: That makes sense to me. We for a little while had a contract, that’s totally different but sort of similar, we had a contract with a local church to evaluate their potential missionaries, I guess, for lack of a better word, in terms of their [00:37:00] ability to go live overseas and stress and things like that. Anyway, that’s the way that we ended up doing it. It was doing the personality measures first so that then you could circle back during the interview and clarify some of those questions because some of those questions are ambiguous and you got to dig in and see what people actually meant or how they interpreted them.

    Dr. Michelle: Exactly. That’s also an important piece in terms of the cultural and linguistic standpoint, because some of the critical items that will pop up when you hone in on the MMPI are, some of the terminology is either out of date or if somebody who is from a different cultural or linguistic background, they might have meant something else. And so we always would like to, okay, when you answered this question, what did you mean by that? And that’s always helpful.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Are there any concerns about the reading level of the MMPI? Do folks have to be above [00:38:00] a certain reading level or?

    Dr. Michelle: I’m not exactly sure, but I believe it’s a 4th-grade reading level. For the most part, that’s not generally an issue. I think the bigger issue that comes up is the terminology that’s used. If you are somebody who speaks English as a second language or you’re from a different cultural background, you may have interpreted in a different kind of way. So it’s important and helpful to just clarify some of those critical items sometimes.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I know just from talking with you that that’s a subspecialty of yours as well. You also conduct evaluations in Spanish, right?

    Dr. Michelle: Right.

    Dr. Sharp: I appreciate you mentioning that and just know that that’s an important piece.

    Dr. Michelle: Absolutely. Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. So you’ve got your personality measure, you review it while they’re still there, and then you do the interviews, it’s all on the same day?

    Dr. Michelle: It definitely depends on how many interviews you have; how many people are coming. Some [00:39:00] agencies will set it up where they’ll do a group administration of the testing. So there’s a bunch of people in a room and they’re handing out the protocols and the booklets. 20, 30, 40, whatever amount of people are sitting in a room, all the candidates taking the test at once, and then they’re getting scored and then sent to us or to the psychologist in a packet with the results in it. That’s again, the idea of batch testing. They’re doing that in one day and they’re coming back for an interview on another day.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Got you.

    Dr. Michelle: The interview is probably the most important piece of the whole evaluation. Obviously, it’s really important to have a face-to-face interview. This is not the kind of thing you can do remotely or through any other [00:40:00] medium other than actually face-to-face. Part of that is because you want to get a sense of their interactional style. In addition to asking them questions, you want to see how are they in the room. What is your sense of them? Obviously, you’re not going to make a decision just based on that but as a psychologist, it helps to put everything together.

    Dr. Sharp: That makes sense. Before we totally dive into that, that feels super important, could you backtrack a little bit and just talk about maybe what scales or aspects of the MMPI you might pay attention to as you’re…

    Dr. Michelle: In this kind of population, impression management, malingering, whatever you want to call it, that’s always going to be an issue. People are trying to get a job and they want to look good. So you’re always looking at their “L” scale. Some psychologists or some [00:41:00] agencies have a cutoff where they’ll say, okay, this is just too elevated and it’s an invalid protocol.

    I definitely see that point. I also tend to look at it as there’s still some value of it. Of course, if it’s ridiculously high, then it’s going to be invalid. But there’s still going to be stuff that you can glean out of the report and the evaluation, in general, but you’re always going to expect that “L” to be elevated. It’s always going to be clinically elevated. It is what it is. This is just the type of population that you’re dealing with. So definitely looking at the “L” but taking into consideration that it will for sure be higher than you expect or want it to be.

    The second validity scale that I’m looking at is the K scale. I’m always interested if that K is pretty low. Somebody who has [00:42:00] a pretty low K scale, like a 55 or something around that point, you’re really looking at their psychological resources and their stress tolerance ability, because that is something that is crucial to the type of work that they would be doing.

    And so if stress tolerance is an issue, so that’s something where I’m getting the testing packet, I’m looking at it, for example, I’m seeing a low K scale around like a 55, that kind of range, now I’m saying to myself, okay, I’m going to be looking in the interview for stress tolerance, either evidence of good stress tolerance or evidence of poor stress tolerance, whatever way it ends up going that helps me to direct my questions and skip over things that might not be necessary and honing on things that are necessary because another part of these evaluations is you’re under a time constraint.

    [00:43:00] This isn’t like a private pay free for all. You can just do a bunch of tests. You have to get to the point. That helps me zone in on that. And then in terms of the clinical scales, all the clinical scales are important. For this type of work, I think elevations on 3 and 4, which are cynicism and antisocial behavior, antisocial personality, whatever the terminology is, that’s super important because you don’t want somebody who has the authority and independence that a police officer does to score super high on that antisocial piece or that cynicism piece. Maybe they’ve been on the job for 20 years and they can be cynical but you don’t want them going in with that type of disposition.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Do you give any specific malingering measure like the TOMM or [00:44:00] the MSVT or anything?

    Dr. Michelle: I don’t and that wasn’t the way that I was trained. The malingering measure that I use, it’s not even a measure, it’s just myself is just how they relate in the room. A lot of times, you’ll get some information from the department as to their background or question that they’ve answered to their background investigator and you can compare those two and you can point out discrepancies.

    Usually, when people are telling the truth, their narrative will mostly make sense, and they can have a fairly consistent narrative. It’s when they don’t that that’s when it comes up as an issue. That’s a good point to give a malingering measure but I wasn’t trained like that. And it seems like another thing to have to add when there’s such a time constraint as well.

    Dr. Sharp: [00:45:00] Got you. Sure. That makes sense. Well, maybe that’s a nice segue to that interview portion. And like you were saying, how someone is behaving in the room or relating. I guess there’s the actual content piece. What are you asking and what information are you gathering? But then, how are you gauging the relationship as well?

    Dr. Michelle: Exactly. And that all comes together to, just like any other evaluation, you’re not making a decision or giving a diagnosis or anything like that based on one elevated clinical scale or based on the MMPI-2-RF by itself. You’re taking the testing, you’re taking the interview, like you said, the content piece, and then the whole process interactional style piece. And then you’re coming out with a final determination.

    That’s actually one thing that I want to point out is that with these evaluations, you’re not giving somebody a diagnosis. That’s not the purpose of it. The purpose is to answer the question, [00:46:00] are they or are they not suitable for the position that they’re applying for?

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Sure. That’s an important distinction for a lot of us.

    Dr. Michelle: Right, because that’s something that you’re doing in other types of testing is for the most part, a diagnosis is coming out of it, or at least an explanation of what’s going on here. That’s really not what you’re looking to do.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Sure. How long are those interviews, typically?

    Dr. Michelle: Typically, I would say about an hour.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. And do you ever interview collateral family members or siblings? I don’t know.

    Dr. Michelle: No to family members or siblings but there is collateral contact in two other types of ways. The first is through their background investigator. Just a little context of what that means, when you get hired by a police department, you have to go through different types of [00:47:00] evaluations. The psychological one is one part of it but then you’re going through other parts of it. You have to pass a medical exam. You have to pass a physical fitness exam.

    Then you also have to pass a background investigation, which is basically somebody doing just that, they’re looking into your background, have you been arrested before? Have family members arrested you? Do you live with people who are felons? All sorts of information about your background. They also look into your social media use, the types of things that you’re posting, and only if it’s some kind of concern to them, not you’re just like cats or something. I don’t know.

    Dr. Sharp: I don’t know, that says a lot about somebody’s personality.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, that’s the whole thing. Clearly, I’m a dog person. They’re looking all into your background. Some agencies also administer a polygraph, and some [00:48:00] agencies also, and when I say agency, I’m talking about police departments. Some police departments also administer a polygraph, and then some of them also do a scenario type of interview, like, okay, if you were in this situation and you got a call for a domestic dispute, what would you do? They give you scenarios and that sort of thing.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Do you have access to all that information?

    Dr. Michelle: You do at times. Generally, the background investigator will give you some kind of information about what they’ve gathered from their investigation and that’s always helpful to compare what they’re saying to you. So if you’re asking them about their substance use and they’re giving you these answers and then the background investigator asked them and they’re giving different answers, that’s a helpful tool to compare and contrast that.

    And that’s what I was referring to as that malingering type of measure. It’s not [00:49:00] a measure but just something that is used. And then the other way that you can get collateral information is through records. What I mean by records is if you feel that it is relevant to the determination of whether they’re psychologically suitable or not, you can ask the candidate to provide you with records.

    Some agencies allow for this and some agencies don’t. Now when I’m saying agencies, I’m referring to either the contractor that you’re working for or the department itself. So if it’s allowed and you feel it’s relevant, I’ve always found it useful to ask for different types of records. For example, if somebody says that they failed a polygraph exam for another police department, I would ask the candidate to provide me with those polygraph records to see what the specific issue was.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. [00:50:00] Got you. Goodness. There’s a lot to gather and synthesize it sounds like in a relatively short period of time with…

    Dr. Michelle: Right. And that’s why I was saying before that the test results help to navigate the interview because you don’t have a ton of time.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Maybe that brings us to, how do you actually make that determination? That seems like a really big deal to be able to say, yes, someone’s qualified, or no, they’re not. Is it like a structured rubric or is it gut feeling? How is this?

    Dr. Michelle: I definitely like to say that it is mostly based on literature and structure and a little bit of gut as well because that’s part of what we do as psychologists, the whole nuance piece, that we can understand [00:51:00] nuances of personality in addition to all the scientific and structured piece to it. Basically, in the interview and I have a template that I’ve created over the years that helps me determine what direction I’m going to go in and what are things I’m always asking no matter what.

    When people come to me for supervision, when they’re learning this type of work, that’s something I share with them and it’s helpful to have a basis for what you’re looking for. So basically you’re doing a semi-structured clinical interview. You’re always asking certain things and then you are sometimes going into more detail in other domains. You’re always asking the candidate about their work history, their school history, and their legal history.

    You’re always asking about their psychological history, trauma history or background, and their alcohol or substance use as well. [00:52:00] And then in more nuanced ways, you’re always trying to look for any kind of issues of bias, because for the most part with bias, if you’re asking somebody that question outright, they’re not going to admit to it. And so it’s helpful to do that in a more nuanced or non-confrontational type of way, I think.

    Basically you’re looking for patterns and behavior like any other risk assessment. The mantra that we use is “the best indicator of future behavior is past behavior”. And so that’s how we’re approaching this type of risk assessment. You’re definitely looking for patterns and behavior. You’re putting together all of the collateral information that you’ve been able to obtain. And then you’re looking for certain personality features or ways in which they function that is either desirable as a candidate for law enforcement or not.

    Dr. Sharp: [00:53:00] And can you name any of those just off the top of your head?

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, sure. Another part of these evaluations is that the people who do them, myself included, we’re so much better at saying who would not make a good candidate rather than saying who would make a good candidate. It’s always going to sound on the not good candidate side even though, maybe that sounds a little bit negative but that’s just the way that these evaluations are conducted.

    Not to say that we go into it looking to disqualify somebody because you definitely don’t. It’s just that in terms of the research and the experience, it’s much easier to say who would not make a good candidate than who would say who would. I should say to identify the specific areas that would make them more desirable, let’s say.

    In terms of what is not so helpful are things like [00:54:00] impulsiveness, having really low-stress tolerance levels, being very aggressive, disregarding the law in general, having issues with being honest and integrity in general, having issues with substance use and then also different types of psychological issues.

    The reason I mentioned that is because one of the baseline or minimum requirements that is set forth for these evaluations, and this is something that has been established by the IACP, the International Association of the Chiefs of Police, they have set the guidelines of these types of evaluations. If anybody is interested in learning more about them, they can google that acronym IACP and pre-employment evaluations.

    [00:55:00] There’s a whole list and guidelines of what these evaluations, the ethics of it, what they should look like, all those different things. One of the stipulations that they have set forth is that you’d be free of any type of psychological issue that would hinder your ability to perform the duties required of you in this position. So as a police officer, if that’s going to impact your ability to respond to things like domestic violence calls or sexual assault calls or things like that.

    And that’s not to say that if you’ve ever been to a therapist or if you’ve ever had some kind of trauma in your background that you get disqualified. That’s not true but it’s just so that the psychologist can evaluate that in a little bit more detail to understand what that looks like for the candidate.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. I was going to ask that, is it possible to maybe have some of those things in certain circumstances. Are there any [00:56:00] deal breakers if you run across with someone […]?

    Dr. Michelle: I don’t know, if you’ve been arrested for murder, maybe something like that. If you have some serious background legal issues, then I would say probably but that’s probably going to be more of a disqualification at that background investigation level as opposed to the psychological piece of it, if that makes sense.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, for sure. That does make sense.

    Dr. Michelle: But there’s no cut and dry. Okay, you’ve done this or this has happened and you are disqualified. I think there might be for some psychologists but as far as the way that I was trained, the people that I know that do this work and the way that I operate is, you’re really evaluating each individual person and their unique circumstances.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. That’s fair. Goodness, it just seems like such a [00:57:00] heavy decision.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah. Because like we were saying before about the time constraint is you’re making these important decisions and you’re doing it within a short time frame. And that’s why I think in the beginning if you’re just starting out with all of this, it’s really important to get supervision around all of this because that’s, I started doing this as a postdoc and I got a ton of supervision from a supervisor at the NYPD who was fantastic. She took me under her wing and mentored me.

    Part of what she did was help me to understand how you balance the needs of the agency and balance the fact that you’re a psychologist and you have ethics and you have a real person sitting in front of you.

    Dr. Sharp: Yes. After you do the interview and you get the personality data and anything else you might gather, then I’m assuming you write a report.

    Dr. Michelle: Right.

    [00:58:00]Dr. Sharp: Do you do feedback with the police officer candidate or is it all delivered to the agency?

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, there’s no feedback. I definitely don’t want to tell somebody if I’ve disqualified them. I don’t want them knowing that. There’s no direct feedback. In the end, you are making a recommendation. At the end of the day, that’s all that it is, is a recommendation to the agency about whether or not they should hire this person and then they take the responsibility of hiring them or not.

    There is also that, a little bit more of a comfort I think, in the liability piece. Obviously, it’s your license and you have to make ethical decisions. But at the end of the day, they are taking your recommendation on whether or not they should hire them because they’re the ones offering the employment contract or whatever you call it.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Sure. So how long do those reports end up being?

    Dr. Michelle: The reports are different based on whether it’s a qualifying report [00:59:00] or a disqualifying report because when there’s a disqualifying report, at times it can be appealed. And so you want to be able to have enough of your point across in that report so that if it was appealed, that all of your concerns were fleshed out. If it’s a qualifying report, it can be as short as a long paragraph.

    If it’s a disqualifying report, it could be pages and pages, but I would say that in terms of the time constraints and all that, that you’re probably looking at around a two-page report. And so these are definitely much shorter than a typical type of report that you would think of in terms of personality assessment. Definitely, you need to be concise in these reports. You need to get to your point very quickly. It’s different in the sense of you are always tying it back to [01:00:00] the job.

    So with the disqualifying report, you’re focusing on the issues or domains, categories that are risky. So you’re always tying it back to, okay, this is the issue I’m concerned about. I’m concerned about this person’s aggressiveness and here’s why being aggressive is problematic for being a police officer. You’re always tying it back to the job that they’re doing, because at the end of the day, your point is to answer the referral question essentially is, is this person suitable or not suitable? Are they too risky to be in this position?

    And so you’re always referring back to, okay, I have this concern with aggressiveness, for example, and this is why being aggressive is not the best personality trait for being a police officer. And then with the qualifying report, if any concerns did come up in the interview or through [01:01:00] the evaluation process, you’re noting those concerns, and then you are talking about how you resolved it.

    For example, if in the room with you, the person presents as anxious but there’s no evidence of any kind of psychological issue or them having any anxiety at work or at school, you can resolve it in a way of, it appears to be situational anxiety, that there’s no evidence of it would impact their ability to perform their duties. Something along those lines.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Got you. All told, how much time are you spending on these evaluations from start to finish?

    Dr. Michelle: Well, I don’t factor in the actual administration of the test because that’s done separately, of the personality and the risk assessment. So it differs depending on the candidate. I would say, in total, you are spending between an hour to two [01:02:00] hours on everything. Again, that’s depending on the candidate and what their issues are and all of that.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Yeah, that’s interesting. So it’s definitely possible to do a good number of these.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, because departments need to hire police officers at certain time periods, so it seems to be more of a feast or famine sort of thing where they might send a bunch of referrals and then it slows down depending on when they’re looking to hire people.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Well, most police departments have classes of cadets, right? Or I guess, does this happen before they even go to the academy? That would make sense.

    Dr. Michelle: They’ll have classes of people in the police academy.Right. 

    Dr. Sharp: Well, gosh, let’s see. I don’t know, [01:03:00] what do you feel like is some of the challenges of doing this kind of evaluation? What’s hard about it? Where do you get tripped up?

    Dr. Michelle: I think in general, one hard part of this is if you are somebody who is coming from either or entirely or mostly therapy background, it’s difficult to shift into this role because you’re under time constraints. For the most part in therapy, you’re taking what your client says at face value, and here you’re really doing a little bit more digging and not necessarily just always believing the first thing that they say, that really looking for evidence to support that.

    If somebody says like, I’m a great employee, but they’ve been fired from every job they’ve ever had, that’s not really good evidence to support their point. But if that was a person in therapy, you would just be supportive and trying to work through and figure out [01:04:00] what’s going on there. I think that is definitely a challenging part for people who come from that background.

    Another challenging part, and for me in particular, I think is a piece about ethics. In a forensic role, there’s different things to consider, mainly that the police department or the hiring agency or the person that you’re doing the contract work for, that’s the client, not the person sitting in front of you. You still are bound to ethics and you’re still a psychologist.

    And so the agency has needs where they need to hire a certain amount of people, but you are also a psychologist and you are bound to a code of ethics. And you are also somebody who has more of that need to understand a person better than just saying, okay, you’re just a number to an agency, that sort of thing. [01:05:00] I definitely think those are the two pieces that are probably the most challenging.

    And then the other part is, in the beginning it was difficult to get into that swing of things of the time constraints. Okay, I need to get this done in a certain amount of time. And that’s where I think that the whole, which is something that I will never forget, my dissertation chair always said this to me that done is better than perfect. And that’s the way that I operate with these evaluations is that I’m doing a thorough assessment but it’s never going to be perfect and that just has to be good enough.

    You could spend hours and days looking into people’s background and interviewing them and all of that but at the end of the day, you have to make a decision in a relatively short period of time.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. That makes sense. Yeah, I think that’d be hard. I’m just [01:06:00] wrapping my brain around that because we’re so used to the word free for all private pay evaluations, which is funny. I laughed at that because that is, a lot of us do, I guess, more comprehensive evaluations with kids or adults, and this is a different little mental exercise to pull on together quickly, which is good.

    I’m curious, it sounds like you had a pretty straightforward training process with this, that you got into it early and you just stuck with it through internship and postdoc and your career. What if someone is coming to this later down the road and wants to break into this world, where would someone go for training or learning? How do you go about that?

    Dr. Michelle: Right. Like if they’re basically just starting out?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Dr. Michelle: I think there’s two ways to go about it. The first is that if you work for a police department as a W-2 employee, they’re going [01:07:00] to provide you with supervision and training, which is what I got from the NYPD. But if you are not, and you want to just do this as contract work, I would say just like anything else, you are getting training and supervision.

    The first thing I do when I want to learn something is I just google it. So first thing you can do is google the pre-employment evaluations and get into that and familiarize yourself with that. The IACP, the International Association of Chiefs of Police, those guidelines that talk in-depth about what the evaluations should look like. You can always read articles. You can certainly go to trainings.

    I am doing a workshop at the Society for Personality Assessment Conference that’s in New Orleans at the end of March. It’s March 24th, I believe. And so you can come to workshops like that and get training. I also [01:08:00] do supervision with some psychologists that are looking to branch into this. And so I help them with their template that they’re using to conduct the interviews. I’m helping them with making decisions on cases or just offering the knowledge and experience that I’ve had.

    I also think that you can go to other types of training and workshops. I mentioned the one that Dr. Chris Front does for the FAA, that’s also at the Society for Personality Assessment Conference. Just like anything else, you start off with training and then you move on to supervision, and then eventually you go on to occasional consultation and then you’re doing it on your own.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. That sounds good. So you would say it is doable. Someone doesn’t have to necessarily take that very early and straightforward path, that you think it’s possible to break into this world later in a practice?

    Dr. Michelle: I definitely think it’s possible. I think that the [01:09:00] thing to remember with this is that you’re not going to make your entire unless you are one of those people who have those contracts where you have a bunch of different police departments that you are doing assessments for, I don’t think it’s something that will fill up an entire practice. That’s not the way that I’ve approached it, and it just doesn’t seem sustainable. It’s more of if you’re looking for either extra contract track work, or if you do what I do, which is different slices of a big pie.

    Dr. Sharp: Mm-hmm. Yeah, that makes sense. Very cool. Any other resources, books that have been super helpful? Websites that we haven’t mentioned yet. Anything else to throw out there that I can put in the show notes for folks who might be interested?

    Dr. Michelle: I think definitely what I was mentioning before about Dr. Chris Front and then Dr. Baron Crespo, that definitely can be information to put in there. And then also if you want to know more about the MMPI-2- RF, [01:10:00] anything by Dr. Ben Porath, he’s the person to read about that. Also Dr. David Corey, he actually came to the NYPD a few times to do training. He’s pretty a countrywide-known police psychologist. He does a lot of trainings and things of that nature. The Society for Personality Assessment, getting information on that. Also that IACP, putting up their information and guidelines, that’s also helpful as well.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. If people want to get in touch with you to ask questions or anything, what’s the best way to do that?

    Dr. Michelle: That’s definitely usually through email. My email is drcasarella@expertforensicpsych.com. We’ll put all that spelling in the show notes, and also on my website at expertforensicpsych.com. If they want to [01:11:00] come to the workshop, they can go to the website of the Society for Personality Assessment. I believe it’s personality.org. They can check that out there.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. That sounds good. Any parting words before I let you go and we wrap up here? This has been chock-full of information.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, I would say that I know I said a lot of things. You used a lot of terms but it’s just like anything else. I remember even when I was getting into the immigration evaluations, I listened to Cecilia who was on your podcast, and I was overwhelmed the first time that I listened to it. I would say, listen to it again, you can always reach out to me. I’m happy to answer questions that people might have or get involved in the Facebook group, and post questions there. Basically, anything new always seems overwhelming and now it just seems like second nature like anything else.

    Dr. Sharp: Mm-hmm. That’s great. Well, I’m really thankful for your time. [01:12:00] It was great to chat with you. I feel like, man, as always, I’ve learned a lot and you clearly have a good handle on what you’re doing here. I just appreciate you were willing to share all of that with us.

    Dr. Michelle: Yeah, absolutely. It was great.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. Alright, well hopefully our paths will cross again and I’ll put all those things in the show notes and look forward to talking to you again soon, Michelle.

    Dr. Michelle: Sounds good.

    Dr. Sharp: All right, y’all. Thanks again for listening to this interview with Dr. Michelle Casarella. Like I said, tons of good information. Like most of our podcasts, I’ve just been so fortunate to have some fantastic guests but I feel like Michelle really walked us through that process, and I will be taking away a lot of information from this interview, so hope you will too.

    Before I let you go, one more reminder about that Advanced Practice Mastermind group. This group will be starting relatively soon. If you have any interest in jumping in, please go to thetestingpsychologist.com/advanced [01:13:00] and you can schedule a call to figure out if the group would be a good fit for you. This is basically a group coaching experience for folks with pretty advanced practices who are really looking for that next big thing in their practice; hiring, growing, expanding, buying a building, generating income with passive means. Check that out if you are interested. We’d love to have you but the spots are filling up quick.

    All right, I think that’s it for this week, y’all. Have some great interviews coming up. I hope everyone is doing well. I will continue to look forward to talking to y’all in the Facebook group and elsewhere. If you’re not a member of the Facebook group, you can check that out. It’s The Testing Psychologist community on Facebook. We have about 2,500 psychologists in there now who are just throwing information around like crazy. And there’s a ton of support on both business and clinical components. So check that out if you [01:14:00] haven’t joined us yet.

    All right, take care and we’ll talk to you next time. Bye-bye.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 76 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Welcome to The Testing Psychologist podcast episode 76. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp.

    Today, I’m talking with Dr. Joel Nigg, a prolific researcher in the ADHD field. He was kind enough to sit down and talk with us about a lot of content from his latest book called Getting Ahead of ADHD. But we also get into many, many related topics to ADHD: things like diet, exercise, sleep, screen time, marijuana use, and assessment recommendations. We talk about all sorts of things. So this is definitely one you want to stick around for.

    Just a little about Joel. This is another one of those bios that’s really challenging to summarize effectively, but I will give it a shot.

    He earned his bachelor’s from Harvard back in 1980, went on to get a master’s in social work, and then a Ph.D. from the University of California, Berkeley.

    Joel is currently a very active researcher. He has over 200 scientific publications and has been cited over 15,000 times in the literature. Like I said, he authored a book about a year ago called Getting Ahead of ADHD: What Next-Generation Science Says about Treatments That Work—and How You Can Make Them Work for Your Child. And he also has a previous book called ADHD: What Goes Wrong and Why which is aimed at students and professionals.

    Since 2008, Joel has been the Director of the Division of Psychology and professor in Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience at Oregon Health & Science University. He directs their ADHD program and maintains, conducts, and directs a large-scale federally funded research from NIH on a variety of projects, all centered around ADHD.

    Let’s see. What else is important? Joel is also a licensed psychologist- so he has the clinical side to back up the research side as well.

    I think you’re going to enjoy this. He was a great interviewee. I took away many things from this conversation and I think that you will too.

    Before we totally jump into the interview, I want to let you know that  I am opening up spots in my Beginner Practice Mastermind starting in January 2019. This is a mastermind group coaching experience aimed at those of you who are just getting started in private practice, and who need to know the ins and outs of the beginning stages: setting fees, getting your battery straight, ordering materials, finances, schedule, and all that kind of stuff. 

    I find that so many people struggle with the same questions, and I am excited to open up another mastermind to be able to help some of you in that journey. So if you’re interested in that, you can go to thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting and apply for the mastermind group.

    All right. On to our interview with Dr. Joel Nigg.

    Hey’yall, welcome back to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I am Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Like you heard an intro, today, I’m talking with Dr. Joel Nigg. I think this is going to be a great interview. I heard Joel probably six months ago, I don’t know, on the attitude webinar, the live webinar, and was super impressed. I went and looked up his book and we’re going to be talking all about ADHD research and where things are, where things are headed. He’s got a lot to say.

    Joel, like you heard, he is a professor at Oregon Health Sciences University. He’s also a licensed psychologist. NIH-funded researcher. We’re really fortunate to have him.

    Joel, welcome to the podcast.

    Dr. Nigg: Thanks, Jeremy. Happy to be here. 

    Dr. Sharp: Thanks for making the time. I’m excited for this one. Let’s just start. This is how we do. Maybe talk about what you’re doing day-to-day, how you got here, and how you got interested in ADHD.

    Dr. Nigg: Well, right now most of my time is actually spent on research on ADHD. Here at OHSU, we’ve got a large cohort of kids. By large, I mean, there are 1400 kids that we initially recruited and assessed, and then we’re following longitudinally about 550 of them. We see them every year. So we’re up to 10 years of follow-up now funded for that. And so this is going to span in a leg design age 7 to 20.

    Part of the goal there is integrating multi-level measures, genetics, brain imaging, physiology, neuropsychology, cognition, emotion regulation, clinical features, and treatment to figure out the moderators [00:05:00] and features over time and solve the problem with prediction algorithms of how do you know which kids are really going to get better on their own and which kids really are going to get in trouble and need more active intervention?

    Part of our idea is that it’s hard to predict the future now with these kids. And so, this is one of the arguments about whether we’re both over-treating and under-treating ADHD because we can’t guess the future very well for these kids. Obviously, we know bad things lead to bad things, but beyond that, we don’t know very much about how it differentiates.

    So that’s one big priority, but I’ve got multiple grants now. We have a mother-infant cohort study to look at the early origins of ADHD. And, like I mentioned in the genetics and imaging offshoots, it’s a busy time with a lot of collaborators- a lot of meetings. But we put out about 10 papers a year. We’re pretty busy and productive too.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh. It certainly sounds like it. Well, it sounds like you’ve got a pretty wide breadth of research going on. You’re touching a lot of areas. 

    [00:06:00] Dr. Nigg: We do. I’ve been very interested in that gene [00:08:00] environment interplay. That’s part of the book you mentioned, we’ll come back to that around environmental stuff. But we also think about that in relation to genetics, and then what’s the phenotype. What is ADHD? We’re very interested in that. So yeah, I’ve been tracking this now, Jeremy, for 25 years doing research in this field.

    Dr. Sharp: How did you get into it? Why ADHD? 

    Dr. Nigg: It was kind of happenstance. I started out as a clinical social worker working with adults in a psychiatric hospital and I just got so curious, what was early childhood like, how did this develop when they were kids, and I got interested in kids who might have problems later, and pretty soon I was doing research on kids.

    When I was in graduate school, I just was really interested in this problem of the integration of neuropsychology and family context, and these areas that are often just different, seem like different fields, but how do they go together? And I just have the opportunity to do that with ADHD. And it’s clearly common, everybody has questions [00:07:00] about it. So it was something that just seemed important to study. And I just studied. And I liked the kids. I really enjoyed working with these kids. So that helped.

    Dr. Sharp: That helps.

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice. Wow. And so here you are. That’s your life these days, it sounds like. A lot of research and certainly the book as well. We talked about maybe just jumping in and really starting with that question, like you said, of what is ADHD and how are you conceptualizing it these days.

    Dr. Nigg: That’s really a big topic right now for me and for the field. And it’s got two parts. What is the actual condition or syndrome or phenotype? Is it an executive function disorder, et cetera? Is it a neural developmental problem? But then the other is the causal structure of it. So, I’m going to start with the cause and structure then back up to the phenotype.

    As most of your listeners probably know that for much of the 20th century, we had a contest between those in the biological field [00:08:00] who thought that ADHD was early brain injury and those in a more psychodynamic field who thought it was an unresolved neurotic conflict and so on.

    And then we moved into this biogenetic descriptive phase with the DSM–III, and DSM–IV. And really in the 90s, maybe even the 80s and certainly the 90s we moved towards genetics in all of psychiatry and a real interest in… And I think even because of the twin studies, there’s even today, a lot of belief that ADHD is just genetic and that there’s not as much room for the environment.

    And I think what’s really happened in the last 5 or 10 years is a recognition that the environment is extremely important in ADHD and that we have to figure out how that goes with genetics rather than the other way around. That’s been a big development for us.

    So when I counsel parents, I talk about that balance that on the one hand, you didn’t cause the struggle [00:09:00] because there is some sort of liability here that’s genetic, or there may be some early injuries. On the other hand, the environment does play a role in maintaining this condition, making it go in certain directions once it’s there. And that’s where we’re getting caught in a negative parent-child interchange or having an unhealthy lifestyle may end up being more important for these kids than for others. So, try to get that integration going, and we’ll talk more, I’m sure today about the specifics there.

    And then as far as what is the syndrome, as I think most of your listeners are aware of, the most important change in DSM for ADHD was that it went from a behavioral problem to a neural developmental problem. And that’s not without its own controversy. But then, are we back to minimal brain dysfunction? What does that mean? What we’ve really focused on is getting beyond the idea of just cognitive and attention problems to the idea of self-regulation. That really helps clinicians and parents recognize that the emotional problems of ADHD kids are really soon to be part of it.

    [00:10:00] It’s not that jeez, I can’t decide if it’s ADHD or anxiety disorder or ADHD or depression. The child that has tantrums or is over-reactive emotionally, that really is part of that larger self-regulation picture. So really thinking almost, this is self-regulation disorder, if you will, that encompasses emotion and cognition and behavior. And that helps to frame it for parents and put it together. And I think it helps diagnostically to think about when it really is a comorbid versus it’s just ADHD.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, for sure. I forget when I ran across that. It’s been two years. I forget who said it, but once I started to wrap my mind around that concept that ADHD really is about self-regulation, that opens some doors, certainly because then you get those kids from an assessment standpoint who are emotionally dysregulated and recognize that that’s just part of the [00:11:00] ADHD a lot of the time and it’s not necessarily in the diagnostic criteria, right?

    Dr. Nigg: That’s exactly right. It’s not. And that’s one of the directions we may go in DSM-VI is to modify that if we get the courage to change the criteria, we’ll see. It’s hard to do that for a lot of reasons. 

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh. Yes. So let me back up a little bit. At this point, just reflecting on the state of the research, would you say that it’s pretty well-identified that there are structural differences and even genetic components to ADHD that we can settle on in addition to environmental stuff? You’re smiling. Let’s open that.

    Dr. Nigg: I’d say we’re pretty close to having a consensus on some of the brain features in the syndrome at the group level. We still can’t see it on an individual kid. And there’s still controversy about even the specific brain findings, how important are they compared to what we’re going to discover in the future because [00:12:00] the technology of brain imaging is evolving so rapidly and we’re thinking about the brain so differently than we did even a few years ago.

    There’s so much more attention now to the dynamic interplay of brain networks and circuits and much less attention to the static functioning of one brain node or one brain locus. On the structural side of that, we have clear evidence of ADHD. Again, at the group level, there are slight changes. The cortex is smaller. Some subcortical regions are smaller. And so on. What that means functionally is still how to integrate that with the functional conductivity findings is still a work in progress.

    So I would say we have got so-called consensus descriptions of this in the literature, but I’m not sure that consensus is really there on it or that it will stay the same. And so, it’s not settled science in certain is exactly what that brain circuit is. Even though it is clear evidence that at a group level, you see brain alterations in kids with ADHD as a [00:13:00] group.

    The genetics is sort of similar. We just had a paper published, not us, but the field this week, it came out, but it’s been known for about a year by those of us in the field with the first proven genetic findings in ADHD, the first reliable genome-wide hits in ADHD of about a dozen low PSI in a large sample of about 30,000 individuals. And so that just tells you that, yes, we can definitely prove genetic role in ADHD, but there are no genes of large effect except in very rare cases.

    So again, we’re not going to have… we’re a long way from genetic diagnostics except in rare cases where you might genotype. So, I would say that the challenge here is, again, the distinction between that group level and that individual clinical level. Their parents will say, well, can I get a brain scan or can I get a genetic test? And getting that [00:14:00] nuance of no, it’s at a group level, but it’s a subtle effect, it’s a population effect, we don’t have good enough science yet or good enough tools to see it in the individual. So the genetic or brain test isn’t worth your money unless there’s additional findings that would justify that.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I got you. Well, so maybe that answers the question. I know there are folks out there in various places who would say that ADHD is not “real.” How do you answer that question? Or if you ever confront that?

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah, we confront it all the time. Books have been written by philosophers on what we mean by real here. I think about it in two ways in my mind. And now I’ll translate that into what I would say to parents. But from the point of view of the clinician thinking about it in their mind, the old philosophical argument going back to the Enlightenment is, are we carving nature? Does nature really have these conditions in it and we’re discovering them, or are we creating these [00:15:00] conditions as a method to help us work on what the problem is?

    And for a long time, of course, it was thought that biology essentially was convenient taxonomy not nature’s taxonomy. With the evolution of genetics and the development of these fields, there’s a closer belief that some of those taxonomies in biology now are actually really there in nature. Any culture, any science, any civilization would eventually discover them. Whereas with something like ADHD and most psychiatric illnesses, there would be a lot of different ways to slice the pie. And it’s pretty clear that what we’re doing here is we’re inventing constructs to overlay on human experience in order to help us organize our perception as we organize the study of it.

    So in that sense, ADHD is not something in nature that we’re discovering. A different culture, a different history, an alternative universe on the earth might just develop a different idea than [00:16:00] ADHD of what’s there. So in that sense, it’s not “real”. We’re not discovering a real disease. It’s not malaria. That’s really there. It would be discovered by any science in any culture eventually.

    On the other hand, something is really troubling these kids. They’re clearly really dysfunctional. They really have a problem. And there really is a biological substrate to it or a biological component to it. So in that sense, it is real. There’s a real impairment. There’s a real problem. It’s not just in the imagination of the clinician or the imagination of the teacher that there’s something wrong. And that there is a component that is in the child, at least in a significant number of cases.

    So what it really boils down to is, is the problem in the child, or is the problem in the people around the child? Of course, many of the children will tell you the problem is the people around them, and many parents and teachers may be overeager to blame the child, but really what we’re seeing in our research is that, for many of the subgroups of kids, large, sub-groups, where you can see that there are differences in the [00:17:00] child, they have different neuro-psychological functioning, they have disturbing emotion regulation. They have differences in brain imaging at the group level. There are other subgroups we can see with machine learning that nothing is different about them. They really biologically or neuro-biologically look the same as typical kids.

    And so, we’re hopeful that with our research, we could eventually differentiate groups of kids where there is a biological component even if it’s subtle which may reflect an early injury, perinatal injury or an extreme genotype, or a sensitivity to the environment that has led them to have a disruption. And others for whom it really is an extreme temperament, there’s no need to call it a disorder or there’s something else in the child’s environment fit that should be addressed instead.

    And I think that differentiation is really the sense of real and not real that we want to get to where there really is something in the child that’s legitimate to say, this is the condition in the child, carried by the child, the child brings it with them and is causing them problems [00:18:00] to a large enough extent that it’s legitimate to say they have a disease or disorder or a condition and not merely society over pathologizing normal child behavior.

    I think we can be confident that that release for some of these children, that is the case. Our goal and our science is to identify those kids more accurately. And then the clinician’s challenge is to say to parents, we know that there is a condition where some kids do have either a subtle neural injury or an extreme genotype or some other disruption in them that is making it hard for them to function in the world and to adapt at least in our society as it’s currently constructed and that therefore we need to help them. We also know that there are others that we can’t always pick them out where it really is that maybe we’re overreacting to a child’s exuberance.

    And I think even today with their tools, the clinicians can probably tell those apart. It’s sometimes hard to break the news to the parent. I [00:19:00] think you can probably tell them apart reasonably well, but we can’t prove that scientifically yet. And that’s what I’d like to get to. I don’t know if that’s helpful, but that’s how I think about it.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. For me, I think about a lot of the past guests that have been on here. We’ve talked about the neurodiversity paradigm, which I would imagine you might be familiar with that whole idea like you said of, is it just a bad person-environment fit and we’re calling that ADHD versus how much of this is actually happening? I’m not sure what the word is. It’s an aid to some degree.

    Dr. Nigg: Somehow in the child. That’s right. I think it’s legitimate to say that both things are probably happening. There’s a little bit of everybody can be a winner and get a prize here, but that also means it’s an oversimplification to wrap it all up and say, [00:20:00] it’s all bogus. It’s not. We know for sure that there are kids with neurobiological injuries in the population. And some of those we can already see even on ultrasound at birth or later on brain imaging, but they’re subtle. Others are too subtle to pick up in an individual yet, but eventually, probably will. And others probably do meet the criteria of, we got overexcited with our diagnosis.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, that’s maybe a nice segue into the whole diagnostic process. A big part of our audience, I think, are clinicians who are practicing assessors. I know there’s a lot that goes into this, but how does all this inform the assessment process from your perspective? We have cognitive measures and we have behavioral measures and we have an interview and we have observations.

    Dr. Nigg: That’s right. We have our tool kit and what’s the right way to use it. And especially with increasing cost pressures on[00:21:00]  everybody for keeping these assessments brief, one of the big questions that’s kind of a spin of what you’re asking is, when is it okay to do a brief assessment? And when should you really do a lot more? How do you know when it’s easy versus a hard case before you do all of it?

    The first thing that I bring to the assessment is the knowledge that with everything we just said about, is it real, or is it not real? There is a tremendous risk for kids in the ADHD population. They’re at triple the risk of serious head injury. They’re double the risk of puncture wounds. They’re going to die earlier and have the worst health outcomes. They’re at a greater risk for addiction, greater risk of going to jail, failing school, and getting divorced later.

    The list of poor outcomes and the multiplication of risks is rather daunting. And so the first piece of this is to take ADHD very seriously and to help the parent understand that if your child does fall into this population, it’s a serious matter that requires some real reflection. And it means your child’s got a lot of additional risks. You want to really think about what [00:22:00] that means for how you’re going approach it and not brush it all off.

    So a lot of times for us, the first piece is just helping the parents see that it’s an important matter to get right. And it’s worth assessing it carefully and not just doing it off the cough, sort of motivating and more thoughtful look. That said, if the question becomes then triple, A, do I have enough criteria to meet the diagnosis for billing? And that’s trivial in a way, although it matters. It matters to schools. It matters to parents. It matters to judges. It matters to insurance companies and therefore matters to our listeners.

    At the same time, is the severity enough that we should intervene? And then, what’s the right intervention? That’s where I think the additional evaluation can be helpful. So to get the criteria right, I do think it’s important to follow the DSM pretty carefully. That means taking seriously the need for that second informant, the [00:23:00] teacher.

    The rating scales on paper are pretty good at reproducing what you’re going to get out in an interview. The problem is the Black Swan. The problem is the teacher that fills the rating scale differently than they really think because they don’t want to hurt the parents’ feelings or because they can’t cope with this child for some reason. And it’s because of a different reason than the child.

    And you only find the black swans by talking to the person. And so, you may talk to the teacher and find out that no, I told you what I thought in the ratings. I can reiterate it now. And you say, okay, in this case, I wouldn’t have had to call the teacher, but every 1 out of 5 or 1 out of 10, you’re going to find a teacher who says, oh no, no, the parent is completely right. This child has got serious problems. I just didn’t want to hurt their feelings. And that’s why I marked zero on the rating scale. You don’t want to miss those.

    So I have found it invaluable to talk to the teacher. And then also with the teacher, you get the nuance that the problem really is that he’s [00:24:00] being bullied or the problem is that he’s got this one friend in the class that he can’t stop goofing around with. And you really get a sense of what the behavioral correction in the school is versus no, we need aid in here, knowing how big of that. I think that’s not discoverable necessarily on a rating scale. So I’m a big believer that the teacher interview is going to give you the qualitative information you need.

    And of course, for a psychologist, this does not need to be said, but I think for the pediatricians or other clinicians that don’t have time it’s a much bigger challenge, but it’s very important to have that normative rating scale, those national norms.

    Part of the philosophy of disorders is that it’s statistically extreme. It’s not the only definition. Obviously, statistically extreme things are normal or don’t concern us- albinoism and so on. We’re not going to call that a disease or disorder, but you don’t want to call it a disorder if it’s normal. In this case, now, you might, [00:25:00] for some things, I mean, if the whole population has malaria, if they still have malaria, but in this case, part of the definition of ADHD is that the behavior is outside the normal range.

    You can’t tell that just by the symptom count, you have to also have the normative rating scale and show at least. And then the problem is how to combine it. Parent and teacher both gave you some elevated scores and that’s where it’s important. Remember, the DSM is not the 10 commandments on snow handed down. It is a guideline for clinicians. The 6-symptom cutoff or the 5-symptom cutoff for those over 17 is a guideline. This is where a clinician should really be looking to find their decision point. But knowing if you have exactly six symptoms is hard and all.

    For real symptoms from the parent and for additional real symptoms from the teacher with some impairment, six symptoms, I think the answer is yes, but some people would argue about that. So that’s where the judgment comes in. And when we review papers [00:26:00] from the research field is always a question of how did you actually count your six symptoms? There’s a lot of ways to do it.

    The way that I advise clinicians to do it in the DSM text, which I had a big hand in writing actually points this out, you want to really see, you want to be convinced that there’s something going on in both settings. And then both interviewers are seeing it, even if you can’t quite get six symptoms from both reporters. And if you have six total and you’re convinced that there’s really a problem there, and there’s some impairment, then you pretty much probably have this kid in the population that’s at risk and you know that you’re now in this decision point of it may be legitimate to give them a disorder and intervene. 

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. Sorry, to just get really practical, do you have any favorite rating scales that stand out?

    Dr. Nigg: It’s a tough call because a lot of people use the Vanderbilt because it’s free and it’s almost identical to the ADHD rating scale. The DHD rating scale does have national norms and how important is it to have the exact wording and the exact structure to affect those scores is always, I guess psychologists do always know that that’s a whole literature. And so, what I don’t like is using the Vanderbilt to just count symptoms and not think about the norms.

    I think that the ADHD rating scale is pretty affordable. I think the Connors actually has better norms and more differentiation of domains that can be very helpful. So I tend to like to use the Connors and the ADHD way to scale together and see if there are seeing cutoffs in at least one of those sets of norms in addition to an argument that there’re six symptoms or very close to six symptoms and that there’s impairment.

    The other nice thing about the Conners is it gives you a positive and negative bias score, which is not very often helpful, but occasionally it’s helpful. It’s I always like to have a broadband scale, so you don’t miss a mood disorder.

    And so here’s where the CBCL or even the strength and difficulties questionnaire is helpful. The strength and difficulties questionnaire is close to free. They’ve now got a small charge on it, but it’s a lot cheaper than the CBCL. CBCL has better American norms and more items. So you’re going to get more differentiation, but it’s a lot more expensive.

    So for clinicians that can bill for it and some can’t, and then the CBCL is probably a better choice. For those that can’t bill for it or that think that the parent isn’t going to have the literacy or the patients to do the log CBCL, then the SDQ is the adequate substitute. They are adequate, not as good but adequate norms for the United States. And you can at least get a sense of whether they’re in a clinical range there. And that does help you miss. If you see the G the emotion score or the anxiety score is a lot higher than attention and hyperactivity score, that may be a warning flag that this really is a primary emotional anxiety disorder, and not just [00:29:00] emotional features with ADHD. I want to see that profile. Again, the profile analysis isn’t well-validated, it’s another piece of evidence to consider. 

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I hear you. So thinking about it, I’m not going to necessarily touch the cognitive side, I know that that’s a big can of worms to open in cognitive for lots of ADHD, but I feel like you really speak a lot to that. Like you said, the environmental influence, which makes me think of the interview, right? So what kind of things might we need to ask about that? Well, I’ll just leave it at that. What questions should we be asking about in an interview that either are or are not obvious? 

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah, let me comment on that. Let me say a word about cognitive testing though first.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure.

    Dr. Nigg: I did skip over that I realize. I do carry out a neuropsychological battery a percentage of the time on these kids. Not so much to [00:30:00] figure out if they have ADHD, but to make sure that I understand that the cognitive profile. I think it’s one thing that psychologists can offer, but other disciplines can’t offer as easily in terms of, there’s really low alertness, low arousal, there’re really problems with response inhibition, interference control.

    I really do think in my experience, talking to special ED teachers or talking to parents, that can really help parents and teachers to think in a more creative way about what is happening for that child. And again, help reduce the blame. They’re not filtering very well. They’re getting too much information coming in and that’s why they’re shutting down or they’re really not very alert. They have low arousal and we need to look at why that is. And that’s where it’s going to help to do some of these behavioral interventions for that around more frequent changing, or shorter tasks or whatever it may be.

    So I think that it really can help with the functional plan. It’s not diagnostic. And so the differentiation I will give it to parents and to other clinicians is, let us do the battery so we [00:31:00] can form an appropriate intervention plan because ADHD, part of the message in the book and part of my theme song is that ADHD is not a one size fits all. It’s a really heterogeneous group of kids that every clinician knows that already, but I think this really helps capture the heterogeneity a little bit.

    So I will do the full neuropsychology battery in some instances, especially if this child has already failed in treatment and it’s really not clear what’s going on, but not when it seems straightforward and I don’t think there’s a major school problem or a major. That’s a judgment call, but I think again, one that’s familiar to us. So I think it’s legitimate to do it sometimes. And you may get a comorbid learning problem. Obviously, there’s something there too.

    As far as the environment, I think that probably there’s a number of common blind spots that used to really be very common, I think are less common now as the word has gotten out, but one obviously wants to sleep. We actually did a webinar, I think, as you know on that just last week on attitude again. So ask them about sleep.

    [00:32:00] The American Academy of Sleep Medicine has got a really nice, short, valid sleep questionnaire on it that you can download and use or I can make it available. I think it’s free. We will give that and that’ll just flag that there’re real sleep problems. Of course, in the interview, you want to ask briefly about sleep quality, whether they seem tired, then in your observation of the child, notice if they seem sleepy.

    I think that the clinicians probably do that instinctively, but that’s a very important thing to focus on for a minute and reconsider, am I missing a potential sleep problem here? Keep in mind that although endogenous sleep disorders are relatively rare, even in kids with ADHD, these behavioral ready-to-sleep problems, where the child isn’t getting good sleep because they won’t go to bed, the parent has given up on bedtime.

    You don’t want to miss that and find out that Jeez, I don’t know when they’re going to bed. I don’t know when they’re awake or not. We’ve given up on that, especially with teenagers that can happen. If you miss that, obviously, you’re going to feel foolish if it turns out that that he’s not paying attention [00:33:00] because he didn’t sleep.

    The other one for adolescents is drug use. And those that don’t have training in addiction assessment can often be too easily brushed aside a simple declaration by the parent that he wouldn’t use drugs. And so more careful evaluation of that with the teenager, I think is really important to determine if they are doing anything.

    I have found the teens to be surprisingly false right on that. You always have a dilemma, of course, of whether that’s going to be privileged information or not. And of course, usually, you’re not going to want to make it privileged just because you don’t want your hands tied to what you’re doing. In that case, the teens may not be forthcoming, but I think it’s important to try and investigate that and not overlook that entirely, and to put in your report that you attempted that, and it came up empty or came up with something very mild and maybe it’s underreported. 

    [00:34:00] Dr. Sharp: Can I ask a side question with that?

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: We live in a state where marijuana is legal. I can’t remember. Is Oregon the same?

    Dr. Nigg: Yea, Oregon is the same.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. So, we get a lot of teens, I don’t know if the use has necessarily gone up, but the maybe perception that it’s okay has gone up.  I wonder how you talk to teens about that, or if you talk to teens about that? How do you say, hey, this really isn’t that great for you? You might want to pull off a little bit.

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah, it’s a key issue. We have that issue too here. It’s getting endemic in the high schools now because it’s legal and it’s everywhere and it’s a major concern for everyone. What I have told teens is that if your problem is attention or motivation, this is a commonly known side effect and you should rethink it.

    And also, we don’t know that it’s safe in teenagers’ brains. We actually don’t know that in adults’ brains either, [00:35:00] but in teens’ brains, we really don’t know it. And so you are taking a risk with your brain development and your future potential. And so, I will give them that information and urge them to take it more seriously. You need to cut it out.

    The big challenge as you know very well it’s like video gaming addiction. That’s their peer culture. And so, it’s very hard for them to give that up, but I think it’s important and incumbent on us to give them that information.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure.

    Dr. Nigg: And sometimes parents too because sometimes parents underestimate it.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh yeah.

    Dr. Nigg: I’ve had parents who know their kids smoke pot and aren’t worried about it, you know? 

    Dr. Sharp: Oh sure, yeah. What other things should we be looking for in the interview that might not be obvious?

    Dr. Nigg:  The other one that, and again, maybe some of this is obvious, but I think the overall emotional climate in the home is very important. And thinking about the role of stress and emotional disruption, one conceptualization that I found helpful, and I read about this a lot in the book is this concept of extreme sensitivity to your environment. That is the ADHD child in some way, somebody that can be thought of as very sensitive to what’s around them?

    So they may be very perceptive of beauty and very reactive to something wonderful exuberant about that, but equally reactive and sensitive to stress and conflict and toxic emotions. And so, these are often not the individuals who can let it roll off their back when somebody says something that upsets them or does something that they think is unfair. And, of course, with the children’s behavior and the children’s being provocative, for a lot of reasons, as your listeners know all too well, you often end up with a home environment where there’s substantially intense, emotional expression going on.

    And it would be helpful if it was more mellow in terms of [00:37:00] this whole literature and expressed emotion and literature on stress and coping. And the idea that maybe the ADHD kid is a more sensitive person, not in the sense of fragile although sometimes they are fragile, but in the sense of very attuned and reactive.

    I have to be careful with this analogy, but one analogy that helps some people is that, do you ever notice that when you’re stressed out, your dog is restless? Do you ever notice that when you’re frantic, your dog can’t relax? And you think to yourself, I’ve had this happen to me. Why is my dog underfoot running around at the very moment when I don’t want him to be doing that because I’m frazzled?

    Dr. Sharp: That’s interesting.

    Dr. Nigg: Well, he’s reacting to me. He’s reacting to my vibes. And children are the same way. And I think ADHD children are especially that way. And again, I don’t take the analogy too far. Our children are not pets and they’re not dogs, but there are a hundred reasons why that’s not a valid analogy, but for this particular angle, I think it’s helpful to remember that the children really [00:38:00] can pick up on the subliminal that’s going around them.

    They’re very, very attuned to this. They’re not necessarily conscious of it. They’re not necessarily thinking that you’re stressed, but they’re reacting viscerally to it. And we can see that even in our research. We can see the heart rate changes. The blood pressure changes in kids even when they’re shown an emotionally arousing picture, two people arguing in a picture.

    And so, I think that’s something that is important to look at is what’s the emotional intensity in the home. And is it stress level for the family or the parents they’re super overwhelmed and super stressed out. 

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. How do you ask about that? Or how do you assess that?

    Dr. Nigg: I start approaching that with parents around their own level of feeling overwhelmed and needing support. How are you doing? How’s your support going? How are you getting along with each other? And I normalize it. I tell parents it’s very common when children are struggling or a special needs for parents to find that on each other’s case about things.

    That’s just human nature. Your resources are depleted. You’re depleted and you’re starting [00:39:00] to not be at your best. How is that going for you guys? And what kind of support do you think you’re going to need? And again, I normalized, most parents in this need some other support, either more friends, more break time, or something to help them cope with it. It’s just an unusually hard situation.

    And that’s usually enough to help parents acknowledge at least to some extent. As your listeners know, sometimes there’ll be disguised or displaced. I don’t do it anymore, but I used to just fly off the handle all the time. I interpret that as you might still flap if they handle it in time. And so, let’s talk about your stress level. Unless something has changed legitimately convinces me that’s no longer true. So I’ll accept that it used to happen more and it sounds like it’s improving, but maybe it’s still time to make sure it continues to improve and continue to give more support.

    So I think that that can be helpful too. Most people are overstressed these days. And so, [00:40:00] the trick is to figure out that this is sufficiently overstressed, that it’s really bothering the parents and they’re really feeling it. And it’s surprising how often there’ll be. One of the parents really resents that the other one is working so much. And it’s true. They are working more and they’ll admit it, but they have to, they feel like for various reasons. 

    And then talking about the trade-off there. I understand that you feel like you have to. Financial pressures are real for all of us, at the same time your child is attuned to this. And so, what are we going to do? We have a dilemma. And then just do some problem-solving and thinking about this. Maybe there’re some ways we can offer this, at least, even if we can’t change the workload.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. So just getting in there explicitly, I think, and normalizing. It makes sense.

    Dr. Nigg: The normalizing really helps cause it is pretty common for ADHD families.  

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Now, do you ask about, I think this is good, this is actually getting into some of the things that you write about, but in terms of influences on ADHD. I get a lot of questions about screen time. Do you assess screen time?

    Dr. Nigg: Yes. We do assess screen time. We just ask about it. We ask about how much screen time they’re spending, when they’re doing it, is it at bedtime, for example, or is it during meals just to get a sense of the ubiquitousness. A real issue, of course, is the addictive-like behavior that they just can’t handle it when you limit it.

    And that’s the red flag. It’s turned into the fight of the century about video time. And it’s becoming almost in some ways, the most common complaint of parents. It’s replaced other common complaints of video game overuse or addiction. So, we definitely assess that. It’s a common problem.  And for teen boys, especially, it’s a very common problem. Logistically that’s supported, even though it’s not only teen boys.

    And so that that’s a key issue and we do talk about it. And we talk about with parents the fact that it disrupts sleep in that [00:42:00] last hour before bedtime. We talk about the dilemma that it’s sometimes it’s the social network for the child, but it also is competing with other social opportunities that would be just as important for them. It may not be all or nothing by getting some rebalancing, maybe there needs to be some other, maybe we don’t need to take it away completely, but maybe we need to balance it out.

    And then this goes to the health stuff. We haven’t talked about exercise and diet yet, but you’re going to have some de-stressing time. If you’re going to have some downtime at the end of the day screens, if you’re going to get exercise, for young kids, if you’re going to have some play time so that they can actually exercise their fantasy life and their creativity, and you’re going to have some family time and get to bed on time, you shouldn’t have a lot of time to be on the screens.

    And so it should be able to put reasonable limits of an hour a day or whatever it may be. And of course, books have been written now on how much screen time [00:43:00] is the right amount. But once we’re past an hour a day, it’s hard for me to see how there’s time for other important health behaviors like getting the homework done.

    So one strategy there, there are strategies we can get into, but what one strategy for parents is to say that, homework and playtime, and exercise are the priorities, and healthy supper and getting to bed on time, and no screen time for an hour before bed. If you can do all that and get an hour on the screen, fine. If not, let’s make up for on the weekend and give you some weekend time.

    The educational value is there for the right kind of programs. But the obvious, as I write about the risks of the screen time in terms of exposure to violent content and explicit content and the inability of the child or the youth to really handle that and integrate that in a mature way, I hate to say it, but I know there’s some conscientious video game developers out there, but I don’t think it’s getting enough attention and parents have to monitor this.

    [00:44:00] Dr. Sharp: Sure. Yeah, I’m with you on that. So let me ask you a question that people ask me a lot which is, is screen time causing more ADHD?

    Dr. Nigg: That’s a great question. We have one metal analysis on that that I think is robust and it’s now 4 or 5 years old. So it’s already outdated because obviously, behavior patterns have changed dramatically just in 5 years.

    But at that time there was real, but small effects on attention problems. What you would see is that kids who were on the screens more had a slightly elevated detention process, but the effect was rather statistically very small. So the population significance, but not a very big individual significance.

    That said, what we are seeing now in literature is a concern about emotional unhappiness in relation to screen time that kids who are on the screens too much are more stressed. They’re more reactive. They’re more anxious. They’re more depressed. They feel worse and this gets to [00:45:00] anxiety about social exclusion. It may get to the over-arousing nature of the material on the screens. And there’s still not enough good experimental evidence to say if this is causal or correlational, but we do know causally that there’s good correlation, causal experimental of that, that aggressive behavior gets worse with a group with violent content.

    So it stands to reason that with over-rousing content, you can get some of this emotional dysregulation. So I do think it’s plausible, not yet proven, but plausible that it may not be having a big effect on more ADHD, but it may be having an effect on the emotional dysregulation features in kids with ADHD and giving them more challenges there.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I get that. So a little bit ago, you mentioned diet. I feel like this is a huge area that parents will ask about, pop culture. There’s a lot out there. There’s a history of mixing up ADHD and diet. So [00:46:00] I feel like there’s a lot to sort through there. Where are we at currently in terms of diet and its effect on ADHD?

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah.  This is where I think, again, this is, as you point out, it goes back to the 30s in terms of hypothesis and it was a popular topic in the 70s and 80s. It died out for a while. It’s coming back now both as a common question and with new data, and this is where we’ve had a bit of a sea change, I think in just the last 5 or 6 years where the field has really shifted his perspective now to recognize that the dietary effects are real.

    Again, they’re small. Diet is not just the sole explanation and the cases where diet is going to cure ADHD are very rare, but the cases that will benefit from diet improvements and a healthier diet are probably more common. We estimate that maybe again, this literature is thin, but still believe it or not, but we estimate that about 30% of kids with ADHD [00:47:00] might benefit from significant attention to their nutritional and diet intake. And I’ll say more about the specifics of that in a second. We do know from random experiments and studies that there is a causal effect of certain unhealthy dietary factors on symptoms of ADHD. And again, the effect size is not huge.

    If you think of a medication effect as a 100, the diet effect might be a 20 or 25. So it’s 1/5 to 1/4 as big as a medication effect. And that may give you a sense of, you know, if you gave a medication, you might change a Connor score from a 65 down to a 55. Whereas if you do a dietary change, you might change that Connor score from a 65 down to a 62.

    And so you’re going to have some effect and some benefit, but it’s not going to be for most kids on average, not going to cure it. It’s not going to be, but it may allow you to give a lower dose of medication or it may in combination [00:48:00] for their other health behaviors take the edge off a little bit. And occasionally, you’ll get a strong response where a kid has got some kind of food sensitivity that’s been undetected.

    Then in terms of specifics, the culprits that have been studied are food colorings, food preservatives. And so that’s led to this concern about food additives. But as far as I can tell from looking at this literature very closely, it’s unusual for a child to react to only one thing. More commonly, there are kids who are just sensitive to elements in the diet. And so, it means that if you take away the food additives, you’re probably also taking away lots of other unhealthy things because to do that in real life, you have to get rid of a lot of processed food. And that just makes food healthier in a number of ways.

    So we do ask about diet. We ask about junk food. We ask about healthy food and soft drinks and sodas and things. And we do include [00:49:00]in our routine recommendations that if there’s looking a little bit expensive involved, it costs more to eat healthy, unfortunately, but if you can eat fresh food, work on dietary changes little by little, reduce the processed foods a little by little, it’s gradual, get rid of some of the drinking your calories, some of that kind of stuff, it’s going to be another health behavior that will help.

    And I use the analogy with parents. If your child has asthma or you have high blood pressure or obesity, overweight, it’s always a combination of multiple lifestyle health factors to help combat that and to minimize the need for medications and drugs to solve it. In ADHD, it probably won’t be enough to do those things, but it should help somewhat. And that may be a nice compliment to your standard care and reduce that need a little bit. And occasionally, you’ll get a big benefit. So we do counsel parents to do the waterfront and give a child every chance.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, is it enough of a concern that you would recommend that parents [00:50:00] maybe seek out functional medicine or a blood panel or something like that? I mean, is there a way to test those sensitivities to those different?

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah, testing sensitivities is not dependable for ADHD kids. Obviously, an allergist can do an allergy test and that is sometimes worth doing if you have other allergy symptoms. But unfortunately, the allergy test findings don’t seem to correlate with the ADHD food sensitivities very well. So, I would tend to attempt to advise the allergy testing if you have other signs, atopy, and other things that could be allergic and the allergist thinks that’s worth doing the testing then yes. Think about food allergies as part of that, for sure.

    But I think a bigger thing that a blood test will do is show if there is anything that’s low, low iron, low Zinc, low vitamin D, even low omega-3, that it’s not standard of care. We guys have to stress that. Standard of care is not a blood panel for ADHD. And that’s partly because these are still considered to be a minority of kids and therefore the hit rate isn’t considered high enough. And that’s why it’s not standard of care to justify the cost. And the majority of kids who have, you won’t find anything.

    But I do know clinicians, holistic psychiatrists, I guess you say that will combine a blood panel just to make sure that they aren’t missing a nutritional value. And I don’t think that’s wrong. It just has to be… I always had to footnote that it’s not standard of care. Insurance might not pay for it, but I don’t think it’s a terrible thing to do. You don’t to miss the low vitamin D or miss the low iron if they are.

    And usually, a good physical should detect other symptoms of that problem, but ADHD is subtler than some of the physical symptoms. And we know that from like the lead work and some of the other physical contributors.

    [00:52:00] The other big one here is omega-3. We do know that omega-3 supplementation does help. Again, the effect is modest. It’s about 20 or 25 on my scale of 100 with medication being an effect of 100.

    So it’s not going to be the solution, but if something else that’s generally safe at the doses that you’re going to get. And it may provide some partial relief, and that we know that it’s causal and that effect is there even though it’s modest. We don’t know if that’s only in kids who have low levels to start with, however. So again, I will usually tell parents, go ahead with the omega-3 supplements, the official oil, or now the LG based seemed to be the way to go because they don’t have any of the contaminants of the fish oil, but there’s a variety of these holistic products that are getting better.

    Again, it’s a cost factor. If you can get it from food with eating more walnuts and macro and sardines and low on the food chain fish, and the occasional high in the food chain fish with [00:53:00] high omega-3, then food is always better than supplements if you can do it, but supplements are a way to do it if you can’t get the food in. So that’s what we do for those that are interested in healthy behaviors. We do think these… So basically, the omega-3s and healthier diet are the two big ones that we go with. And then we tell parents, don’t worry about most of the other dietary supplements unless you’ve got low blood levels.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. While we’re talking about supplements, I want to jump back to the sleep topic. Do you have some reflection of the research on Melatonin and its safety? Its efficacy? 

    Dr. Nigg: Really great question. It’s surprising how many parents are not giving their kids Melatonin. So there’s a lot to say about this. And I put a whole section of the book on it for that reason. Point number one is for kids who really do have a Circadian rhythm disorder, sleep-wake phase offset disorder. And if it doesn’t respond to behavioral intervention, melatonin isn’t an effective intervention. [00:54:00] And that’s about the only time though that it’s the right intervention. And even then it should be done with medical supervision.

    The two big things that parents don’t realize about melatonin is over-the-counter supplements have way too high of a dosage compared to what the clinical dose would be. And second of all, it’s a hormone. And so, it’s powerful. It can do stuff to the child’s other hormones. And so, with babies, it’s a total no-no because they’re still training their bodies to sleep. And you’re going to really mess up their system.

    With adolescents, we don’t know what the interaction is very well with other adolescent hormones that are very busy during that time and melatonin is in the mix. And so, what’s it going to do to their brain development? I don’t want to be histrionic about this, but it’s just unknown.

    And so, I really coach parents that melatonin is not to be taken lightly. It isn’t over-the-counter, but it is a hormone. It is overdosed on the supplements. [00:55:00] So I would only use it if you’ve got your physician’s oversight on it and you understand why you’re using it. It does help you fall asleep, but it doesn’t help you stay asleep. It does have side effects you have to watch out for.

    Dr. Sharp: Like what?

    Dr. Nigg: You can have a morning hangover. You can have night sweats. You can have other side effects. To use it properly, you’re actually supposed to take it a few hours before bedtime. It’s supposed to help the melatonin ramp up in anticipation of sleep, not as a sleeping pill right at bedtime. So there are correct use practices, but the biggest issue is getting a recommended dose and then understanding that you’re messing with hormones here. So use it with caution, under medical instructions.

    I’m very cautious on it. Usually, if there’s a sleeping problem, the first line of attack is behavioral. There are very good behavioral strategies again, as many of your listeners are well aware for treating sleep as a behavior problem and in approaching it that way. And if that hasn’t been done well with professional oversight and a good counselor, that should really be tried first. And I really push parents on that because of the frequency with which that will be sufficient in the unknown risks of melatonin.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. That’s a great answer. I appreciate you delving into that. I get that question so much. 

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah, we too.  

    Dr. Sharp: Well, I feel like we’ve covered a lot of bases in terms of environmental factors, different things that might be part of the picture here. I do want to ask you just a little bit about recommendations and what’s helpful for ADHD, but other environmental pieces we didn’t really talk about or that interplay between genetics and environment. Anything to touch on there before we move on?

    Dr. Nigg: Yeah, we talked about stress but not about trauma.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh yes, of course.

    Dr. Nigg: I would flag for your clinicians not to forget to evaluate for emotional traumatic events. [00:57:00] And it’s not just early abuse. Think about whether that bullying is really rising to the level of the child is really deeply frightened or whether that parent loss of temper is deeply fragment the child to the point where it’s approaching a trauma reaction, or you really have had a traumatic event, there was a serious car accident there was an abuse. And are you seeing a situation that requires a trauma-based cognitive behavioral intervention and not just an ADHD-focused intervention?

    And I think that again, there’s [01:01:00] more trauma consciousness now. So probably most of your clinicians have thought about this, but it’s just a reminder that not to overlook this, it’s an historical oversight in the field. Books on ADHD and articles, we haven’t integrated that with the addiction literature or the trauma literature.

    The other piece I would say is that I think the gene-environment is going to grow as a focus. We’re going to learn more about environments. We haven’t talked about an environmental pollutants and toxicants, but it’s another area to be mindful of. If the family lives in old housing, [00:58:00] these things are factors. It’s a common anxiety for parents now.

    Unfortunately, there’s not a lot you can do, except try to remove the exposure, but healthy food, stress reduction, exercise, all interact. And so if there’s been some negative input from any of these sources doing what you can, may benefit exercise can undo some of the effects of stress in the body and in the brain and so on and helps to improve your appetite and previous sleep. So I do think this healthy lifestyle deserves more attention. The trick is not to make it a panacea or not to pretend it can be instead of the proper professional oversee. 

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Well, and maybe that’s a nice transition to recommendation kind of stuff. In addition to healthy lifestyle, good diet, regular sleep schedule, those kinds of base factors that we covered, what medication, behavior therapy, other things?

    [00:59:00] Dr. Nigg: Yeah, I think from there probably, I’m not sure that the state of the art of the recommendation panel has changed much in 20 years, unfortunately. We did have the big MTA study almost a generation ago that continues to be mined with long-term outcomes.

    There’s a number of findings from that that I think have been overlooked and there’s some good summaries in the literature that I’ve noted and in the book recently, but  I do generally recommend that we get some counseling going at the very least to help with coping skills for the family. It may be parent counseling more than child counseling depending on the pattern of course, but can we reduce the emotional intensity in the home? Can we improve the positivity in the home?

    Some of these things that we know are partial drivers of worsening the condition and making it unpleasant for everyone. Can we restore some of what parents really want, which is positive relationship with their child and then the communication skills, and so on. We know that those interventions aren’t necessarily going to improve [01:00:00] the ADHD symptoms, but they’re going to improve a lot of the functional problems around emotional regulation, oppositional behavior, and so on. That’s often the leading edge problem.

    For hyperactivity and attention, there’s still nothing better than the stimulant medications. The important point there is to really make sure that the protocols are followed. We have treatment protocols, the Texas algorithm and other algorithms that recommend the sequence of meds to try.

    And the most common mistake we see on the medication front is that clinicians depart from the algorithm based on their gut feeling. And it’s an elementary mistake. And so really pushing back for a second opinion if they’re not on the algorithm and use the algorithm is to start with a straightforward methylphenidate or Adderall trial. And when that doesn’t work,  adjust the dose, when that doesn’t work, try the other one. And when that doesn’t work, then get creative.

    Usually, you don’t think of work by that point, the most common mistakes on medication are infrequent follow-up. There should be intensive follow-up, weekly or every two weeks until we’re confident of the dose, [01:01:00] and that it’s working or not working – not every six months.

    And then we also know that pairing, although the effect of the ADHD symptoms of medication alone is equal to the effect of an intensive psychosocial intervention, the chances of the child would get better is maximized by doing both.

    The final wrinkle there that I’ll mention is if a child does have substantial anxiety, the benefits of medication are less likely and so stimulants. And so that’s when you might want to really look at let’s start with some behavioral interventions and cognitive behavioral interventions to help that anxiety come down, not put so much faith in the stimulus this time. And if we can’t get anywhere, then we’ll think about the right pharmacology.

    That’s just one of the interesting findings from the MTA. The other big MTA finding goes back to parenting. Meds work the best when you can reduce negative parenting. So you really want that combo of reduced the hostile critical and shakes, interchange. That’s all it usually all about parents dress, pairing up being overwhelmed, and then their meds are going to work better and you get the best effect.

    So that’s really the mix that we want. And that’s some of the nuances in the MTA findings that I think has been missed in some of this so much.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. That’s good. Yeah, those are some things that it’s nice to highlight.

    Dr. Nigg:  Yeah. And then don’t overlook the school plan. Don’t overlook doing something with the classroom.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Yeah, this was great. Let me throw a curve ball at you before we wrap up here. You mentioned ODD.  I’m trying to think how to ask this question. There’s just a lot of discussion around like is ODD a separate disorder. How does that fit into this whole picture? And is that a different class of kids that we’re talking about? Is there different brain stuff going on? I don’t know. Do you have thoughts on ODD and its role as a diagnosis?

    Dr. Nigg: Oh boy. Yeah. That is a curve ball. I want to jokingly say that I have to go now. [01:03:00] I think it’s a very important issue. Certainly in the Survey literature, we can find kids who seem to be severe oppositional defiant and really don’t meet criteria for ADHD just like we can find aggressive kids who don’t really have ADHD, but have other stuff going on in terms of history of conflict or hostility or callous unemotional features, and so on; the angry element.

    The things about ODD I think to know is that most of the time ADHD is there also, especially in younger children, but it does mean elevated risk for future conduct problems in a subset of those kids. And so, this is the group of kids where you really want, again, pay attention to. Are we getting into negative, hostile interchanges in the home? They’re going to be teaching this kid to be coercive in their exchanges with people. And that’s really what we don’t want to have happened, because that’s what escalates. And so that’s where the parenting becomes a more important,[01:04:00]  parent counseling cause more important.

    So, we do want to, if the ODD is there, put a lot more emphasis on the importance of parent guidance, parent counseling and behavioral management curriculum. And again, Barkley’s curriculum is very good. There’s a number of very good curriculum here for oppositional defined kids, forehand. McMahon’s curriculum is very good. So that’s standing programs there and books that I think are very well proven as effective to helping reduce these behaviors.

    So yes, identify the ODD. Yes, put a greater emphasis then on adding in or doing instead of the parent behavioral guidance with the programs around reducing those behaviors for the parents. Don’t forget that the first step in those programs is reestablishing positivity between parent and child as a basis. You don’t launch it immediately to harsh punishments or something. So getting that order of sequence right and really following those curriculum.

    Conceptually, there is a higher risk in a subset for depression. And so with the ODD, we want to make sure we’re not missing a mood disorder or depression. [01:05:00] It’s been disproven that it’s bipolar. So that was a myth for a while that these kids have bipolar or the DMDD diagnosis in DSM-V was created to save us from over-diagnosing bipolar disorder.

    Most of the DMDD kids are severe ADHD, ODD as well. And we don’t know yet if they need a different pharmacology. Those trials are underway. And we’ll know more soon about whether a SSRI or something that should be considered when they really have DMDD.

    What we’re seeing in our research is, and I talk about this too in the book, is that there is a group of kids with statistically who, it doesn’t overlap perfectly with ODD, who really are the kids with the severe tantrums. We call them the severe irritable kids. Extremely angry, blow up and can’t calm down, the irritable kids. And probably a lot of these kids might meet DMDD, but they don’t all have ODD. A lot of the ODD kids aren’t like this.

    And these are the kids that we’re really seeing are the ones with the poor long-term outcomes. And so, we are encouraging clinicians now, even though our research is still just research, it hasn’t been accepted by the field. It’s still intuitive enough and has some empirical support that if there’s extreme explosive, extreme irritability, that’s almost the real trigger even more than the ODD for saying we have to intervene here to try to change the course of development. 

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. Let me ask, what interventions do you recommend for those kids? Anything off the top?

    Dr. Nigg: Well, that’s what we’re going to. Again, the parent guidance to get changes interchanges. If it’s really a child with a lot of anger management, and I said, adolescent, we might go in and try to work on the anger management with the kid, but we don’t have good empirical support to know. There are new interventions coming out, Federalist and counseling, around this that are looking good. So I think this is a place for your audience to really watch the literature and go to their workshops every year for CE’s[01:07:00] to find out what the latest is.

    There’s new treatment. They’re coming out almost annually now with because researchers who develop new behavioral treatments are really interested in this problem of the kind of angry and defiant, explosive adolescent. And I think we’re getting some really good family-oriented interventions that are getting away from, you know, with younger kids, you can work on this costs-benefit behavioral stickers. That stuff’s not going to work with these teens. And so you really have more creative interventions that are working now that are coming out. So I think that is a place where there’s new stuff to identify. And maybe we do a whole session on that sometime, or I can offline recommend some sources. 

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, I think that leads well into a wrap-up of people want to learn more about all of this, any of this. I will certainly have your book in the show notes. It’s called Getting Ahead of ADHD: What Next-Generation Science Says about Treatments That Work―and How You Can Make Them Work for Your Child. I’ll put that in there. Other resources and places that could be helpful for people to look on this topic?

    Dr. Nigg: We’ll give you our web link where we have some material and there are some other web pages that other researchers have that are loaded with resources. So we’ll give you a couple of those to put up there. 

    Dr. Sharp: Okay, fantastic. I appreciate it. And if anybody wants to reach out to you, are you open to that? If so, how do people get in touch with you?

    Dr. Nigg: You can go to my website that’ll give you, joelniggphd.com and put in a query there. I’ll try to respond to them. It’s hard for me because I get so many, so I can’t promise to, but I will try to, and if I get repeat questions about a topic, I will do a blog on it. And so you can sign up there and track a little bit of it. So yeah, feel free to try to reach me there and I’ll respond if I can. I just, for obvious reasons, can’t promise that I will, but I’ll do my best. 

    Dr. Sharp: Of course. Well, thanks for being open to it. Well, this has been fantastic. I am so appreciative of your time.[01:09:00] I have taken away at least 3 or 4 little things that I’m going to go dig into and can apply with our next interview. So just thanks so much. I’m really appreciative that you were willing to spend some time with us today.

    Dr. Nigg: Pleasure, Jeremy. And best of luck to you and your listeners. 

    Dr. Sharp: Thank you.

    Okay, y’all. Thanks so much for tuning in and listening to that ingterview with Dr, Joel Nigg. Like I said action packed. He gave us a lot of information and release. I love the way that he is articulate but accessible with so much complicated information.

    Definitely check out his book. I think it elaborates on many of the things that we talked about here in the interview that is linked in the show notes. And we also linked several other resources that were mentioned during the podcast. So definitely check out the show notes today.

    Like I mentioned at the beginning, If you are just getting started with your testing practice and you would like some support or some coaching around that and maybe don’t want to dive in with [01:10:00] the investment for an individual coaching package, I have opened up spots for a beginner practice mastermind group starting in January 2019.

    This is aimed at those of you who might have experience with testing, hopefully, you have experience with testing, but you really need support around the business side and getting things set up and running your private practice in a way that will be profitable, but also let you do quality assessments and keep your quality of life while you’re at it.

    So if that sounds like you, give me a shout. You can go to thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting and apply for that beginner practice mastermind. We’ll talk about whether it’s a good fit or not. Hope to have you in the group.

    All right. I hope that y’all have a great Christmas break or holiday break, whatever that looks like for you. I do not think I’m going to be doing any more episodes before Christmas. So. Enjoy it.[01:11:00] I will be talking with y’all likely after the new year. Okay. Take care.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 075 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Welcome to The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. I hope y’all are doing well.

    Today is a pretty incredible interview. I’ve been thinking about this interview with Tiffany McLain for several weeks now since we finished. So this is interesting.

    Tiffany, just a little about her, is a licensed marriage and family therapist in San Francisco. She has a full fee practice. She only sees about 10 clients a week because she has set her fees at a point that that’s all she needs to see.

    We’re talking today all about money mindset. What that is, how it shows up in our practices, how we set our fee, how we value ourselves, our emotional relationship to money, how you charge your fees, how you collect them, how that relates to sliding scale, giving back. We cover a lot of ground. I think it’s really important for a lot of folks to hear.

    I will say as a disclaimer, this was an interesting interview for me because Tiffany actually [00:01:00] asked me a ton of questions to make this material come to life. I talk a lot about my relationship with money emotionally, logistically, how it comes up in the practice. At times it was uncomfortable.  I certainly felt vulnerable to be talking about some of these things but my hope is that ultimately, it’s helpful for y’all. It’s certainly been helpful for me. Just to put that out there, this is a little different episode.

    Before we totally jump into that, I have an exciting announcement. I mentioned last podcast that I took a few days off at the beginning of November to go to LA and recharge, do some visioning, get some clarity on my practice and coaching. A product of that is recognizing that I am excited to get back into the group coaching game.

    I did a mastermind last spring for testing psychologists and it was awesome. So [00:02:00] this January 2019, I will be opening spots for a Beginner Practice Mastermind. This is for all of you who are just getting started in private practice. You really need those ins and outs of getting things set up: finances, schedules, EHR, batteries, all that kind of stuff. This is for you. If you’re interested in that, please go to thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting. If you scroll down a bit, you’ll see there is a spot to apply for the mastermind group. Fill out that application, it’s very brief, and I’ll be in touch with you to talk about whether you’re a good fit.

    All right, let’s get onto the conversation with Tiffany.

    [00:03:00] Hey everybody. Welcome to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Like you heard in the introduction, I am here today with a very special guest, Miss Tiffany McLain. Tiffany is in private practice in San Francisco. She is going to be talking all about money mindset; what that is and why that’s important and how we can wrap our minds around money in our practices.

    I’ve been stalking Tiffany digitally for a while. I’ve heard you in many other podcasts and I was like, that would be great to get Tiffany on. And then we finally connected about six months ago or something. This has been in the making for a long time. I’m glad to finally be here. Welcome to the podcast.

    Tiffany: Thank you very much. I’m excited to talk. As you’ve said, it’s been a little while since I’ve done any podcasts and yours was like one of the last ones I’m going to do before I take a break. So I’m excited to do this one.

    [00:04:00] Dr. Sharp: That’s awesome. I feel so fortunate to be able to have gotten some of your time. I know you’re super busy. I really appreciate that.

    Tiffany: Thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: I want to give you some kudos before we get started, because you get the award for most, how would I phrase it? Most prepared or most interested podcast guest. I don’t know. When we had our pre-conversation six months ago, you asked so many questions and I got the sense that you’re really invested in this interview and want to understand what’s going on here. So thanks for that. That makes me more excited here.

    Tiffany: Of course. It’s my pleasure. Also, you’re working with people around testing and assessment, and that’s a world that I don’t know a ton about. So it’s also exciting for me to think about this idea of money mindset, how we charge, how we set our fees with a little lens on a little bit of a different population than the one I normally work with. So this will be interesting.

    Dr. Sharp: Totally. Well, thanks for jumping into it and doing something a little more unfamiliar [00:05:00] to you.

    Tiffany: Sure.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. Maybe we could just start, if you could talk a little bit about yourself and your practice and how you got to where you are today. And then we’ll dive more into the money stuff. That sound good?

    Tiffany: Absolutely. As you said, my name is Tiffany. I’m in San Francisco. I have a private practice here. I keep it small. I only see around maximum 10 or maybe 11 people that I work in an ongoing way. That’s my private practice. And then I also have online business, which is where I spend a lot of my business time, where I work with therapists around the idea of how to set fees, how to charge, how to actually create sustainable practices that serve you versus these practices we hear so much about where people are burnt out, overwhelmed, where basically the practice is running them versus the other way.

    I work with therapists around money mindset, setting fees, earning enough not just make a living to be financially secure but actually have a great life where you’re able to do [00:06:00] all the things you wanted to do when you originally decided I’m going to go into this private practice in the first place.

    Dr. Sharp: What got you interested in that and so fired up about it because this is your thing. How did you get there?

    Tiffany: That’s a great question. Yeah, this is my thing. When I started in the therapy space, I’m psychoanalytically oriented so really into the unconscious process, long term work, but I was looking around seeing therapists do all of this great work but their marketing was terrible. So I was thinking, how do we get these kinds of therapists out into the world?

    I did two marketing programs. Learned how to market myself but I realized wait a minute, even when therapists are marketing their business or learning how to do it well, they’re still terrified around this fee setting thing. So even as they start getting clients and start working with more folks, they’re still setting fees that are not in line with the reality of their financial needs.

    I didn’t see anyone talking about money. Money is like sex or politics, [00:07:00] but even us therapists, we talk about sex way more than we talk openly with each other about money; how much we’re making, how much we’re charging, what it means to actually want to earn a great living. These were all taboo topics. I don’t know if I can swear. I almost swore. I’m like, darn it!

    Dr. Sharp: You can swear.

    Tiffany: I’m like, fuck! We got to go into this and understand what’s happening in the culture of our profession around this money stuff.

    Dr. Sharp: I totally get it. The money comes up with everyone that I consult with. That is not an exaggeration. I haven’t found anyone yet where we’re not talking about that in some form or fashion, whether it’s the burnout and working too much or just fear around going off insurance or really anything. I think it’s super important.

    It sounds like you’ve had a little bit of a journey maybe around that and getting there. I think that we focus on things for reasons. [00:08:00] Is there any personal piece that you’re willing to talk about as to why money is so important, and so important to help other therapists with?

    Tiffany: Sure. You got me. I tried to give you the generic answer. I love that. I’ll dive in a little more.

    I guess, maybe the first thing that got me really thinking about it, I was at an in internship, a post master’s program. It was a two-year program, psychoanalytically oriented, depth oriented. A really great training.

    Theoretically, we were supposed to talk to our clients about fees every six months. I noticed that I was really anxious about doing that, terrified. I noticed none of my peers or the colleagues in the program were talking about it either. And so I made it a mission of mine to find out how to get comfortable doing this and the structure is perfectly set up. I knew I was going to be in private practice. I knew I was going to have to do it myself one day, so let me just really focus on it.

    [00:09:00] That’s the clinical piece but if we zoom way back, I come from a family that had a lot of really mixed messages around money like a lot of therapists do. There’s a study done by this woman. I don’t know her first name. Her last name is Laskey. She studied the therapist community and found out that therapists more than most other or actually any other profession, are more likely to be upwardly mobile. So to come from blue collar or working class backgrounds and be the first in their family maybe to go to graduate school or to be working these kinds of professional jobs.

    And so we have a lot of stories. Personally, on one side of my family, my parents, my mom came from a really religious background. You hear all those things. Money is the root of all evil, blessed are the meek, all the messages saying if you have money, money is equated with evil. Poverty is created with wealth and goodness. On the other side, my dad, he comes from the projects of Chicago. I didn’t know what his [00:10:00] background was. He didn’t really talk about it until I was much older, violence and poverty.

    I’ve definitely talked about this on other podcasts, but I was, I think around 18. We were watching 20/20. There was some kind of exposé about the worst projects in America and my dad said, that’s where I grew up. I was shocked because they didn’t raise us in a…

    We grew up in a suburban town or in the suburbs, really protected. And so to hear, holy smokes, this is where my dad grew up? He grew up in this intense poverty, so his messages around money were… He’s African American, so like black people don’t get money. The things you have to do to get money are usually, where he grew up, related to criminality because there’s not a lot of access to wealth or business, a working life outside of this.

    So, on both sides I have, one side, a desire for money to get out of poverty, to work one’s way up. On the other side, money is evil, blessed are the meek. And so just these conflicting money messages. So when I went to graduate school, I was like, I want to help [00:11:00] people but I also want to earn a great living and be my own boss. That’s going to be easy. But then the reality of all my internal stuff around what it actually means to earn money, what it means to make a great living, what it means to work with people I love but also earn, am I hurting people? Am I a bad person for wanting to, I didn’t have this thought but I hear this a lot, make money off of helping people?

    All of these things I was wrestling with. And then I had them reinforced by the therapeutic community. I didn’t enter this work to make money or if you think you’re going to be rich, don’t become a therapist. Just these messages that were reinforcing the things that I was already wrestling with myself. I’m like, this has got to change. This needs to be really looked at. So that’s a little more of my personal journey into this.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, I hear that. I appreciate you jumping into that a little bit and sharing some of that. I think I heard you talk about the concept of being upwardly mobile on someone else’s podcast a while back, and that’s the part. I connect a lot with that part, and that’s what really got me thinking [00:12:00] we need to talk about this.

    I don’t know if I’ve talked about this on my podcast, but I was born in West Virginia, Appalachia. I spent the first few years of my life in a trailer and have parents, one went to college but didn’t work after that. Anyway, my grandparents still live there. It’s like this really interesting thing to then go to graduate school and now be in a position to be somewhat successful, I guess,  and fortunate. I don’t know. There’s some stuff to work through with that and how money is operating in that whole picture.

    I think that hearing you describe that experience, a lot of folks are probably nodding out there listening and thinking, oh yeah, that’s me to some degree too. So, I’m glad we’re talking about it. There’s a psychological piece to it for sure.

    Tiffany: Absolutely. That’s the juicy part of this. Money is just a concrete exchange. [00:13:00] It should be simple but it’s the stuff we bring to it that makes it so complicated.

    Dr. Sharp: Totally. Well, let’s talk about it. We use this phrase money mindset. What’s that even mean?

    Tiffany: Sure. We’re going to use a little illustration. That’s easier for me to be able to think about concepts if we put it to the streets on the ground. We’ll use your audience. We’ll use testing folks. Can you give for me an example of maybe a heart-wrenching scenario where somebody needs testing done and it’s very emotionally moving or it feels very important to do it with this person? Create a person for me.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, for sure. Let’s just say, this person is a, I have many scenarios I can think of. So maybe a family who is doing well enough to have private insurance but they have this incredible deductible. They have a kid. [00:14:00] Maybe this kid is young, 3 years old, needs early identification of an autism spectrum disorder to open the door for other services. We’re the only ones in the area within an hour’s drive and a two-year wait list who can provide this kind of service, but it’s going to cost, let’s just say $1,000 to $1,500 and the family is clearly saying that that’s too much.

    Tiffany: Great. You went right for the heart-wrenching. A 3-year-old, autism spectrum, waitlist for two years, limited access to services like this. So really, you’re talking about a lot of need. Why did you pick that? Tell me a little bit about the feelings when you imagined this kid and this family coming in.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, my gosh. Who else is going to help them? Somebody has to help them or else this kid is going to be a different kid in two years. And that’s two wasted years when they could be getting early intervention [00:15:00] that’s so crucial.

    Tiffany: Wow, really interesting. So you’re talking about the real need for something like this. What happens if you don’t intervene at an earlier stage? You know and your audience knows the reality of that.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    Tiffany: Would you, and folks can’t see you but I got to say, Jeremy’s face is like, ow.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s surreal.

    Tiffany: So let’s say you have a situation like this. You’re talking about having a waitlist too. Is it possible that you or even the people you work with would move a case like this up and maybe offer a sliding scale to make this more accessible to a family like this?

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, gosh, yeah. Absolutely.

    Tiffany: Oh, shock me. What do you mean? Say more.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, let me see, with the waitlist thing, what I meant is any other place that might be able to do this evaluation has a two-year waitlist probably. It’s a local children’s hospital. This is a very real scenario that happens probably, I don’t know, at least once a week for us. [00:16:00] But our waitlist is still probably 5 or 6 months. There’s the chance that we would bump that up. There’s definitely the chance of doing a sliding scale. The insurance piece complicates things a little bit in terms of how much we can adjust the cost but we will definitely bump them up and try to provide access a little sooner.

    Tiffany: I’m going to even twist the knife a little bit more in this situation and say they don’t have good insurance. So they would have to be paying out of pocket.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, well, in that case the likelihood that we would consider a sliding scale is like 95% probably.

    Tiffany: So you would definitely do that. We’re going to come back to this money mindset. Don’t worry. We’re going to wrap back around. I’m thinking about what you shared about your upbringing, Appalachia, first few years of your life, your grandparents still there. I’m going to make a whole bunch of assumptions about Appalachia [00:17:00] but you know what it means to need, to maybe not have access to all the resources that you need to do well in the world and also to be surrounded by folks who you see struggling or maybe in poverty. Is that a little bit of what the situation is like there or was?

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    Tiffany: Okay. So you can both see it in this family, but it also resonates with something personally in you.

    Dr. Sharp: Yes.

    Tiffany: Okay. So you offer this family… Oh, go ahead. What are you going to say?

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, I just said you nailed it.

    Tiffany: That’s right. So you offer them a sliding scale. Give us an example. I know there’s probably intense calculations you figure out. Let’s say you slide the scale, what’s that look like?

    Dr. Sharp: Our rule of thumb is 20%. If it’s $1,500, we knock off $300. If it’s $1,000, so forth.

    Tiffany: So let’s say $900 to $1,200 now. Great, you feel good. How many hours does an assessment like this take?

    Dr. Sharp: Oh gosh, let’s just say 10 to keep it a nice round number.

    Tiffany: Excellent. Now you do the math for me. $1,200, 10 hours, what is that about?

    Dr. Sharp: $120 an hour.

    [00:18:00] Tiffany: Great.

    Dr. Sharp: Which is good.

    Tiffany: Well, your voice went up when you said that good. What do you mean?

    Dr. Sharp: It is pretty good actually, at least for our market, that’s okay. It’s on the lower end of acceptable.

    Tiffany: Okay. So let’s say if you’re like most therapists, you feel good about it. You’re working pretty hard. You’re not making quite what you’d normally make but overall it’s like, all right, but this is why I created my own business so I could give back when I needed to. Things like this that may be in your minds.

    Now let’s say after you do that, somehow something happens. You’re giving the parents the results of the assessment, giving them the suggestions for what to do next, and then the mother happens to let you know, by the way, her parents are actually multi-millionaires. They’re going on a fantastic trip soon. It’s not their income, it’s their parents’ but of course the parents are funding this trip. Help out with the rent sometimes.

    Let me pause, for the folks who are listening to this podcast, Jeremy’s mouth fell open when I said this. And his eyes widened. What was your feeling when I said that?

    [00:19:00] Dr. Sharp: I don’t know what was my feeling. Shocked that they didn’t tell us earlier, and confusion; what would I do in that moment? So an external representation of the explosion that probably happened in my chest.

    Tiffany: I have a sense of somethings come to my mind too or like something is a betrayal. We bent over backwards for you guys, some kind of resentment. I just did this work and it turns out you probably could have asked the parents, all kinds.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, a little bit of that. Maybe a lot.

    Tiffany: Yeah. This is an example. You and the audience gets to go through a visceral example of how we can think about or what it means when we talk about money mindset. So money mindset are all the thoughts, the feelings, the beliefs, the ideas we have about money that then inform our actions; the way we show up in our business, the way we show up professionally, and of course the way we show up personally. Also the ways we show up [00:20:00] clinically.

    So if we have particular stories about what it means to have money, who deserves money, what it means to give back, all of these things inform how we show up in the world and how we show up in our practice clinically and all the assumptions we make about money show up. So when we’re talking about money mindset, we’re talking about all of these things.

    The reason I brought it to this clinical example is because a lot of us have, we have the both conscious things we’re aware of. Oh, I want to help a family that’s in need. And then the unconscious beliefs that are behind that, that only show up when surprises happen in our clinical work, or we find out there’s more to the story than we originally thought. That’s when therapists often start having a conflict internally around where money mindset starts becoming an issue when we realized we’ve been making assumptions that maybe are not in line with reality. We’ve been setting up business practices on assumptions that maybe are in line with reality. So it’s really important that we start digging in and understanding both the conscious and unconscious [00:21:00] relationship we have and that our clients have to money.

    Dr. Sharp: How do you do that? Is this like personal therapy? Are we saying, go to therapy and figure out your money stuff? I don’t know. What’s the process to start to get a handle on that?

    Tiffany: Sure. Even just knowing, oh, that this is an issue. That’s number one. In our field, we learn about all kinds of things in our education but we’re not talking explicitly about money. That’s for sure. It usually doesn’t come up in any of our graduate programs. It doesn’t come up in terms of our relationship. So we don’t actually have access to it a lot. We’re not thinking about it and if it does, it’s usually related to something around shame. Our colleagues shame us and we feel bad or we feel like, did we do something wrong? Or guilt, oh, we’re charging too much. These kinds of emotions, but we only think about it then. And then mostly put it out of our minds otherwise.

    So the first thing I would say is just start becoming aware of and thinking about, oh, the way I relate to money, the way my clients are relating to money, this [00:22:00] is actually an issue that’s impacting how I work. Number one, awareness is the first thing. I would… go ahead.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, I was just going to ask, do you know, again, maybe trying to make it concrete. Do you know some ways that this shows up in our practices? How would we even start to become aware like, if you do this or if you’re saying this, I’m not sure, what are the signs that there might be something going on there that we could start to notice?

    Tiffany: I’ll give you three clear examples of how it shows up that we can recognize in ourselves. The first is if a potential client calls up and asks if we have room, let’s say, we go through the intake process, we state our fee. My fee is $280. The person hesitates and we say oh, but I offer a sliding scale. What can you afford? Is there something that looks better? That’s a sign that there’s an issue that we need to start thinking about. Wait a minute. What’s actually happening in [00:23:00] terms of how I’m relating to money.

    That’s one example that’s familiar. A second one might be similarly around sliding our fee scale. We’ll talk later, I know you’re wanting some concrete stuff around how do we actually figure out our fee, for example. If you’ve never actually sat down and looked at your fees, what you need to be paying off all your bills, being in financial integrity with your own life, paying off credit card debt, paying off student loans, things like that and yet you’re sliding your scale for someone who comes in to see you because you’re feeling bad or an urgency around feeling sorry for something that’s happening in their life, that’s a sign that there’s something you need to work out there.

    It shows up a million ways, but just things that therapists can relate to, even something that’s not directly related to money exactly, is something around our cancellation policy. If we have a 24-hour, a 48-hour cancellation policy that we’re not enforcing or that we’re enforcing inconsistently, [00:24:00] there’s an indication there that something’s happening in our money mindset and the way we’re relating to our business practices that needs to be looked at and addressed.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. I like that. I know that I’ve done all of those at some point.

    Tiffany: Enjoy the club.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Okay. This is good. Maybe we notice that some of those things are happening and it’s like, okay, I’ve got some concerns with this, then where does it go? What do we do about it? And that can be from the psychological standpoint or just logistical.

    Tiffany: I’ll start with the very concrete. The first step that I have folks do is actually get in touch with the reality of their financial situation, which means finding out what you actually need. I have a calculator. It’s free. It’s online.

    Dr. Sharp: I’ll put [00:25:00] that in the show.

    Tiffany: You can put it in the show notes, great. It actually has a place where you put your current expenses and your dream expenses. So also what you need for saving for retirement, vacations regularly, sick time, of a nice car; the things actually give you a fulfilling life. So both calculating the current reality and also the dream reality.

    Then it also, this is something that a lot of people don’t consider. How many people do you need to see actually or can you see maximum to actually be able to show up fully in your clinical work? I know a lot of therapists who are seeing 30 people a week, 40 people a week. They’re overwhelmed. They’re stressed out. They’re burnt out. That’s not actually in line with a consistent practice where you’re doing your best work and giving back for most therapists. So this calculator also has you say, how many hours are you really working a week to really do your best and how many weeks are you working a year to really do your best?

    So we’re taking the reality [00:26:00] of how much you need to live, how much you need to have the extras that lead to a good life and the time you’re committing. And then it spits out a number. Your fee has to be $215, let’s say. So that’s Step 1, getting real about what your fee needs to be in order to support your lifestyle.

    Dr. Sharp: This is the, put the oxygen mask on yourself before you help other people, right?

    Tiffany: Absolutely.

    Dr. Sharp: So you’re saying you need to be locked in and know what your financial needs are to set your fee. It’s not setting your fee based on whatever else you might consider but just you personally, what do you need?

    Tiffany: Yes, that’s exactly right. And the reason we do that is because it starts helping us get out of the feelings of money which leads us to do all kinds of wacky stuff into like, let me just see on paper, I almost said the cold hard number but I’ll even say the warm soft number. What does the reality need to be for us [00:27:00] to be showing up and doing our best work? That’s the first thing.

    Like you’re talking about, and I’m sure we’ll get into it more later, if we’re not taken care of, we’re not able to take care of others. We’re not able to model appropriate behavior. We’re really not able to understand and work clinically with folks if we’re not actually doing the thing that we’re helping them theoretically do. If we can’t do it ourselves, how are we going to do it for someone else? This is the oxygen mask example.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Got you. Okay. So getting some awareness of your personal finances and knowing what you need or want.

    Tiffany: Absolutely.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay, say we’ve got that. It’s out this number. You said $215.

    Tiffany: Yeah, $215. Let’s say that’s the number. It could be who knows what. $215. Then you’re going to have feelings about that. The feelings might be holy smokes! How could I find anyone who’s going to pay me that? It could be shame. Am I really worth that? Do I deserve money like that? Who’s going to really pay me that? [00:28:00] Am I good enough to show up? That’s a feeling that can come up.

    Guilt; oh no, am I greedy? It may be you put on your list you want to go on a vacation twice a year. Oh, am I greedy? Should I maybe start playing with that number to make it a little bit lower? Fear; that’s around who would actually pay me that. What if all my clients leave? Also, I’m already seeing clients. Do I have to raise their fee? So these feelings start coming up. It’s very hard to move forward if we’re not actually acknowledging, making room for the feelings and talking them through with people.

    So this brings us to one, once you know the reality, it going to bring up feelings, make room for the feelings. That’s concrete Step 2. Journal about it, write about it, talk to your peer, a trusted peer, like, oh my gosh, I saw that $215 is what my fee needs to be in order to have a sustainable practice. Here’s how it feels to me. Talk it out.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. I’m going to maybe jump the gun a little bit and just say, what if that fee is [00:29:00] just not bearable in your market? Like the average fee is $110 and you’re like, I need to make $215. How do you reconcile that gap?

    Tiffany: Say more a little bit about your question. Is it the emotionally reconciling it and/or practically businesswise reconciling it? Where does your mind go when you ask that question?

    Dr. Sharp: I think practically businesswise and who knows, maybe I’m exposing some assumptions here, but if the market will bear $110 let’s say, I’m thinking that you’re in a community that can’t financially support a $215. Is there room for a practice that charges $215? Or in our case, maybe you’re going rate for an evaluation is $1,500 but your calculator says I need to be making $2,500 per evaluation. That’s a huge leap over the [00:30:00] market standard. What do I do with that?

    Tiffany: This is a great question.

    Dr. Sharp: There are emotional components. I don’t want to downplay that but it’s like, well, my peers think and how do I answer it when people are like, why are you charging more than everybody else? And so forth.

    Tiffany: This is great. So the two, emotional piece, which we definitely can’t discount, and then also what feels like the concrete business reality of a number like this. The first thing I would say about the emotional piece; you chuckle because I said what feels like.

    Dr. Sharp: Exactly.

    Tiffany: We’ll address the emotional piece and we’ll get to the concrete business piece. I say it’s vital to find peers or colleagues who support what you’re doing, who will encourage you to have the growth that you need to get where you want to go. There are a lot of people who are going to challenge you, question you, try to tear you down, have envy for what you’re doing, and so they’ll try to take it away or minimize your desire [00:31:00] for success.

    It’s important to find people who are supportive of you and already doing the thing you want to do. So if it feels like, how do I do this in a town? Can the market bear it? Look around for similar markets in the United States, 99% of them are going to be low fee, maybe where you are, but I bet you’ll find some exceptions of people who built extraordinary practices with premium fees no matter the market. I would look for examples of the people who have bucked the trend, gotten outside of the box and done the thing you want to do. Make sense?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Tiffany: Okay. That’s the emotional piece. In terms of the concrete piece, we started to answer it with that last bit. If anyone has done it anywhere, that means it’s possible for you to do it too. So you start learning from the people who are actually able to do this thing. If someone’s in a private practice and they’re charging, let’s say something like $215, you don’t actually need to find 40 people on an ongoing way to pay that. You actually need 10, maybe 15 [00:32:00] in an ongoing way.

    In most cities, not all but most, there’s a small class of people, and that means hundreds of thousands, who are in professions that can afford that fee. So you have to learn where are those people? How do I market to them? How do I provide value to those families? That could bring up, oh no, I’m only serving the richest but in truth, if you’re saying 10 people for $215, that definitely leaves you spots to see two other people, to serve a different population if you want to give back that way. That’s number one.

    Let’s say you really truly are, let’s say a group practice, where you’re having to serve a higher volume of people. So you really do need to make sure that you’re getting enough people coming in the door. That again, we started thinking outside of the box. All right. If it’s true, and I always challenge this, that the market cannot bear this fee, this local market, that you start thinking, all right, how can I expand beyond the local market?

    We have online services these days. We can actually start thinking, how can I take my services out of this local market if I want to stay [00:33:00] here and start serving a wider audience? So you can still actually, the most important thing is to see the reality of what you need to have a sustainable lasting business that provides for you, your family and beyond. Which means you might have to actually start doing something that’s a little bit outside of the box of what you’ve tended to do or imagine doing in the first place.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s a good point. I’m even thinking like, well, how would we do online or extended testing somehow? What are the options for that? So just thinking outside the box a little bit.

    It sounds like in a way, we’re largely data driven folks who are doing testing, gathering some data from maybe other locales to counteract this belief that we can’t charge what we need to.

    Tiffany: That’s right. And really looking for the exceptions to the rule. You can always find data to support your fears. I encourage people to find data to support their hopes and dreams.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s such a great point. [00:34:00] I’ll pause on that for a second because it’s important to sink in. 

    Tiffany: I’ll say about that point; this is why money mindset is so important. I know there are folks out there who just talk concretely about the fees. Here’s what you need to make your practice work. But our emotions shape our reality if we don’t know what our reality is. Like I said, you can always find evidence for why it’s impossible to charge $215 and your fear will drive that.

    If you can actually step outside of the fear or recognize the fear that say, all right, I know that fear is there but I don’t want to make business decisions based on my fear. Let me try a different way to start looking. Let me look for different evidence. Let me look for different models. So you cannot separate the feelings, the emotions from the intellectual money mindset information.

    Dr. Sharp: You’re so right. We talked in our background conversation a while back about the amplifying effect of the large [00:35:00] sums of money that we asked for in these evaluations. I wonder, is there anything to be said for that? To me, it feels easier to ask for, let’s just say $150 an hour for therapy or even $200, my fee is $200 an hour, than to say yes, that evaluation is going to be $3,000 or $4,000 or like two people I consult with, it’s $7,000 or $8,000. Even for me being exposed to the geographic differences, when I hear $7,000 or $8,000, I still I’m like, I don’t know how that makes any sense but it does. I don’t know.

    So my question, that’s a long winded way to say, how do you wrap your mind around asking for these large sums of money that put a pretty big dent in a family’s finances, presumably?

    Tiffany: Presumably. I’m so glad you added that [00:36:00] presumably because it is a presumption. Also one of the things therapists struggle with, and again, I’m thinking more about people who charge session by session but over time, that’s $12,000 a year, $40,000 a year. It depends on how much that person is coming in.

    We often think about what we’re asking people to pay us based on our financial situation or what we can imagine affording ourselves. So we might have a hard time stomaching $8,000, but that doesn’t mean anything about our clients, necessarily.  And also, I can imagine if anyone in the audience, I’m pregnant now, so I’m imagining having a child one day. If something is up with your kid, money becomes no longer an issue. You do what you need to do to take care of your family.

    So I think because we’re askers and we’re like, are we really providing something of service? Are we really providing something of value? It’s harder to step outside and actually say, what is this person across from me needing? What’s that worth to them? [00:37:00] Chances are $8,000 is a drop in the bucket to prevent your kid from not being diagnosed with autism for two years and being set on a road that that sets you on.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. That’s a good point too. It’s just that lens that we’re looking through. Okay. I got you. Let’s see…

    Tiffany: You’re trying to get to something which I’m excited about. Let’s dive in. Let’s dig in.

    Dr. Sharp: What’s on your mind? No, what do you think? I’m spinning around all this.

    Tiffany: Interesting, I’ll slow down. I also had coffee so I talk a lot.

    One of the next things I’m curious about examining for therapists is talking about different lenses. I’m actually starting to explore. I’m going to read some biographies, look into the art world around value. Actually you can see for you, Jeremy, but people who are not watching, I have a painting behind me on the wall and I have a tattoo by the same artist that did that painting on the wall.

    [00:38:00] It’s a tattoo on my arm. Very visible. I have no other visible tattoos. When I found these artists, I thought, “These are the people who I want to do a tattoo.” The process to get access to them, they live all around the world, you have to find them and they have to choose you through this elaborate process. And I thought, “Oh, I want this thing.”

    I actually, and this is crazy, didn’t think about the price. I thought something about what they’re doing, they were working in Syria in a refugee camp at the time. So they’re also into social justice to give me back, something about the kind of work they did and their message really spoke to me.

    This painting behind me cost about $900 which I’d never spent on any kind of art. I don’t even know what I’ve spent that kind of money on. I eventually got chosen by them maybe two years later, flew to London. It was only my second time being out of the country and the first time by myself, flew to London, [00:39:00] got this tattoo. I cannot tell you how much it even costs.

    I don’t know how much I paid for that tattoo. I paid him a first amount, and then when I showed up, they’re like, oh, and here’s the second half too. I just went and paid. I didn’t even think about it. So this is why I’m starting to think about a value. It’s all in our minds, value. I think it’s important for therapists to really start thinking about, what are we placing value on? What are we saying about the profession by how we set our fees?

    I’m talking about a tattoo. What we do is literally save people’s lives as therapists. Take them from a place where they’re sleeping to a place where they’re awake, where they’re unconscious to where they can actually be making conscious decisions and having agency in their lives.

    You guys who are doing assessment literally are solving a problem that some people have had for their whole lives. Something is off and I don’t know what it is. You guys are answering that question. I think we really need to get clear about we are fucking [00:40:00] doing amazing work. So when we started thinking about value, we got to start thinking outside of our lens of self and start thinking about what we’re providing for other people.

    Dr. Sharp: So that’s like finding the value. How do we place value on these services that we have? It sounds like you’re saying the value is inherent if you’re doing good work. And then it’s like, how do you find the number that matches that? And how do you get comfortable owning that? How do you own that what you’re providing is very valuable to other people? That’s a hard question sometimes. It gets back for me to that question of like, would almost like what I pay for this myself and that’s a hard question. I don’t know if it’s like selling. How do we sell the value? How do we own the value? How do we communicate that value to people? Is there something to be said around that?

    Tiffany: 100%. [00:41:00] You’re going to see, you and the folks who are listening, we’re going to raise a lot of questions that are going to stir up personal things in folks and the answers are individual because we all come from different backgrounds. We all have different money stories. There are certainly things that a lot of us have in common but then to start thinking about how do these things apply to me, that takes work and a particular kind of work. And it’s important so I would encourage people to continue examining it and looking into it.

    This question of value. This is one of the reasons I created this calculator. It’s really hard to assign value to a thing. I just said we’re saving people’s lives, is that worth a $1,000,000? Is it worth $10? It’s complicated, which is why I really try to come with a concrete number. Just plug in the numbers. You don’t have to decide the value based on pulling something out of the air. You can look at this calculator and have a concrete number. That comes to really trying to ground [00:42:00] something that’s very effusive, very hard to get your fingers around.

    Then you’re coming to the marketing piece, which is exciting. That’s the next layer of work. I have this five-week program that I take people to where we only touch the marketing in the last week. I basically touch on it to say, now you got to go learn how to do this stuff. We can do it here but you got to invest in learning how to do that.

    So one of the things that you have said like, can I pay $8,000 for an assessment? That’s not a need of yours, I’m presuming. So you don’t need to spend $8,000 for an assessment. But the people who are coming to us, for them, it’s probably a life or death matter or an important matter. It’s not going to be for everyone but you got to find the people for whom it is.

    That’s why niching is important, so you can get really clear about the language. Are we talking about serving families of 3-year-olds who may have autism? Or are we talking about working with a 60-year-old [00:43:00] professional men who are suddenly not able to perform at the level they were and they don’t know what’s going on. Or the thing that’s been driving them and helping them work really well is not working in their relationships with their wife and children and now things are starting to fall apart.

    It’s important to find a very specific niche, one person you’re really serving because then you can learn how to speak to them in a way that they see the value of what you’re offering and that it’s something that will have an impact on their lives but you can’t do it if you’re making a general.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. I would guess that shows up in website copy, phone scripts, are there other places that you think, where do you speak to your client?

    Tiffany: Just like you’re saying, where you put in your website, all those things. So this also comes to… you’re making me go deep on this, Jeremy. We’re thinking about what kind of space we want to take up in the market too, in the field.

    So when I’m talking about looking at the realities of your [00:44:00] fees, in truth, some people go through my calculator and they’re like, my fee came out to $80. I always go back where those people email me and question, what are you really looking at in terms of your finances? What were your dreams, really? But people come up with different things. Some people come up with $175 and they’re like, that’s great, I can charge that, let me find out how. Somebody emailed me and they’ve come up with, I think, $377.

    So first of all, it’s individual. We may not be someone who needs to be charging $377 per session. Let’s say that your fee comes out to a premium fee, that means you have big dreams, you’re really wanting to do something in the world. That means your marketing and learning about marketing and business, you’re going to have a different task than somebody who maybe takes insurance, and that’s their marketing for them.

    If you’re someone who said, wow, this came out to $377, clearly I want a lifestyle that supports that. Oh, I want a fee that supports this lifestyle; who do I have to be in the market? How do I have to carve out a niche [00:45:00] for myself? I have to become an expert in a particular thing.

    If we take Esther Perel, she’s someone who I think about often. I love her. I love what she’s done in the field. Or even Brené Brown. They’re LCSWs. They’re therapists who have realized, okay, I’m going to carve out a niche in the market. I bet the people who go to them for therapy have no problem paying $300, $400, $500, $600 to see them. They’ve found a way through their marketing to carve out a particular niche that supports the lifestyle that they came up with when they imagined what kind of fee they wanted to have.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, that makes sense. I guess people out there listening are like, well, that’s great. I’m not Brené Brown. I’m not Esther Perel. Who am I to be able to charge? So what if I want to make $350 an hour, there’s no way. Why do I deserve that?

    Tiffany: You asked earlier about the therapy. Do people go to therapy for this? Yes. If it’s a feeling of [00:46:00] how do I? I’m no good. I can never do it. This was something I struggled with too, for a long time. Carol Dweck is a woman, a researcher. Have you heard of her? Carol Dweck?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. That sounds very familiar for some reason.

    Tiffany: She talked about the fixed mindset versus growth mindset concept. This was transformative for me, paradigm shifting for me, and it’s actually what allowed me to go into creating my business, heytiffany.com and really go at it full force. She specifies the difference between people who are very successful and people who get limited or stuck.

    The difference is fixed mindset are people who think you’re born with a set of skills. That reflects that idea; I’m not Brene Brown. I’m not Esther Perel. They’re somehow different than me. They have something I don’t have. That’s a mindset that gets you stuck or limited versus the people she was able to find in her research who were able to excel. They had an idea that they could learn. People who are successful simply learn a set of steps and if that person [00:47:00] can do it, I can do it too.

    So if you think, all right, how did Esther Perel do this? If you have a mindset of she was born with something I don’t have, it’s going to be really hard to charge that $350 fee. But if you have a sense of like, oh, she’s a human. I’m a human. She learned a set of steps. I can too. That actually frees you up to start learning the steps to create a business like anyone. You’re not going to be Esther Perel but you could be Jeremy Sharp or you could be Tiffany McLain. You can be your version of whatever you need to be to create this business.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I like it. It sounds so easy when you say it.

    Tiffany: It sounds easier but it’s difficult.

    Dr. Sharp: I like that though. They’re human. You’re human. They did things just like you could do things and who’s to say what those are. That’s all awesome.

    This might be shifting gears but you brought up insurance a few minutes ago and mentioned that, and that’s something that’s, I think, relevant for me. It’s very personal. Our practice takes a lot of insurance. [00:48:00] I’ve been pretty clear about that on the podcast. That that remains part of our ethos, I think is the word. How do we reconcile that? I want to take insurance. I want to provide some access to folks in that way and practice down the street which is maybe not doing as high quality work is charging out of pocket and maybe I want to do some out of pocket stuff too. One question is, how do you work this whole mindset into insurance which is a fixed cost system? Let’s start there.

    Tiffany: Great. Give me a sense of why someone, let’s say an agency as opposed to an individual, what are the benefits and cost of being on insurance.

    [00:49:00] Dr. Sharp: Okay, well, benefits, I think, let’s just do one on one. The emotional benefit is providing access to I think again, maybe an assumption, but more folks than would be having access with private pay only. So serving the community in that way. And then practically, it is generating referrals and bringing clients into the practice to fill the therapist or clinicians or psychologists who are doing testing.

    Tiffany: Great. And so what are the drawbacks?

    Dr. Sharp: The costs, of course, I think for most of us are financial. Our insurance reimbursement ranges from 50% of the typical out of pocket rate to maybe like 75% of the out of pocket rate. So I think that’s a huge cost.

    Time, for a lot of us doing testing, we spend a lot of time with paperwork and pre-authorizations and [00:50:00] “fighting insurance” for payment. Sometimes they don’t approve as many hours as we think are necessary for the evaluation. So we have to haggle around that or just not get paid.

    Tiffany: Interesting. We could break these down bit by bit. One of the things you said when you talked about being a practice that takes insurance versus the guy down the street who maybe isn’t even doing as good work but is doing private pay, and there’s something you’re speaking to and you and a lot of therapists when I hear this question around desire. So there’s something that’s not satisfying about being the insurance pay practice and there’s something desirable about that guy down the street who has a private pay. Can you speak a little bit to that?

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. You’re nailing it. I’m going to turn the video off because I think being able to see my face is like giving away some things to you and then you ask these questions. So [00:51:00] there is some of that. There is a part of me that is, in a weird way, almost the opposite of what we’ve been talking about which is, I think we do good enough work to charge private pay only. I think we do that. So what’s the hesitation to do that? Why is this other person able to do that and we are not?

    There is some desire there to have the ease of private pay, to be able to maybe pay our employees a little more if we were taking more private pay, and retain employees or provide some insurance anyway against them leaving.

    Tiffany: This is interesting. We can work with this. When I ran this most recent cohort of Lean In Make Bank, the program I do, one of the modules [00:52:00] we have them go through is around financial integrity. We have them look at places in their lives where they’re maybe not in integrity with their financial behaviors.

    One of the clinicians noticed she takes a sliding scale, I don’t know if she was on insurance, maybe she was at too but sliding scale. She felt good about that and initially she was actually conflicted about it. But she noticed that when she goes to acupuncturist or other service health workers, she asks for a sliding scale from them. So she realized that she’s undervaluing the services of other people in the field who are doing this kind of work, often women, often minorities, often people like us who are upwardly mobile.

    So we’re sliding our scale, but we’re also paying it forward in the negative in that we’re not actually paying other people for what they’re worth. And not only that, we’re taking spots from other people. That therapist has the capacity in her practice to be charging more and then therefore paying more, leaving those spots open for other people.

    [00:53:00] So what made me think about that was, you’re saying, which I think is actually really important, giving access to folks that may not have private pay or may not have the means, but the cost of that is that you’re not paying your own employees enough for them to both have a satisfying life or be able to pay their own needs or take care of their own families. I’m sure you actually paying enough to do that but some part of you wants to pay even more to give even more back to your folks.

    So it brings up this question of who are we asking to pay for having this sliding scale? What does it really mean to give back? Who do we want to give back to? Could we create a system where we have private pay, we’re really able to take care of our own employees, and they can open up two spots, all of them to give back to people on a sliding scale or a different kind of format without sacrificing their well-being or their family or your well-being.

    So we start having to shift, what are we really saying around giving back? Who are we giving back to? What is it all about? These kinds of questions start coming to my mind.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, for sure. [00:54:00] I guess in my mind; I think automatically about the clients first. That’s who we are giving back to.

    Tiffany: Yeah, it brings up a question of, so this Laski person who wrote this article about upwardly mobile folks. She also had this observation and the research she did, which really surprises me. A lot of therapists think we come from families where there was some kind of trauma, and that’s what leads people into the field of therapy.

    She discovered it wasn’t actually that. She found that the therapists she looked at were in their families, the role of a caregiver, the parentified child. She actually found that the things that many therapists have in common is that they play the role of sacrificing their wellbeing for the good of the larger family and that they got their value and their worth in their family from playing that role.

    So a lot of us, of course, [00:55:00] think of our clients first because that’s how we were valued. That’s how we got praise in the family. That’s how we define who we were. That’s how we identify. So even though it feels like that’s a good thing and it’s a logical decision, for a lot of us, it’s actually playing out a pattern that’s dysfunctional. It was dysfunctional on our family and likely it’s dysfunctional in your business as well.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I’m just smiling because it’s like, that’s exactly what’s going on. Okay.

    Tiffany: Deep. It’s important to start paying attention to. Our whole profession has been playing this stuff out without being able to think about it. I think it’s a rebellious act or revolution to start actually thinking about these things in our practice and changing the way we’re doing business.

    Dr. Sharp: I’m going to tell just a little brief personal story. My friend, Kelly Higdon, do you know Kelly?

    Tiffany: Yeah, I do.

    Dr. Sharp: You know Kelly. Okay. I was talking to Kelly. This is, I don’t know, eight months ago or something. She has this [00:56:00] wonderful way of cutting through things. I was talking to her about some of this stuff. And just like 30 seconds in, she was like, so if you take private pay, you’re going to reject your family and abandon your parents or what? I was like, yes. Okay. I guess we’re done here. Thanks, Kelly. I’ll go work on that.

    It’s kind of the thing you’re talking about. It really does go deep, I think, for a lot of us and ties back to family stuff. I just love that you’re putting it all out there. I hope that people are really starting to think through, okay, how might this be showing up and playing out for me?

    Tiffany: Absolutely.

    Dr. Sharp: Let’s just say we’re doing our work, get to a place where like, okay, we’re ready to be valuable and charge that, and that kind of thing. How do you reconcile that then you maybe are excluding certain people from services [00:57:00] by virtue of upping your fee or dropping some insurance or whatever it might be?

    Tiffany: A really important question. One that I really encourage people to start behaving in line with their financial integrity first and then you’ll learn something more about how to answer this question of how to reconcile it. So a lot of therapists, especially psychoanalytic folks, they just think and think and think and are less action oriented. I like the idea of taking action, too. I think that’s really important.

    So starting out by, all right, I’m going to… and I’ll say my fee is $280 now. I’ve been in my own private practice maybe three years. I’m not sure if I’m going on a little over three. But right out of the gate, I raised my fee to $180. I had one peer who was two years before me who was doing that but my supervisors, people who are psychiatrists and psychoanalysts who have been in the field for decades, 20, 30 years, they were still charging $150.

    So for me, it was like, holy [00:58:00] smokes, I’m going right out of the gate, I’m going to charge $180. And then within a year or the next year I raised it to $280. I did not feel like a badass who was charging $280 and it was easy as pie. It was terrifying to charge that. But I thought, there is a lesson to learn in that terror. It’s uncomfortable. I’m afraid of it. Am I taking from people who can’t afford other fees? So all of those things were in my mind but part of coming to understand what’s on the other side was by moving through the fear anyway. Getting to the other side to answer those questions.

    So that’s a broad answer to each individual, find out how to reconcile of that by virtue of taking action. But I’ll take this to a systemic in terms of that, how do I reconcile serving people who can afford to $280 an hour when I know there are people out there who are really struggling? I’m going to do my best to talk through this.

    It’s a omnipotent belief. [00:59:00] A lot of therapists have an omnipotent belief. I’m a savior of all. I’m going to make a difference by having a practice that gives back to the people. The fact of the matter is you cannot have a private practice or even a group practice that’s sole function is giving back to the people.

    We have a systemic problem where the people who are at the bottom keep getting the shaft and the people at the top keep getting tax breaks and all kinds of stuff. So it’s a way to, I’ll put a band aid on the problem. I’m going to fix it by offering a sliding scale, and I’m going to suffer and my clients are going to suffer, and we’re all going to suffer together but at least I don’t have to suffer the guilt of doing really well in America.

    I say it’s actually much better to charge fees that are commensurate with what you need to have energy, to have power, to be able to make an impact and then use that to actually make political impact, to actually fix the system where the problem is versus participating and collaborating [01:00:00] with or colluding with a system that is continuing oppression. Does this make sense?

    Dr. Sharp: It does make sense. It really does. I’m really glad that you’re diving into it. I was going to ask some of those questions. It’s hard to know how to sort through it all and how to ask those questions but yeah, I think it does make sense.

    So to play devil’s advocate a little bit, let’s go that direction. Then it’s like, okay, so these people get stuck in community mental health and that maybe sucks. Or they go to a student clinic for testing where maybe it’s not as good and then they just continue to struggle or what?

    Tiffany: I don’t know if I said it when we were talking on the podcast that I see maybe 11 people maximum in my private practice. Through hey tiffany now I have, [01:01:00] I don’t know, 3,800 people, let’s say on my email list. So that’s almost 4,000 people that I’m impacting around this stuff. And I talk about money, but I’m really talking as you’re finding out here about the clinical implications of what we’re doing, how it’s impacting our clinical work.

    And then I have this program where I work with, I don’t know how, I think I’ve maybe about 50 people through this program right now. So we’re talking about, wait, if you’re taken care of in your practice, where you have the energy and resources, you could actually make a bigger impact in other areas.

    Another example of this is I’ve worked on five death row cases where I’ve worked on a team that’s gotten men off of death row. That’s a life or death issue that I was able to do because I’m taken care of in my practice. I’m comfortable. I have enough money and I have a plenty of mental space that we had to do this other kind of work.

    So I think it’s a zero-sum game mentality to think I have to take, let’s say insurance if that’s a problem for somebody, or I have to slide my scale to give back. I’m suffering. If you actually imagine an abundance, like what if I actually charge really great fees here and [01:02:00] then I have the capacity, time, money, a power and influence to really make an impact over here.

    Create a system where people don’t have to go to the student center where they’re not really getting help or maybe an agency that doesn’t have the resources to really help them. What if you could start making a political impact to get more access or even raise insurance reimbursements; really getting in there and changing the system so that you’re actually solving the problem as opposed to band-aiding the problem.

    Dr. Sharp: I love that. I feel like it just comes back to this idea of taking care of ourselves first, and that’s really hard. There’s a lot of messages around that, like being selfish or greedy or whatever it might be for not working hard enough. There’s any number of things you could throw into that pile but ultimately, it [01:03:00] totally makes sense when you lay it out like that. It’s, charge the fee you need, don’t work yourself to death, have some free time to spend it or you would prefer maybe in these kind of actionable just to see ways or give money in a certain way, who knows, rather than spreading yourself in and providing decent but semi-burned out services.

    Tiffany: Absolutely. Mediocre. I know you already do good work. You’re already proud. And you’re even saying like, we could actually charge private pay. We do good enough work that we could probably build a practice that way. Can you imagine what an impact it will make? You’re already doing good work. If all of your folks were rested, taken care of, felt really financially secure, were able to take vacations when they want, and then they showed up and did these assessments. It would be beyond good. It would be fucking phenomenal beyond what probably most people get when they go into an assessment.

    So you start thinking like, wow, what would it mean to go from good work or even great work to exceptional work? It takes resources to do that.

    Dr. Sharp: Yes. [01:04:00] It does. I love it. I’m fired up. This is good.

    Tiffany: I also want to put a caveat on this though. It’s really important, I think. We’re talking about getting off insurance or stopping sliding scale. I think that there are also people, let’s say, who are doing just fine on insurance or who are happy to slide their scale. Chances are, I’ll say, if they’re really fulfilled and really taken care of, they may come from a family that was able to provide for them. So maybe they don’t have $200,000 of student loans, for example, or maybe they have a partner who works a great corporate job, so they don’t actually need it. That’s it.

    I think it’s important to also pay attention to where are the resources coming from? We have fantasies of like, oh, I see Betty over there. She’s only charging $110. But Betty might come from a family that has generations of wealth, for example, or even generations of stability, and she already has a retirement waiting for her.

    What I’m saying is not universal, it really depends on people’s situation. [01:05:00] The most important thing is that people are being really honest with themselves about where they’re at, how fulfilled, how much capacity and how much energy they really have.

    I have a lot of therapists who lie to themselves. Who come into me, I’m doing really great on insurance. I believed them at first, but then I started seeing the resentment, the frustration, the overwhelm. And I’m like, oh, that’s not the whole story. They’re not actually doing really well but they’re afraid of what it means to do something different. Again, that’s not everybody. People are different.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. I was going to ask that question that you found, is there a way to do insurance and be fine. Can you still have positive healthy money mindset and take insurance?

    Tiffany: I think absolutely. The insurance is not a be-all end-all. The thing for me is again, I have not yet, and probably because people come to me or not, these people met someone who’s on insurance really have a thriving, personal satisfaction life, can afford paying their own therapist a great fee. It’s mostly people [01:06:00] who are struggling who are on insurance.

    When people start out, I hear a lot of folks, it feels like a great way to start your practice. It’s better to have someone for $70, it feels like than nobody especially when you need to pay your bills. For a lot of folks, it might make sense to do that initially. In terms of a long term work, people who are fulfilled, satisfied, really in touch and really in financial integrity, anything is possible. I just don’t meet those people too often. What do you think? How would you answer that question?

    Dr. Sharp: That’s fair. I think that there are some areas of the country where insurance reimbursement is relatively close to out of pocket. There are some folks who do maybe limited insurance and are lucky enough to not have these real strict guidelines for preauthorization and hours and things like that and it might get close.

    Tiffany: I think that, and I guess when you say that too, I’ve definitely heard of great reimbursement rates. [01:07:00] If the insurance is working well, I think it’s fantastic. I think it can be fantastic for both parties. It’s not common enough. I know there are people advocating to have higher reimbursement rates. Kudos to those people. If there was a way we could get a system that’s actually helping people with their mental health, I would love it.

    Dr. Sharp: I’m with you. Well, that’s one thing that’s going to stick, I think is just that idea that when we are well taken care of both financially, emotionally, and personally, then that leaves time and space and money to put elsewhere and in ways that we really choose to and really want to and to do it in a quality way.

    I don’t know, that might be a good place to wrap. I feel like we’ve done a lot. You’ve pushed me a little bit and we’ve heard a lot from you and your personal story. Like I said, I’m fired up and I would want to imagine listeners are too. I don’t know. Is there anything else before we part ways that feels important to throw out there for folks.

    [01:08:00] Tiffany: I’ll say two things. The first one I would say it’s a journey for sure. It’s not an easy process. As people are listening, they might resonate with some things and feel shame or worried. Oh no, do I need to take action? I say, just chill out, take some time to think about it. Find supportive people. Again, this is a process that takes people time. Cut yourself some slack, be kind to yourself and started thinking, okay, down the road, let your envy be a guiding star for what you actually are wanting in the world. Or what is it saying about your desire and start paying attention to that and trust that.

    I’m out there. Jeremy, you’re out there. We’re willing to help people and think with you creating this podcast, which is actually an example of giving back. You’re reaching tons of people by virtue of the service you’re providing. So you’re doing the thing we’re talking about, by the way. So people can look to us and say like, oh, there are models of a different way that I could have access to some of the things I want. That’s number one.

    I would ask you, you said this idea of having an expansive. [01:09:00] Oh, if I’m taken care of, that gives me the opportunity to do more. You’re really on fire. You said two times. You’re like, oh, what is it? How can you imagine this conversation might shift something in the way you do business or the way you’re practicing? Any thoughts?

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, yeah. I’m just thinking right now about, I think for us, probably dropping in two insurance panels is the first thing that comes to mind. I have an idea of the ones that are paying lower and the ones that are harder to work with and all of that. Just going to run some numbers and figure out like when can we just get off those insurance panels?

    Tiffany: Yay, I love this. I know we’ve been talking a lot about abstract and concrete but you actually through this conversation are thinking oh, there are some concrete steps I can take that are not all or nothing too. So you’re talking about oh, what if I can just loosen up a little bit, get off some of the lower paying ones, still take insurance, and maybe if I want to make some room for private pay and just dabble in what that would be like. That’s fantastic. I think the other listeners too can [01:10:00] start thinking, oh what are just small changes you could start to make to start playing with some of these ideas.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I love that. I would encourage other people to be thinking in those terms as well. If it’s not dropping insurance, maybe it’s revisiting your fee and make sure it’s market rate or above. With testing, I coach people to set your fee above market rate. It’s a specialty and it should reflect that. I love it.

    Tiffany: I love it too. I’m working now on a series; it’s called The Money Sessions. I’m interviewing therapists who have overcome one of these hurdles. Maybe they raised their fee. Maybe they got up insurance. Maybe they just had one conversation with one client and it went terribly but they learned on the other side.

    I think you have to be on my list because it’ll be, I don’t want therapists’ videos talking about this stuff to be out in the public. But for folks who sign up for my list, I’m just going to be releasing these so people can start seeing other people actually talking through, thinking through these ideas and [01:11:00] getting the conversation bigger. You can’t find it anywhere now, but by the time this comes out, hopefully that will be available for people who are on my list.

    Dr. Sharp: Awesome. I was just going to ask, how do people find you and get in touch with you and maybe sign up for this stuff? You’ve got so many cool offerings I think, for folks who want to really dive into this.

    Tiffany: Sure. For anyone who goes to www.heytiffany.com, sign up there. You’ll get my calculator that will calculate your fee for you. And then those folks, I’ll be sending this Money Session Series too. Once it’s recorded, edited and up.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice. That sounds awesome. I really appreciate you. This is fantastic. Thank you for coming on.

    Tiffany: Thank you. I was going to thank you for playing with me and being willing to dive in there and give us some scenarios and talk it through. It’s so fun.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Well, I appreciate you pushing me. It’s uncomfortable. I’m like, oh my gosh, I don’t think I’ve talked about this much personal stuff on the podcast, but yeah, it’s good. I think it brings it to life and it’s got me really thinking about things. So thank you so much [01:12:00] for being here.

    Tiffany: My pleasure and keep us all posted on what you end up doing.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, of course. All right. Take care, Tiffany.

    Tiffany: Thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: There you have it folks. Quite an interview with Tiffany McLain. Like I said, I’ve thought about this one a lot since we wrapped up. I just so appreciate this perspective. I like how she balanced that ability to believe in yourself and charge what you are worth while also acknowledging how that may be hard from either a social justice perspective or your own personal perspective.

    There’s a lot that goes into money and this was really valuable. So I’m taking some actionable steps to move our fee upward and start to charge what’s more in line with what we’re worth. I hope you will too.

    Like I mentioned at the beginning of the podcast, a big announcement, the Beginner Practice Mastermind is going to kick off in January, 2019. [01:13:00] So if you are a psychologist with a testing practice that is just getting off the ground, this is for you. It’s a group coaching format, hot seat model. Should be no more than six psychologists in a group together. It’s awesome. We had a great experience back in the spring and I’m excited to get back to the mastermind coaching format. So if that’s interesting to you, go to thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting, scroll down a bit and apply for that Beginner Practice Mastermind.

    All right. If you have not subscribed, please do so. I’ve got some cool interviews coming up. Next time will be Dr. Joel Nigg talking all about state of the art research on ADHD and where we’re at with that. You don’t want to miss that one. In the meantime, y’all take care, have a great December, and we’ll talk to you soon.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 74 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Hey, this is The Testing Psychologist podcast episode 74. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Welcome back y’all.

    We’ve had a little break over the month of November primarily and yeah, I don’t know that I meant to take a break for that whole month but that’s how it happened. I went on a trip, the beginning of November out to LA, which is my favorite get-out-of-town spot. I’ve got some friends over there and it’s always warm, which is awesome.

    Went to LA for a few days just to clear my mind, get a little break from the practice, and have some time to do some visioning, planning, and getting some clarity on where I’m headed and it was awesome. I got to connect with my friend Kelly Higdon, who’s on the podcast long time ago, and y’all may have seen her out in the coaching world, but she’s fantastic.

    I got to chat with her and just relax, walked all over the place, listened to some great podcasts, and chilled out, but developed [00:01:00] some cool ideas. I’ve been working on some projects that were born from that time away and we’ll be announcing those very soon, I think.

    But in the meantime, we had a break from our podcast. Hope y’all have been doing well. Today we’re going to jump right back into it. This is the first of just a two-part series on private pay private practice. Today I’m talking with Dr. Rebecca Resnik.

    Rebecca has a PsyD from George Washington University. She has a long history of testing, extensive training in psychological testing and neuropsychological assessment. She also has a Master’s degree in Special Education with a focus in learning disabilities, so she gets things from that side as well.

    But the place that Rebecca shares her knowledge with us is building a private pay testing practice. So we dive into that. She’s the owner and a licensed psychologist at Rebecca Resnik and Associates in Bethesda, Maryland.

    So we [00:02:00] talk all about private pay testing practices and what that looks like, how to build it, how to maintain it, how to get referrals, how to handle the financial aspects. So this is a great one. I hope that you enjoy it.

    And without further ado, we will go to our conversation with Dr. Rebecca Resnik.

    Hey y’all, welcome back to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Hope y’all are doing well. Today, I’m super excited to be talking with Dr. Rebecca Resnik. She is a licensed psychologist in Maryland. She’s also the founder of Rebecca Resnik and Associates Psychological Care.

    Rebecca is going to be talking all about building a private [00:03:00] pay testing practice with us today. This is something that comes up a lot in the Facebook group. I am really excited to be dedicating a whole episode to building a private pay practice.

    So Rebecca, welcome to the podcast.

    Dr. Rebecca: Thank you. It’s so fun to be here. I listen to you when I run. I listen to you when I walk the dogs and I love how much you’re sharing. Not only experts from all over the country, but the fact that you’re talking about the nuts and bolts of how do you actually profit enough to survive on a testing practice, that’s a huge gift to all of us out there.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, my gosh, thanks so much. Thank you. It’s really cool to hear that. I think I talked last time too, about how it’s such a mutually beneficial thing. I have the good fortune to just be able to call up all these folks who are doing really cool things and say, hey, let me ask you questions about all these components that I’m interested in and people just do it and I’m like, [00:04:00] wow, this is the best job ever. So it is mutual. I really appreciate it. I feel really fortunate to have you on today.

    Dr. Rebecca: Thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: So like we usually do, we can dive in and I would love to just hear a little about your training and how you got to private practice and what your practice looks like today.

    Dr. Rebecca: Okay. I want to get one thing off my chest, which is, with respect to this topic, not taking insurance bothers me a little bit in terms of like a social justice/comic sense because it’s not my intention in not taking insurance to propagate the inequity and access to care. I’ve always been interested in serving the underserved, that was like the whole first half of my career.

    [00:05:00] What’s really got me in this zone of not taking insurance is much more about having burned out on having to cut corners and not do things right for people and not feel like I could give them the really good quality ethical care. And that it’s wicked expensive to do business where I live and practice, and you can’t keep and attract really good people unless you can pay them well, because it’s so expensive to live here.

    And so I guess I’m being self-conscious here. I don’t want everyone to think that I’m all about making a practice that’s only for the wealthy. That’s not it but here we are.

    So I started out in special education because I always wanted to work with people with disabilities. That’s all I’ve ever wanted to do. And so I started out as a special education teacher, got my bachelor’s, got my [00:06:00] masters, concentrated in learning disabilities, and then burned out right on schedule.

    Everybody burns out in like three to five years, I lasted five years and then I was realizing that that wasn’t for me and went back to school, I got my Doctor of Psychology at George Washington, did my postdoc in a private practice. After having my second kid, that’s when things get real. I realize, oh, my gosh, you know how it goes. It’s like the first kid, you feel like you’re exhausted. The second kid, you know you’re really exhausted.

    When I had a one-year-old, that was when I started this practice with some partners at first, and then after a while, I realized that I really could do this if I was just willing to work really hard, which I know you understand as well. And so the practice has grown to have a mix of [00:07:00] employees, contractors and an admin, which I think is really important.

    Your podcast on having an admin is a great service to people. Get an admin. It’s about half testing, half therapy, and it’s absolutely wonderful. I feel very privileged to come to work everyday.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, that’s fantastic. It sounds like we actually have a really similar practice in terms of the makeup. So we have about half testing, half therapy. That’s really cool.

    I want to go back to what you started with and just acknowledge and express some appreciation for putting that on the table. I think that’s a myth maybe, if that’s what you want to call it, that if you only do private pay; that it’s excluding certain populations and it’s all about money. I don’t know that that’s necessarily true, but I think it is something that a lot of us wrestle with in this insurance versus private pay debate. So [00:08:00] thanks for putting it on the table.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah, absolutely. It’s awful to have to turn people away. I would rather do some IEE’s, independent educational evaluations in some reduced fee/pro bono work than I would take insurance. So that’s how I manage to feel good about things. I also really love being able to give people high quality care. At age 45, I’m so burned out on always, there for a while, always not feeling like I was really doing right by people. It’s as much about that as anything else.

    Dr. Sharp: I hear you. Not to totally belabor this point, my good friend, Kelly Higdon, who’s a private practice coach, I was talking about this with her, and when you run the math, you can actually provide truly pro bono services by taking private pay. Like if your issue is [00:09:00] providing access to folks, you can do four evaluations at $2,500 a pop and then do one for free. Then if you were doing five evaluations at $1,200 or $1,500, you make more and get to actually provide a free service to someone who really needs it.

    Dr. Rebecca: I’d rather do that than add some corporate executive wallet or buy them another yacht or whatever. I’m a little cynical with respect to that but yeah, I’d rather just help a family out directly.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, absolutely. Well, we have a lot to talk about. We’re going to be diving all in on how to build and maintain and grow a thriving private pay testing practice. I think one of those main things really is how did you decide to go that route in the first place? And it may be part of that, just to set the stage is, is your practice 100% private pay or do you do any insurance or [00:10:00] how is that working?

    Dr. Rebecca: Practice is fully private pay. Most of the psychology practices in my area are practiced in Bethesda, Maryland. I have an office in Bethesda and Rockville, and this is what we call a thick market, which basically means there’s a lot of people here that do what I do. The cost of business is so high that most of the people who are doing testing, unless you’re talking about being at a hospital, they’re all private pay.

    And as is the case with many things in psychology, I really didn’t decide, the opportunities came. When I was looking for a postdoc, there were very few opportunities in my area for people who wanted to do pediatrics. By the time I was going for a postdoc, it was like second career, so living on $15,000 a year or basically leaving my husband and stepson and moving out of state [00:11:00] to try and exist on $15,000 a year for what postdocs were paying at the time wasn’t a great option. So I ended up in a private pay clinic where I got extra neuropsychological training, which was terrific.

    I learned a lot about the business model from the two women who I found at the practice. So that’s what I got used to and when it was time to think about making a change, I knew how to do this and I felt like, you know what, that’s the path and let’s see if we can make it work. What’s the worst that can happen? You go broke and bankrupt. So why not?

    Dr. Sharp: That’s all. No big deal. Nice. So it’s what you were used to; you grew up with it and then that was on the table when you went out on your own. I think it’s helpful. Have you ever thought about taking insurance at all? And if not, why not? [00:12:00] What led you away from taking any insurance?

    Dr. Rebecca: I did think about taking insurance and honestly, what led me away from it was really math because I spoke with some people who are in business about it and what it would entail, and when I sat down and did the math and thought about how much it would cost me to do all of the billing, pay a staff member, like a contractor. At the time, I would have thought about a contractor. Now I’m all about employees. What you would actually take home for what they would reimburse for testing, it was pretty terrible.

    Remember in your first podcast that you talked about how you looked and you had $90,000 worth of debt, it’s super expensive to do testing. I spend about $500 to $700 a month on testing supplies. It’s very hard to make that [00:13:00] happen with insurance companies. Sometimes they’re going to pay you and then sometimes they’re not, as you know. Sometimes they’ll preapprove things and you’ll think, okay, great and then they’ll say like, oh, yeah, but you diagnosed a reading disability here. So basically we’re not paying for the whole half of this psychological evaluation.

    And I just can’t run a business if I don’t know when money’s coming in and if I’m going to get paid for my services and how much of my administrative assistance’s time is going to be spent on the phone arguing with these people. It’s really hard.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, absolutely. One part that I want to highlight from all that is that it sounds like you actually did do the math to figure out if it was viable or not. I don’t know how many people do that. So this is just a plug for actually doing the math before you go one direction or the other [00:14:00] if you’re starting.

    Dr. Rebecca: My state psychological association, I’m a huge fan of state psychological associations. We had a speaker come up and he did a whole chart where he showed you if you tried to be all assessment and take insurance, how long it would take you to go broke in this part of the country.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, jeez.

    Dr. Rebecca: I know. That’s pretty inspiring as a young professional. And you know how it is, is once you have kids, a lot of years you’re pretty much making just barely enough to cover the childcare. Not having enough to cover all the things that your kids need is really hard. It’s one thing not to have enough money when it’s just you but as you’ve said, it gets real once you have kids.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s a whole another layer, I know.

    Dr. Rebecca: A whole another layer of expense.

    Dr. Sharp: I know that, for us, and this varies across the country, but there is a pretty big disparity between what insurance [00:15:00] reimburses and what the out-of-pocket fee for testing might be. Is that the case in your area too?

    Dr. Rebecca: I don’t know as much about that because I’ve never taken insurance, but I do know that people vary a lot in terms of what they’re able to negotiate. I think Maureen, two podcasts ago, was talking about how she renegotiates pretty aggressively, and that’s fantastic.

    In my neck of the woods, there’s so many psychologists that insurance, it’s very hard to convince an insurance company that you’re the only 10-mile radius that could serve a particular child. So that doesn’t work quite as well here.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. I see what you mean. One of the questions on people’s minds just speaking from experience, I’m going to guess that other people are in this boat is, can I really do this? How do people pay out-of-pocket for testing when it’s so expensive? Do you have thoughts on that question?

    [00:16:00] Dr. Rebecca: Many thoughts on that question. The first thing you have to think about is that when you sign up for an insurance panel, it’s a transaction. So you’re signing up for them, what you’re getting out of it is a steady flow of clients and you’re agreeing to accept a reduced fee in exchange for that steady flow of clients.

    So the great thing is that, if you’re taking insurance, you don’t have to go hustle like I do in the market space to generate referrals and leads and conversions. That’s done for you, and that’s worth a lot particularly like if you got a baby at home or something like that, and you don’t have time to go to all those networking lunches and such, that can be a great deal.

    One of the things that’s important to remember though is that people pay for stuff out-of-pocket all the time and we’re treated a [00:17:00] little bit differently than say a lot of other people who provide professional services because people often expect us to take insurance and yet there’s many professional services you pay for, like a lawyer, for example. You and I’ve spent a lot on lawyer fees. You know when you call your lawyer, whatever you contract with that person to do for you, you’re going to pay out-of-pocket.

    People get their kitchens redone. People buy expensive cars. Many of the things that we could do for ourselves, people will pay professionals to do, like we could do our taxes for ourselves. We can ride the bus instead of getting a car. Many people, if something’s important to them, will make it work.

    I’ve seen many people who it was really a stretch for them, and I’ll try to do a payment plan or give them a reduced fee to make it work for them. I’ll tell you [00:18:00] honestly that the people who haven’t paid me are almost never the people for whom it’s a real stretch. It’s almost always people who are very comfortable.

    When I went on a network for my son’s testing and I’m going to guess you probably did too because you really wanted to have a great experience and get something that you couldn’t get if you went with someone who was on a panel. What I usually talk with people about is that people will pay for something if you can offer them something that has a lot of value for them, and they will feel like it’s worth paying for it. So the question becomes, what kind of value are you able to offer that somebody on a panel might not be able to?

    Dr. Sharp: I guess you have some ideas too.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah. I usually encourage people to think about what do people hate [00:19:00] about psychology and going for psychological testing and we would call this pain point.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah.

    Dr. Rebecca: There’s a lot of things people hate about psychological testing, right?

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Let’s talk about that a little bit.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yes, exactly. Long waitlist, not getting the kind of experience you want. A lot of times the report might not be something that really fits what you were hoping to get. For example, if you have a kid on the autism spectrum and you get testing done through the school, you may get some things about educational placement but you won’t get the whole piece about what do I do for therapy? What do I do for taking care of behavior issues? What kind of speech pathologist should I get?

    You also can offer a very different quality of experience to them. So what they’re getting in exchange for paying out of pocket, [00:20:00] maybe like you’re going to see them faster. You’re going to get them the report faster. It may be a very personalized report that addresses their specific question.

    If they’re going out to network, they may be able to get someone who has a really great level of expertise that they weren’t able to get if they say, waited for six months and got their testing done at a hospital or three months and got their testing done through the school.

    So anytime you can address one of those pain points, one of those things that make the whole process terrible or awkward or stressful for people, you’ve created a lot of value and people will often pay for that if they can manage it.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. It sounds like maybe step one, so to speak, is identify what kind of value you add above and beyond a provider who’s on an insurance panel and how you can address some of those pain points that might come up if someone tries to see someone on the insurance panel.

    Dr. Rebecca: The [00:21:00] wait list is a huge deal. For the people who take insurance, their wait list is so long. And if you have a kid who’s really crashing and burning and things are getting desperate, it might be well worth it to you to go to someone who can get you in in maybe a month as opposed to waiting like for the Kennedy Krieger Institute where the wait list is six months to a year. So that’s one easy way to create value is just plain old speed.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. Well, so let me ask, how do you highlight these value ads? Is that on website? Is that part of your initial phone script? How do you communicate to clients that they’re getting something more for the private pay rate?

    Dr. Rebecca: Sure. It is in the website, but most of the time, by the time they’re coming to the website, they’ve already heard about me from somebody else because I do business-to-business marketing primarily. [00:22:00] But it starts right from the minute they call.

    So we have an administrative assistant who manages the phones. I manage the phone. My director of clinical services answers the phone and they immediately get somebody who’s really nice and kind and interested in them and is going to take the time to listen to them, they’re going to get in as quickly as they can.

    As quickly as we can, we’re going to match them up with the right person. If we can’t match them up with someone in our practice, we’ll match them up at a friend’s practice. So it starts off like immediately. They have to feel, if you remember when a Cotswold expression, the holding environment, I think about my practice like that. The website’s got to be a holding environment, the waiting room, even the parking lot.

    If my parking lot’s a terrible place where they, if they can’t push their strollers and handle the diaper bag and the toddler and all of that, that’s not good. So [00:23:00] every step of the experience I think through in advance. They’re also purchasing a lot more of my time so when they’ve purchased a lot of my time, I have the luxury of doing things like spending an hour reviewing a 2-inch thick binder of notes and previous testings.

    I have the time to talk with their special education lawyer, their tutor, their teacher, their therapist. I have the time to work at the kid’s pace unlike when I worked at a hospital. I don’t have to push a kid through because I only have this little chunk of time with him. I can let a kid ease in.

    I think in one of your podcasts, you talk about walking the kids around the office and taking them to check the mail. We’ll sometimes walk around out back and look for bunnies. And with a really anxious kid, that’s a huge value add as opposed to, all right, you can have a sticker if you finish this assessment right now. [00:24:00] I don’t want to have to do that anymore.

    We don’t pay a lot of experience, I think, in psychology to the experience of what it’s going to be like for our clients, but if you’re going to go private pay and people are going to pay for it, they’re going to expect you to create a really wonderful experience that feels therapeutic and empowering as opposed to what it’s like back when people used to have to come see me at the hospital. It was clinical, very impersonal, it wasn’t a pleasant place for kids to be. A lot of times they would wait ages to get the report back from me but it was free. So it’s all about the kind of experience you want.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, absolutely. I’m glad you mentioned that just crafting the whole experience to provide a holding environment for the client and help them feel comfortable and welcome, it’s all super important in the whole process. I think [00:25:00] there is an association with I should get what I pay for. And when people pay a lot of money, then they expect a certain level of care.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yes. And if they don’t get it, they’re not coming here.

    Dr. Sharp: So you got to up your game a little bit, in the end.

    Dr. Rebecca: Oh, no, I really got up my game. If you’re thinking of going off of insurance panels, you have to make a conscious decision that you’re going to practice differently because they are paying for a lot of your time, your expertise, your energy. If clients email me or call on the weekend, I’m going to call them back probably Sunday morning because that’s the level that they can expect from me.

    If their kid has a meltdown in the first part of testing and we need to book an extra day, that’s the level of care that they’re paying for and they deserve.

    Dr. Sharp: Right.

    Dr. Rebecca: Everybody deserves it, not just the private pay people. [00:26:00] So I hope that didn’t come across in a way I didn’t intend it to.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, sure. No, that’s totally true. Ideally we’d be able to provide all of that to everyone who comes in.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah, ideally. Absolutely. I would love it if insurance companies would make it easier for me to take insurance. I would love to be able to take insurance. It’d be great not to have to turn people away and give everyone that Mercedes level of care.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I know what you mean. One thing that you mentioned a little bit earlier is, it sounds like a big part of this process is that people already know about you and know what to expect and know something of your reputation. And you mentioned business-to-business marketing, can you talk more about what that is? It almost sounds like other people are prepping your clients for a private pay experience. How’s that working?

    Dr. Rebecca: It works really well. I started reading [00:27:00] business books a while ago and listening to business podcasts like you do. I came across this term B2B. It’s called business-to-business marketing.

    So basically what that means is that I don’t send out mailers to potential clients. I don’t advertise in the local magazines that are on the radio station or anything like that. The type of marketing I enjoy doing and you can enjoy marketing, I promise. I love just meeting great people. It’s so much cheaper to do business-to-business marketing.

    When you’re marketing as a big blast to all the parents or people in a geographic area, most of those people are not looking for psychological services. We’re not the kind of thing like pizza where you want pizza on a fairly regular basis. I [00:28:00] want it constantly.

    So I have to find people when they actually need me and they don’t know how to shop for me. Nobody knows how to shop for a good psychologist. People go on to something like Psychology Today and they look maybe and they say like, oh, this person sees kids and they look nice and they’re close to me but what I’m doing is meeting with the professionals for whom I can solve problems and who can solve problems for me because that’s what a business relationship, aside from the fact that it can be a lot of fun, that’s what it’s all about.

    So I spend a lot of time just going out and meeting people. If you can meet with somebody, even for just a half an hour, it can mean thousands of dollars in referrals for you and for them. If the two of you see the same client base, so say I meet with someone who does really great [00:29:00] evidence-based tutoring for kids with dyslexia and she needs clients and I need clients, the two of us can sit down and have coffee together.

    In this area is a seven-dollar cup of coffee probably, half an hour of my time but if we create a relationship that lasts, we could be sending clients to each other for the next 20 years. I’m in it for the long game. And especially with younger clinicians coming in, if you can meet with the other young people who are starting up practices or professional services, those people are going to be a lot more interested in you and a lot more likely to start referring.

    When I first started out, I would try to do business-to-business marketing with a pediatrics practice that had like 15 doctors. And I thought, oh, that’s great. That’s going to be efficient. I’ll have 15 doctors referring to me. No, that did not [00:30:00] happen. What happened is I would sit in the break room next to a tray of sandwiches being totally ignored.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh geez.

    Dr. Rebecca: All the drug reps are competing with you. And trust me, they’re a lot hotter than I am. So the pediatricians are inundated with people marketing to them all the time. What I learned really quickly is that people who’ve been out there for like 20 years, they were not interested in me. They had all of their buddies. They had all of their Rolodex with full. They didn’t care what I did.

    A lot of them didn’t even answer my calls and when they did, they just talked to me about themselves the whole time. That’s alright but I got better things to do. So I started looking for the other younger people, back when I qualified as a younger person, the other up-and-comers who seemed to be hungry and who seemed to be active and interested and really good. Those people were interested.

    And so now I have people that I’ve been referring to for the last 10 years who [00:31:00] are not only business relationship people, but good friends. And so there’s business to business connections. If you can then be friend as the saying goes, instead of try to defeat and compete with the other people in your market space, you get a lot more of a robust practice that people will refer to instead of seeing you as competition in the market space.

    Dr. Sharp: I so appreciate that you are saying that. That’s something that I’ve talked about for a long time that if you’re trying to start a practice, it doesn’t do anyone any good to have that competition mindset. It doesn’t help clients. It doesn’t help clinicians.

    And it seems counterintuitive but I talk a lot about reaching out to folks who do what you do because eventually you’re all going to get full and you’re going to need places to refer and need quality [00:32:00] providers.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah, look what you’re doing. Look how much time you’re giving up to help other people who are technically your competition. When I was a girl, I remember that scene from Miracle on 34th Street, you remember the scene where the kid’s sitting on Santa’s lap and he says, I want this fire truck and the mom says, no, don’t tell him he can have the fire truck because Macy’s ain’t got him. You remember that?

    Dr. Sharp: Mm-hmm.

    Dr. Rebecca: Maybe, and Santa Claus immediately says like oh, no, don’t worry about it. Gimbal’s has them. So he was referring to the competition. That really inspired me, even though I was just a little kid when I saw that movie.

    I will refer to my competition, the good ones, I don’t refer to the bad ones, obviously, but if somebody is really great with, say, trichotillomania, we don’t have anyone in my practice who does trichotillomania, I want to have a good relationship with that person, and I’ll refer to them [00:33:00] because I would so much rather that that client have a good experience with me as like, oh, that nice lady who helped them find Dr. so and so than, oh yeah, they took our money and didn’t solve the problem.

    So it’s a long-term growth strategy to think about giving the clients the best care possible as opposed to a short-sighted; I’m going to get as much profit as I possibly can.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, absolutely. So within the business-to-business marketing, are there other folks you’re networking with aside from clinicians or other businesses we might want to think about in terms of private pay clients?

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah. So one of the things I’m really active in is my state psychological association. Again, I can’t encourage you enough to get involved there. I’m involved with the local different kinds of special education advocacy groups like LDA, CHAD, there’s [00:34:00] a GT/LD network around.

    I definitely want to connect up with tutors and speech pathologists. I spend a lot of time out talking to the learning specialists at independent schools.

    The independent schools, the speech pathologists, everyone who could refer to me, I treat them with the same level of respect and care they treat clients because they are my clients too. They refer someone over to me. They want me to solve a problem or make things better for a kid and so I need to deliver good service not only to the client but to them.

    So I spend a lot of time out in the school explicitly talking with them about what’s your culture like? What are your learning support programs like? What do you want to see in a report? What kinds of recommendations work for you? What doesn’t work for you? And providing that client care to the referral sources as well as to the patients.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, that’s a good point [00:35:00] too. Don’t just take the referral and run, you got to stay in touch and take care of them and hopefully same too.

    Dr. Rebecca: Those connections are what really matters. A lot of people get very nervous about networking. Networking when you first start out is pretty terrible for most of us, I think. I was a lot like Marvin the Android from Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy when I first started marketing. I just felt like, oh, God, I hate this. I’m terrible at this. I dreaded doing it.

    And so you have to think about networking as like, we’re just as bad as our clients with anxiety because we get avoidant about networking and we have that self-fulfilling prophecy that I’m not going to be good at it. I’m always going to be terrible.

    At one point, my therapist, [00:36:00] he actually yelled at me a little bit because I was whining about networking and he goes, no, you used to be bad at that. You’re getting better at that all the time. Wow. Okay. I will try but it’s like anything else. It’s like exposure therapy for people. The more you do it, the better you will get at doing it. And after a while, once it becomes like old hat, you can then start to have fun. It’s just you have to get through that really awkward period before it can become fun.

    But if you’re not up for networking with a whole bunch of strangers are going to one of those big terrible Cattle Call Luncheon, you can just start out by calling up a speech pathologist who’s worked with one of your clients or go over to that really great Montessori school in the neighborhood and just sit down with the learning specialist. You can do it in really little, non-threatening ways and then [00:37:00] build up to the more intimidating types of events.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Let me ask you just a very nuanced detailed question. What do you say in that first contact with people when you’re trying to reach out and meet with them? Is that an email? Is that a phone call? And what do you actually say?

    Dr. Rebecca: Usually the first encounter that they’ll have had is that someone they trust will tell them to call me because I put in a lot of time to build those relationships and get known in the community. And then I give out my cell phone. They’re welcome to call me. Most of the time I want them talking to my admin because if I’m working with a kid for like a four hour testing session, I’m not answering phone calls.

    But every single piece of that process has to feel like a good experience for them. It has to feel warm and kind and [00:38:00] supportive. So what I actually do is a lot more listening than talking. And yeah, I end up spending too much time on the phone. That’s a problem but at the same time, I learn a lot about what it is that’s on people’s mind, and where they’re coming from, and how they found my name, too.

    The very first thing after I call and introduce myself is I just let the parent roll. Just let them talk for a while because we don’t generally listen to people all that much. We usually just wait for our turn to talk. But we as psychologists are one of the few people who got out of that habit because we learned how to listen.

    And often they’re so happy. I think you’ve mentioned this too, when you return their phone call and you listen to them a little bit, they are so happy. It’s such a huge gift to give to people. It’s just that little bit of time so they can talk about why they’re worried about their kid.

    Dr. Sharp: [00:39:00] Yeah. That’s so true. It sounds like a lot of your marketing is, like you said, business to business or person to person. Do you employ other marketing methods at all? Do you do AdWords, Facebook, Google digital stuff, anything else that helps drive referrals for your practice?

    Dr. Rebecca: Occasionally I’ll do a Facebook Blast if I’m giving a talk somewhere but in general, I know it’s much more personal. I find that conversion rate is much higher. I haven’t done Google AdWords in ages. I don’t really want the people who find me randomly so much as I want the people who’ve heard call Rebecca, you can trust her.

    Those people are much more likely to convert. And so when I’m spending my time with somebody who’s like, say, pediatrician recommended them to me, I’m much more likely to actually have that case convert and be a good fit for me.

    [00:40:00] Like when I had a Psychology Today ad, nothing against Psychology Today, you get really good… their search engine optimization is fantastic so nothing can compete with Psychology Today in terms of getting your page up there; front and center but I found a lot of people were calling me and a whole bunch of other people and they had no specific interest in me. And then I got two pervs when I was younger calling through […]

    Dr. Sharp: I’ve heard that happens.

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah, back before I was an old mom. I cut it off after a while because what I wanted was clients who were much more invested and had that personal recommendation. Another thing that I do a lot of is talk. I know a lot of people are intimidated about giving talks. Again, it’s one of those things where if you force yourself to keep doing [00:41:00] it, you’ll get in the groove and it will not be as scary.

    So I’ll do talks. I’ve done talks at like national big conferences and stuff. And it’s fine. It’s just for fun, honestly, but when I give talks locally, that’s where my name gets out there because if I do a talk for a PTA, I may have like 40 parents in the library of a school and I’ll give like a 30-minute talk on anxiety or grit or something like that.

    And yeah, 30, 40 people, maybe 50 if it’s a big library, those people will see me, but the great thing is that the schools in our area are huge. And so for every talk I give, my name gets passed out on the school’s listserv and about 1500 people will see it. I read in a business book somewhere that if people, maybe it might’ve been Cialdini’s [00:42:00] Influence, I don’t know if you’ve ever read that one. That’s a fun one.

    Dr. Sharp: I haven’t read it. I know it’s so famous though.

    Dr. Rebecca: It’s so good. It actually is a really fun read. You can buy it at any airport. What I learned from that is that the more people have heard your name and are familiar with your brand, the better impression they have of it. So apparently it takes about six times of people hearing your name for them to think you’re good. And then even if you suck, they think you’re good because that familiarity is what really drives us. We like to go with stuff that feels comfortable and trustworthy.

    So the more I can get my name out there in a framework of this is a trustworthy person, the better for me. So it’s well worth my time to do a little half-hour talk at a PTA because enough parents will have heard that, that then when their pediatrician gives them three names of people to call, [00:43:00] if they recognize mine, it’s going to convert for me, odds are.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. I can probably wrap it into a little bit of marketing there as well, I think anybody should have a nicely done logo and header on their reports and so forth, but especially if you’re private pay, I think that really wraps into brand recognition and is one of those six touches that you’re talking about where even if people see that report, like they see the logo, they see your name, then they see it on your website, then they get the name from the pediatrician, then maybe a teacher at school, all those things tied together to create this brand recognition and familiarity. And that’s really important.

    Dr. Rebecca: And it’s very deliberate, like your website’s gorgeous. One of the great things about your website is that I could get all the information I need to contact you within about three seconds.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s huge.

    Dr. Rebecca: It’s huge investing in a decent [00:44:00] website. What I read is that if people have to search for the information they’re looking for, for more than five seconds, they will leave your website. You have five seconds to draw them in and make sure that they can contact you. That’s not a lot of time. It’s got to be really user-friendly.

    And you want a website that shows that you care because there’s a lot of generic psychology websites, there’ll be a picture of a plant, maybe some bamboo at the top or a flower. It’ll be like get a professional headshot done. 45 years old, trust me, I wanted that photo retouching on my website. My headshot, I’m too old to go with like the computer camera picture. It shows that you care and that you’ve invested in the business.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s so true.

    Dr. Rebecca: I was also given the recommendation to name your practice [00:45:00] after yourself, which you didn’t do. And so I’m talking with this business consultant and I’m saying, yeah, I think I want to name it like Bethesda Psychology Care or something like that. And he goes, oh, so you mean you want to disappear from the internet? I said, but no, I can’t name it after myself. He said, well, you’re the brand.

    And think about it this way, if they’re searching on Bethesda or psychology, they’re not going to find you. They’re going to find hair salons and dentists and anything that’s in Bethesda; restaurants, your competition. So I’m still mildly embarrassed about the fact that the practice is named after me but it’s all about the brand recognition at this point and trying to have a brand that conveys trust and integrity.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. No, I think that’s true. We’ve definitely gotten away, at least from a Google standpoint of trying to name your business in NCEO friendly name like [00:46:00] location plus psychology term. You can create a personal brand.

    At least for me, it’s funny, I started as myself and then rebranded as an agency and I think there’s some work to do either way. When you’re the face of the brand, then you maybe have to sell your clinicians a little bit more in this and that side, but it’s totally doable.

    Dr. Rebecca: That’s totally true.

    Dr. Sharp: But that’s also kind of the attorney model where it’s like one or two people’s names and then, of course, there are associates and you might meet with whomever at the practice. It’s all in the branding. It all comes back to branding as far as I concerned.

    Dr. Rebecca: It is hard because people assume that just because your name is on the door that you’re the best one there. What I honestly tell people is what means is that when the toilet clogs, I’m the one that’s going to unclog it. That’s really what that means. I’m the one who will change the [00:47:00] toner or go out and buy fans when the AC goes down. It doesn’t mean I’m any better than any of my staff and may not at all be the best fit for you. So it’s all about you.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Well, so let’s get into maybe some nuts and bolts here before our time runs out. Just very basic, how do you structure the payment for your evaluations? Is it all upfront? Do they pay in two installments? Do you take credit cards? Give me some information about how that runs.

    Dr. Rebecca: So if I’m going to have people doing private pay, then I’ve got to make it really easy for them. So I have an electronic medical record system. We bill through that. It’s not optimal with respect to the credit card rate that we’re getting, but it’s very convenient. For them, they can upload a credit card.

    Dr. Sharp: Which system do you use?

    Dr. Rebecca: We have TheraNest.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, sure.

    Dr. Rebecca: It is wicked expensive, to be honest with you, but it [00:48:00] has all the bells and whistles that a large practice needs. I had to have something that… I’ve got 13 people, 13 people have to be able to use it and bill through it. It does things like appointment reminders if they agree to opt in for that. So the convenience factor is huge.

    For people, especially in this area, you have people who work like 50, 60-hour work weeks, so like corporate lawyers and that kind of thing. They do not have a lot of time, so you got to make it easy for them. The first thing they have to do, we’ve learned this the hard way, they have to pay in advance for their intake.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. How much is that, would you be willing to share?

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah, sure. Ethically, we’re not supposed to do price fixing, so I don’t really care about… you can call me up if you want to find out, but I don’t want to cross that ethical line into price fixing, actually, now that I think [00:49:00] about it.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. Can I ask you like as a percentage of the total fee; how much is that that you’re asking them to prepay?

    Dr. Rebecca: The intake fee is just our hourly rate. So we do a 90-minute intake just at the hourly rate because I don’t know that testing is going to be necessarily the right thing for them. We might sit down and halfway through, I might realize that they need to be seen by a neurologist first or that maybe this is actually more of a therapy case. We try to screen for that.

    Or it’s like they’re 16 years old and they have a learning support plan and they think they need to get retested for the SAT, ACT, I may say to them, honestly, you don’t need this, which I’ll do. So we do charge for that. They have to pay in advance. That really protects my staff because what people would do is, a lot of them, they’re so stressed, they’ll [00:50:00] forget, or maybe they’ll hedge their bets and schedule at a different practice, or maybe they’ll change their mind. It really hurts the staff for people to cancel last minute.

    With testing, I generally have them, if they can manage it, they generally do 50% the first day and then the rest at our feedback meeting. We actually give them the report. We do it all in one thing. They get a report draft. They meet with us. And then if there’s any changes that they have questions about or if we misspelled the little sister’s name or something like that, they have the opportunity to ask us to change those things in the draft. And then once it’s done, it’s done.

    But it’s really important for private pay that you consider giving people some kind of a payment plan. We don’t check their credit. I feel like [00:51:00] that’s just more intrusive than I want to get. I don’t really want people pinging my credit. If it would be hard for them, then… I’ve done three months payment plans. In some rare cases, I’ve done a whole year.

    It is hard because people’s motivation to pay you does go down the longer out they are and so we won’t do it anymore without a credit card. They have to have a working card up because we found out that it can be hard and ugly and ruin the quality of the relationship if you’re having to nag them to pay.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    Dr. Rebecca: I don’t want to get into that.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I don’t know…

    Dr. Rebecca: For independent… go on.

    Dr. Sharp: I was just going to say, I don’t know which system y’all use for payment plans, but we have it set up as a subscription plan through PayPal. There’s an option to just relay payments where they input their payment method, whatever that is, bank [00:52:00] account or credit card. And then you can set the parameters to bill it every month for three months or whatever, every two weeks for six months, whatever you want to do. And then it just automatically does it and they only have to sign that.

    Dr. Rebecca: I like that a lot. I’ll have to see if we can get our EMR to do that because if PayPal is able to do it, the technology is out there.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Yeah.

    Dr. Rebecca: That’s a great idea. And then you don’t have to nag and it can all stay positive. That last experience that they have with you is what colors the whole flavor of the interaction, so you got to make sure that that last touches is a positive one.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Let’s see, I’m trying to think what else. I know that we are getting to the end of the time that we have so I will say that, for anybody listening, we’ve touched on a lot of the aspects of building a private pay practice and how to make that [00:53:00] work and the marketing and so forth but Rebecca, you put together this incredible information sheet or white paper or something, I’m not sure what to call it, but it’s really awesome. I’ll have that linked in the show notes and it goes into a lot of detail about each of these pieces that we’ve talked about. So there is that.

    Maybe I could just ask you, other things that we have not touched on or you feel like deserve more attention before we wrap up in terms of key points of having a private pay practice, how to keep it running, how to keep the referrals coming, really anything.

    Dr. Rebecca: I think before moving into treading to develop a private pay aspect of the practice or trying to have a private pay practice, really sitting down and thinking strategically about what you’re going to do. Most of us learn by rolling along and making mistakes. So meeting with a business consultant, we [00:54:00] met with two different business consultants to get different kinds of perspectives.

    For goodness sake, meet with an attorney. It’s wicked expensive and many times they’ll disappoint you. Meet with a CPA, meet with an attorney and sit down and have those people talk to you about employees versus contractors and how do you fill and how do you make sure that your paperwork is structured in such a way that if you had go to collections, you could do that.

    Talk with somebody about marketing, you can try and do it yourself. I’ve spent a lot of time researching this on my own. But just like you wouldn’t encourage your patients to get their psychological information from like one of those mom’s chat rooms; Moms and Dads, where everybody just says all sorts of ill-informed, biased information, you’re meeting with an expert.

    It [00:55:00] seems like oh my gosh, I can’t justify that expense but if it gets your practice on the right track and helps you avoid any kind of lawsuit or complaint against you, it’s so worth it to sit down with those people and get them looking over your books, running projections, telling you what you can afford to do, what you can’t afford to do.

    Like Maureen said on her podcast two months ago when she was interviewed by you, she talked about how important it is to consult experts instead of just like putting up on Facebook like, hey, should I be an escort? It’s like, no, you need to talk to an actual attorney about that. It’s worth it in the long run.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s a great point. Yeah, I think we’re hesitant to spend money. I’m always hesitant to spend money maybe appropriately so but there are a few things that are really worth it, and those are two…

    Dr. Rebecca: Yeah, and protecting yourself from any kind of [00:56:00] ethical problems or problems with the IRS is well worth doing.

    Dr. Sharp: Yes. It’s so funny, we were in, this is a tangent, but we were in our staff meeting yesterday and we’re doing a big overhaul of our device security, like technology and HIPAA compliance and computers and all that kind of stuff, and so many times it’s tedious and it’s hard to change patterns or behavior but one of our psychologists, her father is an attorney and she just kept saying, but it’s a lot easier than going to court, and that’s what you got to keep in mind. Like most of these things we’re talking about are a lot easier than going to court. It’s better to pay $1000 now than whatever, $10,000 later.

    Dr. Rebecca: Right. Have the trust increase the charges for your malpractice, that would be bad. [00:57:00] I did write up a lot of things for the writeup, including a list of books, podcasts, resources, if you’re interested in learning more. You can always get Jeremy’s consulting too.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh. Thank you. I’m going to have you on again. When do you want to come? Well, no, I really appreciate it. If people have questions or want to learn more about how you’re running your practice, what’s the best way to get in touch with you?

    Dr. Rebecca: They’re welcome to email. I’m on my email way more than is healthy. People are welcome to email me. They can contact me through the website as well. Totally fine. I try to return all emails and phone calls within 24 hours.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice. I’ll have links to all of that information in the show notes too; how to find you. Well, this is fantastic. I know that in some ways we’re just scratching the surface, [00:58:00] but I think it’s important to talk about. So I really appreciate the time and I will see you in the Facebook group and I hope others will.

    Dr. Rebecca: Bye, Jeremy. It was so nice talking with you. I love the fact that you’re providing information for people about the business side. It’s sorely needed and graduate schools aren’t doing it. Most of our professional organizations are not doing it. So we really desperately need it. So thanks.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s so good to hear. Happy to do it. Well, take care, Rebecca. Talk soon.

    All right, y’all. There we have it. Dr. Rebecca Resnik talking all about private pay testing practices. And as she mentioned in the interview, there’s a great handout. Hopefully you caught that while you were listening. There’s a great handout in the show notes that really goes into a ton of detail. To be honest, I was really impressed when Rebecca sent me that handout to include in the show notes.

    So definitely check that out and I hope you took away some positive [00:59:00] information from this. I know that we wrestle with insurance versus private pay. Hopefully, the message here is that it’s totally possible if you want to go that route and hopefully you learn some things to make that a little more possible.

    I’ll be talking with you next time about private practice as well. Next time, I’m chatting with Tiffany McLain, all about money mindset. And this one was a barn burner. So definitely tune in. If you haven’t subscribed, please do that. You’ll definitely get those podcasts downloaded right when they come out. You don’t want to miss this one with Tiffany. I think it pairs really well with Rebecca and I’s interview. So hopefully you’ll catch that one.

    All right, until next time, y’all, take care. [01:00:00]

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 77 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Hello, this is The Testing Psychologist podcast, episode 77.

    I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Today, we’re going to be talking about the best episodes of 2018. I’m looking back a little bit on all of the interviews I’ve done, all of the solo episodes, and pulling the best of the best.

    Now, before we get to that, I want to reannounce The Testing Psychologist Beginner Practice Mastermind Group which starts in January 2019. This is a group coaching experience for those of you who are just getting started in your private practices with testing, and you’d like support from myself and others who are in your exact same situation.

    We did a mastermind group back in the spring that turned out pretty amazing and people found it super helpful and I’m bringing it back for 2019. So if you’re interested in that Beginner Practice Mastermind, a group coaching experience, head on over to [00:01:00] thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting, scroll down, and just apply to join that group. I’ll give you a call and we will talk about whether it’s a good fit. Would love to have you join.

    All right. Let’s talk about the best of 2018 from The Testing Psychologist Podcast.

    Okay, y’all, here we are. Welcome back. This is episode 77, and I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp.

    Today, like I said in the intro, I am going to do a little recap of 2018. 2018 was my second full year doing the podcast. And it is frankly pretty amazing to look back and think.

    I still remember very well some of those early [00:02:00] conversations with Joe Sanok, who was my personal practice coach for several months 2 or 3 years ago, and we were having this conversation about, I wanted to do something different. I knew that I really enjoyed teaching. I taught professional issues and practice development at a local grad school program. I was just looking for something different to shake it up and share knowledge in that way, and Joe, who runs the Practice of the Practice podcast, one of the most successful if not the most successful mental health podcasts out there, pushed me in this direction.

    And my gosh, it was a ton of work in the beginning: getting everything set up, figuring out my system, figuring out how to get people to come on the podcast, and how to interview. It was a huge learning curve. But now here we are two years later. We’ve got now 77 episodes after this one is [00:03:00] published and it has been awesome.

    This is still one of my favorite parts of the week. I really look forward to recording these episodes. I love interviewing folks. I’ve gotten to connect with some of the truly preeminent folks here in our field, and just to have that privilege to bring those folks and their knowledge to such a wide audience is really fulfilling. I’m so glad that I’ve gone this direction and will continue to go in this direction.

    Let’s see. Let’s take a look back at some numbers for 2018. I’m a numbers person. Many of you are numbers people as well with the work that we do.

    The total unique downloads for this year were 35,134 downloads. Now, this is nothing, to be [00:04:00] honest, compared to some of those larger podcasts. I had to get that out of my mind when I was looking at the numbers that we’re never going to be like Joe Rogan or even Practice of the Practice podcast or some of those podcasts with a broader breadth of clinicians that they’re pulling in to listen. And that’s totally okay. We have this little niche and I’m truly amazed that there have been 35,000 downloads of this podcast over the course of the year. Testing is such a specialty, and back in the beginning, I had no idea who would be listening or if anyone would want to listen, and yet here we are.

    So that’s super cool. Just over 35,000 downloads. It’s been downloaded all across the world. I think the last time I checked it was over 30 different countries [00:05:00] that had downloaded the podcast. I don’t honestly really know how that works. I’m assuming it’s all English-speaking assessment folks in these different countries. So, it’s across the world and it’s just really cool to know that it’s reached that many people.

    So total downloads as of right this moment, I checked right before I started recording are at 49,596. That is really close to 50,000, which to me is a milestone. So that’s cool too that we’re probably going to hit 50,000 before the end of 2018.

    Now, let’s see. Most downloads in a single day, that was 404 on October 22nd. That is something to really pay attention to as [00:06:00] well. Those initial downloads often reflect the number of subscribers, and that says that there are about 400 people out there who are subscribed, who are tuning in each week, and who are looking for the podcast whenever it comes out.

    I would love to continue to grow that number. So if you have not subscribed, it does so much good to help bump this podcast up the charts, so to speak, and try to show guests that it is worth coming on. So if you haven’t subscribed, take like 30 seconds and go into your podcast app and it should be a pretty obvious button in there. Just hit subscribe and you’ll get those episodes whenever they release.

    Okay, now, the best of 2018. This is the part that I really like to talk about. In my best of episodes last year, I counted down the top five most downloaded podcast episodes, and we’re going to do that again this year. So [00:07:00] drum roll.

    Without further ado, the number five most downloaded podcast of this year was episode 55, All about dyslexia assessment with Dr. Robin Peterson. If you did not catch this episode, Robin was a fantastic guest, as they all are. She talked all about dyslexia and assessing dyslexia.

    Robin is a co-author of two books. She studied with Bruce Pennington, who is a pretty prolific neuropsych researcher, specifically on learning disorders out of Denver. She has a book coming out in January 2019. It’s all about the neuropsychological perspective on dyslexia and learning disorders, but she talked about her ideal dyslexia battery. 

    We dove into the discrepancy model, [00:08:00] the PSW model Model for assessing and diagnosing learning disorders, patterns of strengths, and weaknesses. We talked about her key components, like what are you looking for in a dyslexia assessment? And she gave us a ton of resources. That was something that really jumped out. She had an excellent working knowledge of resources out there that could really help with dyslexia assessment, so she dove into that as well. And then as a bonus, I managed to get her to tack on her one-hour concussion assessment battery because she works at Children’s Hospital Colorado and does a lot of that work.

    So that was episode number 55, Dr. Robin Peterson, All about dyslexia assessment.

    Okay, number four, episode number 44 with Dr. Benjamin Ben Lovett: Rethinking ADHD assessment. This was the first of two [00:09:00] appearances on the podcast with Dr. Ben Lovett. I think he remains the only repeat guest. And this one was a really interesting one.

    We meant to get into testing accommodations for ADHD and so forth, like for the MCAT and LSAT and those sorts of things because that’s what he has studied and written books on over the years, but we detoured down this rabbit hole of what are we actually trying to do when we’re assessing ADHD and what parts of those assessments are important from a test reviewer perspective or accommodations request reviewer.

    Dr. Lovett raised some eyebrows and raised a lot of discussions when he got into the idea that many reviewers are not looking so much for the cognitive assessment that we do, and the cognitive assessment, at least from an accommodations request perspective [00:10:00] is not that important. So he talked a lot about the role of behavior checklists, good interviewing, and how to document ADHD symptoms in the context of accommodations requests.

    Let’s see. What else did he talk about? I think that’s about it. We really focused on how to assess ADHD from a testing accommodations perspective and people had a lot of discussion around this. It’s continued to generate a lot of discussion in the Facebook group since then. And it is a pretty enduring episode. So that was episode number 44, Dr. Ben Lovett on Rethinking ADHD Assessment in Adults.

    All right, moving on to the number three most downloaded episode of 2018.

    Number three is episode 50 with Dr. Ellen Braaten – All about processing speed. [00:11:00] I had so many guests this year where when I was typing out the show notes, I was able to write, this person has literally written the book on blank topic and Ellen is one of those. Ellen wrote a book called Bright Kids Who Can’t Keep Up, and it talks all about processing speed, what it is, how it shows up in real life, and how to help with it.

    She is so good. She was such a good interviewee. I had a nice connection with her. We both went to Colorado State for our doctorate degrees and we had a great conversation about processing speed. We talked about what it is, how it’s related to executive functioning and working memory. We dove into how you “fix it or if you can fix it”, and we talked about how to measure processing speed with neuropsychological testing.

    We covered a lot of ground and [00:12:00] she shared a ton of knowledge with us about processing speed. So, like I said, Ellen wrote a book, Bright Kids Who Can’t Keep Up, and she also, many years ago, wrote the Child Clinicians Report Writing Handbook which I still recommend to people as a guide for writing effective pediatric reports. So check that out. Episode number 50, Dr. Ellen Braaten- All about processing speed.

    Now, we’re really getting down to it. The number two most downloaded episode of 2018 was episode 73 with Dr. Celine Saulnier – Research-informed autism assessment. Now, this was, I think one of my personal favorite interviews because, much like Ellen, Celine was just a fantastic interviewee.

    She was warm. She was very responsive. She was very [00:13:00] knowledgeable and I felt like we had a great connection just right off the bat even though I had never met her before. And she also responded to my interview request, which came totally out of the blue, and she was very excited about it. So, from that perspective, she was a great interviewee, but the knowledge that she shared about her experience in autism research over the years was really just phenomenal. I kept asking questions thinking that I was going to stump her, and that never happened.

    We covered a lot of ground in terms of autism assessment, both in research and practice. So we talked about early identification of autism during infancy and things you might look for even in very little babies.  We talked about genetic research in autism and where we’re at with that, we talked about gender differences in autism, and we talked about her ideal battery for assessing autism. We covered a lot of breadth in this interview [00:14:00] and obviously that that showed up. People enjoyed it and this was the second most downloaded episode of 2018: Episode 73 with Dr. Celine Saulnier – Research-informed autism assessment.

    Okay, now’s the real drum roll. What episode was the most popular in 2018? Take just a few seconds and try to think to yourself, if you’re a longtime listener, if you’re a subscriber, think to yourself, which episode do you think might have been the most popular?

    Alright, here we go. The number one most downloaded episode of 2018 from The Testing Psychologist podcast is episode number 71: Dr. Steve Feifer – Learning disorders are not created equal. A lot of you were aware [00:15:00] that this episode was coming out because I got off the recording and immediately went to the Facebook group and said, oh my gosh, y’all don’t want to miss this one. This was a fantastic interview and that showed.

    Steve Feifer, if you have not heard of him, has really done pretty much everything in our field over the course of his career. So longtime school psychologist, now a practicing clinical psychologist, also a test developer, and a researcher. He is an author of the Feifer Assessment of Reading, the Feifer Assessment of Math, and as he talks about in the interview, the Feifer Assessment of Writing.

    Steve and I talked about a lot of different things. Another great conversationalist. He was an easy guy to interview. Talked about the nuances of test development and how you might get into that as a psychologist. We really dive [00:16:00] into the different types of reading disorders and the different types of math disorders. I do ask him about assessment of writing and that’s when he disclosed that he was coming out with an assessment of writing because I think we need a better one in our field. And then we talked about how to intervene appropriately and what kind of recommendations might be helpful for kids with different types of learning disorders.

    So we really parse out different types of reading disorders, different types of math disorders, and which interventions might be most helpful for those. So, this was the top downloaded episode of 2018, Dr. Steve Feifer, episode 71 – Learning disorders are not created equal.

    So it was really interesting. There were a few things that jumped out as I was putting together the list of the top downloaded episodes. One is that our top two most [00:17:00] downloaded are also two of the most recent which tells me that they were just so good that even without the benefit of time, which typically equals more downloads, these episodes really leaped to the top. So both of those were within the last two months. So that’s awesome. It also tells me that the subscribership is going up, and more people are downloading right off the bat, which is also really cool. Like I said, I would love to get that number up.

    But the biggest thing that I took away from this top five list is that you’ll notice that all of these episodes are interviews, and not only are they interviews, but they’re interviews with experts in our field. So I think this has been the trend as time has gone on with this podcast is I’m really finding that there are a lot of podcasts out there about general practice development and business [00:18:00] and the coaching podcasts in the mental health world, and what really sets us apart is this ability to interview experts in the field and bring relevant knowledge on specific cases, diagnoses, research, things like that.

    There are no episodes here in the top five about business, and none of my solo episodes are here in the top five. I had to deal with a little ego blow there, but I think I’m good with that. What that tells me is that I’m going to keep heading in that direction. I will still do business episodes, of course, and I will still do solo episodes, but I am really going to double down and try to focus on finding experts to interview for our field.

    So with that, if you have any requests, any particular areas that you’d like to hear about, any experts you’d like to try, and [00:19:00] get on the podcast, please reach out and let me know. You can email jeremy@thetestingpsychologist.com and shoot me some ideas. I would love to hear what y’all want to hear and I will do my best to continue to bring some excellent content to you folks about testing and assessment.

    There you have it. That’s the 2018 wrap-up. I am pushing it down to the wire. I think I mentioned before that I typically record mostly in real-time, so this is absolutely in real-time. It’s going to be released probably around noon Eastern time, maybe a little bit later. So on New Year’s Day. So here we are last day of 2018.

    I hope it was a good one for y’all. This is also a time for me when I like to reflect back and just look at the practice run the numbers, but really think about what worked for me this year. What was an [00:20:00] improvement? What do I still want to accomplish in 2019? What do I want to change?

    In my case, I’m focusing more and more energy on running our group practice. And a big part of that is cutting back my clinical load even more. So I’ll be doing less clinical work, more administrative work with our practice and really trying to build that. I’m also going to be dedicating a lot more time here to the podcast and consulting.

    One of the things that is on the horizon down the road is a Testing Psychologist Membership Community where for a relatively low monthly fee, you’re going to have access to tons of good information, very specific testing-related resources, paperwork, interviews, case consultations, training,[00:21:00] all sorts of good stuff. So keep that on the back burner. That’s going to be where I’m putting a lot of my energy in the coming months. I will keep you posted as things develop with that.

    Like I said at the beginning, if you are interested in the Beginner Practice Mastermind Group, I would love to have you. We have 3 spots left out of 6, and it starts in three weeks. So, if you’re interested, you can go to thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting, scroll down, and just hit Apply now, you’ll fill out a short questionnaire, I will schedule a call and then we will figure out if the mastermind could be a good fit for you.

    All right, y’all. That’s it. That is a wrap. We are wrapping up 2018. I wish y’all the best. I hope you have a great holiday season, a great break. I hope you’re taking some time off, rejuvenating, relaxing. [00:22:00] I will look forward to seeing you in 2019 with more awesome guests and great content.

    Alright y’all, thanks so much to all the listeners for all the downloads, for all the support, and for all the positive words. I really appreciate it. It really keeps me going. I love doing this and I look forward to doing more. Take care, y’all.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 73 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Hey y’all. Welcome to episode 73 of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp.

    Our guest today is pretty incredible. Dr. Celine Saulnier is talking with me all about research and practice in the assessment of autism spectrum disorders, neurodevelopmental concerns, and adaptive functioning.

    Gosh, this is going to be a long bio. She has done a lot in the 20 years that she’s been in our field. She started with her PhD at the University of Connecticut under the mentorship of Dr. Deb Fein. She then went on to postdoc at the Yale Child Study Center and she became the training director and then clinical director of the Yale autism program.

    After several years, she was recruited down to the Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine in 2011, and she worked there to do many things. She was an Associate Professor within [00:01:00] the Department of Pediatrics. She was an investigator on many grants studying autism spectrum disorder. In 2012, she made a huge contribution and worked on the team to help get one of the national institutes of health autism centers of excellence grants.

    She’s published in many leading journals for autism. She’s a member of the scientific advisory board for Autism Science Foundation. She’s also co-author of the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Third Edition and she’s co-authored two books on autism spectrum assessment and adaptive behavior assessment.

    Now, Celine has moved on to the next chapter and she founded Neurodevelopmental Assessment and Consulting Services in Atlanta where she practices and completes assessments for neurodevelopmental disorders. She also consults with groups and [00:02:00] agencies across the country on a variety of topics.

    So I’m very lucky to have her here today. It was a great conversation. This was a great interview and I’m happy to present it to you.

    So without further ado, Dr. Celine Saulnier.

    Hello and welcome to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. We have a fantastic guest with us today, Dr. Celine Saulnier. She is a licensed psychologist in private practice. She also does a lot of consulting around autism spectrum assessment.

    We’re going to talk about many things, but I think we’ll probably center around ASD assessment and all of your work in that area. You have [00:03:00] a storied career, I think, from what I can tell with all of that. So I’m excited to have you on the podcast. Welcome.

    Dr. Saulnier: Thank you so much. It’s such a pleasure to be here. The Testing Psychologist is my new favorite obsession, so I’m really excited to be part of the podcast.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, that’s great. It’s good to hear that from people. I started the group, it’s probably a year and a half ago now, and it’s just grown and grown. There’s so many people but I never know if it’s helpful or not helpful.

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, my friend, Harry told me to go on because he said at least four or five times a day, someone is asking about ASD and it would be great to have you on here, but I’ll tell you, I’ve learned so much being in private practice, which is a new world for me, is a learning curve. So I just throwing out a shout-out to everyone in The Testing Psychologist. Thank you because they’re awesome. Love it.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice. Oh, that’s so good to hear. [00:04:00] That is a cool thing about it. It seems like there’s a lot of give and take and there’s as much learning as teaching going on. So it’s really cool to hear that you’re getting some of them.

    Dr. Saulnier: Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: And we’re lucky to have you. We were talking before we started to record and I said, when you joined the group, I was like, oh, this is a new person. You posted your website and I always go and check out people’s websites and just see what they’re up to.

    And the more I read, I was like, ooh, we need to talk. You’ve done some great stuff in this field and have been connected to some really cool folks and sounds like you have a lot to share. So I’m thankful that you are willing to take some time and talk with me.

    Dr. Saulnier: Thank you. I did recently just take a 180 in my career. And I, from graduate school, have been in academia of my entire career. So I spent nine years at the Yale Child Study Center [00:05:00] and then my mentor, Ami Klin, was recruited from Yale. After 21 years at Yale, he decided to leave and come to the Marcus Autism Center, which is a huge clinical care center in Atlanta and affiliated with Emory University School of Medicine.

    So I relocated with him and spent seven years helping to pretty much transform the Marcus Autism Center into a center of science. So build up an academic research program there and did that. And then quality of life, midlife, time to reintroduce myself to my children, my husband, thinking, you know what, I’m going to go off on my own.

    I opened up my own company, Neurodevelopmental Assessment and Consulting Services here in Atlanta. It’s been a wild ride so far, but what a change in my quality of life. I can’t even explain it. It’s wonderful.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s why we do it. I feel like that’s the motivation for so many people. So that’s a huge shift, right?

    Dr. Saulnier: It is.

    [00:06:00] Dr. Sharp: Well, it’s been, I’m just going to immediately go off script and ask what has been the hardest thing about jumping into private practice so far.

    Dr. Saulnier: Without a doubt, leaving an academically rich environment where I always have an expert and a friend and colleague over my shoulder to say, hey, come look at this kid or what do you think about this, and just having all sorts of multidisciplinary minds surrounding me to help conceptualize something, even just for fun, even if it wasn’t about a case or a research project, just being immersed in that environment.

    So, fortunately, I kept connected through grants and through consulting and through some organizations I’m affiliated with to academia and to my colleagues. So I still have access to that but definitely, on a day-to-day basis, it’s something that is a huge shift.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Yeah, I think that that’s one of those things that people talk about a lot, like the isolation of private practice and especially coming from a place like that [00:07:00] where it sounds like y’all had a lot of give and take and just a nice community going on.

    So let’s back way up. You’ve given some hints here and there, but I would love to hear about what your career has looked like, like where has your research focused and why autism and then, again, this transition to private practice.

    Dr. Saulnier: Sure. So my career started prior to graduate school. I spent four years working with children with autism within treatment programs at various places. I fell in love with the disorder, with the people, with their families and just wanted to offer them something more than what existed. So that was my motivation to go into academia. I wanted to do research.

    So I found Debbie Fein, begged her to get into her graduate program. So my interest in autism was the focus [00:08:00] of my clinical psychology degree. I knew through my entire training, I’m never going to be a therapist, I’m never going to be a quintessential psychologist. I was always in this for autism.

    And so I fell in love with assessment. When you work with a neuropsychologist like Debbie Fein, you just fall in love with diagnostic testing, and then the natural transition from there to the Yale Child Study Center, working with Ami Klin, Fred Volkmar, and Sarah Sparrow.

    I just honed my skills in early detection but lifespan comprehensive developmental assessments. It was at Yale that I met Sarah Sparrow and naturally got involved in the research on adaptive behavior profiles for individuals with autism and the extreme deficits that they have.

    In 2010, when she passed away, completely unbeknownst to me, she literally bequeathed me the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales. [00:09:00] And so it was a huge honor to take on that legacy. And then I just started working with Pearson Clinical and over the next six years developed the third edition of the Vineland.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh. Wow. So you found yourself all of a sudden thrust into a test developer role. It’s fun. I’m curious, I interviewed Steve Feifer a week or two ago, and we got into like, how do you even make that transition? And he was saying it was a wild ride. I’m curious what that was like for you to jump into that role.

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, what was crazy about it is, suddenly you’re in a business environment, six years, I’m immersed in a business environment coming from academia. So every time I say something like, but the research shows, Pearson sitting here going, we don’t care. We’re a business. We’re selling a product.

    And so you just have your mindset is like, wait a minute. And you just have to take yourself out of that academic [00:10:00] role and stick yourself into this business role. And that has been a struggle for me.

    There are a lot of things about the Vineland that are absolutely wonderful and beautiful and a lot of things that if I had my say, would be refined a bit more, certainly the computer administration and the platform of it but overall though, it’s been a fantastic experience and a learning curve that I never would have expected.

    Dr. Sharp: Mm-hmm. Oh my gosh, yeah. I could see that being really tough. I wonder, so are you allowed or can you talk about like any of those, were there any major sticking points where you were like, but the research says, and that just couldn’t work with the test development?

    Dr. Saulnier: That they pretty much right off the bat, nipped in the bud. I think probably one of the sticking points for me was the computer platform. In 2010, knowing that the things that [00:11:00] Q-global couldn’t do then, and foreseeing in the future, we’re looking at 10, 15, maybe even 20 years that the Vineland is now on this platform. If it already has these limitations in 2010, what are we looking for in the future? There was just no wiggle room there.

    I even brought in a consultant that I knew from another computer programming company that was saying we could do this kind of thing. It just didn’t come to fruition, but I’m hoping and I’m hopeful that Pearson has been wonderful to work with, that as the Vineland evolves as Pearson evolves, that maybe those platforms can improve a little bit.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, that’s the hope. I think that’s probably true across the board. Everyone’s going to online or digital administration in some form or another and I have to think that’s where all the money and time and attention are being devoted because it’s…

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, can I tell you this? And [00:12:00] I would love your perspective knowing so many psychologists. From a Pearson sales perspective, no one’s buying on online platform. Everyone is sticking to the old paper form.

    And is it because we as psychologists are so antiquated that we have a hard time, like those of us meeting old, like mid later career don’t want to shift to something that novel whereas maybe if we only knew computer programming from graduate school on, we’d be more apt to use like the WISC-V Integrated, those types of platforms.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, for sure. I think that’s a big part of it. I do. I think that the, how would I phrase it? The familiarity is a big factor because even for me, I’ve talked a lot on here about, I was a very early adopter of Q-interactive. I love technology. I like new things and shiny things but I was definitely trained in [00:13:00] paper administration and it’s been hard to totally shift over even though I want to, and I think there’s something to be said for just being locked into your way.

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, I’ll tell you, I have the WISC-V and several other assessments on Q-interactive for my new practice, but I haven’t had to use them yet. And every time the phone rings, I’m like, oh God, I hope I don’t have to give the WISC-V because I am that creature of habit that, where’s my paper form.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. Well, I think too, there’s still some, I don’t know if suspicion is the right word, but skepticism may be around the transfer to the digital platform. I think that’s less so with maybe something like the Vineland, but certainly the more cognitive tests, it’s hard to know for sure if it’s going to be equivalent or measuring the same thing. So there might be some hesitation there too. That’s interesting to hear that perspective though.

    So [00:14:00] let me jump back a little bit to your research. Can you talk specifically about what kind of research you’re doing in the field of autism?

    Dr. Saulnier: Sure. So in adaptive behavior, my research has focused on the gap between cognition and adaptive functioning in autism, particularly in individuals who don’t have cognitive impairment. So that gap is associated with poor outcome into adulthood because we just naturally assume if a person has intact cognition and intact language, they are translating all those skills to everyday life and they’re not whereas if someone has significant intellectual disability, we’re really good as clinicians to make recommendations to say, hey, teach that person to dress themselves, to clean themselves, to feed themselves, to take the bus but we don’t do that for intact cognition individuals.

    So that research has been a strong focus. And then working with Ami Klin and my colleagues at Yale and then at Marcus, we really ended up focusing on early detection [00:15:00] of autism symptomatology in infancy, which was fantastic. It was really eye opening to see the earliest emerging signs of developmental derailment.

    And so using not only clinical measures and behavioral measures but biomarkers like eye tracking and neuroimaging and genetics and looking at, can we actually detect the onset of autism before the full blown symptom arises by age two? So that research became a big focus of mine.

    And then I’d say a third area of research that I got involved with through a network study with colleagues at UCLA and St. Louis was in African American, so cultural differences and cultural diversity in autism. So there’s so many disparities in access to care and delays and diagnosis and then obviously cognitive [00:16:00] presentation. So that area research was something that I was super passionate about.

    So now that I’m in private practice, I kept my adjunct associate professorship at Emory. So I still have contact with these colleagues and hopefully will continue to publish and keep one foot in academia in that regard but it’s just I’m a little bit farther removed from it now.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. I feel like there’s so much that we could unpack from all of those areas. So I’m like sorting through in my mind, like what is most… could we focus on the markers in infancy for autism? I think I’m super curious about that.

    At least in our clinic and I probably should know how this compares around the country but we’ll go down to two-ish, two and a half is when we start to really do assessment with kids for autism. So I’m curious, what were y’all finding from infancy? Is there anything that we could look for as [00:17:00] clinicians or things that…?

    Dr. Saulnier: Yeah, in us as clinicians and the thing is, all of us as clinicians, the burdens on our shoulders to make that call. And nobody wants to make a call on a beautiful 12, 15-month-old to say, we’re giving you a lifelong behavioral disorder here. Not to mention that DSM criteria are atypical behaviors that were created for adults and then downward extended to children certainly not infants and toddlers.

    So research shows that a lot of the early risk factors are not the presence of these atypical behaviors but the absence of typically developing milestones. So what would cause us concern is limited and different vocalizations; the limited eye gaze, the lack of joint attention.

    You’re not going to see hand flapping because 12-month-olds who are typically developing will flap their hands when they’re excited so that’s not going to be a risk flag but [00:18:00] posturing or clutching onto objects would be, and that would emerge into the more stereotypical behaviors that we think of for autism.

    And lack of responsivity to name, lack of social contingency. So you smile at a baby, they smile back at you and then it becomes a dance in the same way that we vocalize with infants, that is a reciprocal dance. So ba, ba ba, and then the baby goes, ba, ba, and you go, ba, ba, and it just goes back and forth. That reciprocity is absent or impaired.

    So it’s collectively looking at these things, how many of these risk factors are you seeing. By the time they all converge and you have full blown autism at two, when they’re coming into your clinic and most clinics, what we’re finding with research is it’s still optimizing outcome because we’re treating young enough to get rid of language delays in an affiliated behavioral disruption [00:19:00] and self-injury but it’s still a lifelong disorder.

    Maybe less than 10% of people even diagnosed at age two will have an optimal outcome. And that’s Debbie Bond’s research. However, we’re wondering if you catch it in infancy as the derailment’s starting, before the full blown disorder is there, maybe you can course correct.

    Dr. Sharp: Were you able to think about… could you identify any interventions that early that are more helpful than others?

    Dr. Saulnier: People are starting to develop them and they’re still in the experimental phase. They’re very parent oriented, of course, parent coaching because you want that natural interaction between the parent and the baby. I think that it’s just too soon to tell how effective those will be.

    Downward extending things like ABA or even some of the NBDIs, the Natural Behavioral Developmental Interventions, Early Start Denver model and JASPER and [00:20:00] things like that that were created for toddlers, even downward extending those to infancy, it’s still premature to say whether or not they’re effective.

    And then everyone’s focusing on biomarkers to see if there is some type of fix in the brain. But I think a lot of people in our field, and this could be a podcast in and of itself, is the nature of… we don’t talk about cure as much anymore for something like autism because of the whole neurodiversity movement.

    And we are just talking about optimizing outcome and fostering the strengths that every person has and not saying to take away the autism because that in a way is taking away the essence of who the person is. It all depends on who you talk to and how they feel about that.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, of course. We or I talked to Joel Schwartz about neurodiversity two podcasts ago, which was really illuminating. It was good for [00:21:00] me. It’s just that exercise of bending your brain a little bit to think about things totally differently.

    Can we talk about biomarkers, where are we at with biomarkers for autism? Is that legit or?

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, so my colleagues were focusing a lot on eye tracking. And so, for example, when you have babies watch movies or interactions with caregivers playing, singing to the baby, talking to the baby, even as early as the first six months of life, this is Ami Klin and Warren Jones’s research, babies who will go on to develop autism later in life don’t look at the eye region of the face. They focus on mouth, body, and object.

    And so that biomarker detecting that early is more predictive of their future autism than even the ADOS is with itself over time. So that becomes a question, will that biomarker be a [00:22:00] diagnostic tool? So can eye tracking be something in a pediatrician’s office that can predict autism later so that maybe you can do something to course correct?

    So my colleagues’ research is actually unfolding into an FDA trial that’s ongoing right now. And if that FDA trial is successful, then you could see this eye tracker be used commercially in a pediatrician’s office for examinations.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. So it is on the way to a product, I suppose.

    Dr. Saulnier: Exactly. And then there are so many others that people are doing at other labs and even at Marcus, neuroimaging genetic biomarkers and EEG biomarkers. So it all depends on what type of research, what they’re predicting as what you do once you identify it.

    Dr. Sharp: Mm-hmm. Absolutely. I’d like to ask about each of those too but the thing that popped up for me that I imagine others maybe are thinking about is, do you foresee us being out [00:23:00] of a job at any point as behavioral assessors?

    Dr. Saulnier: We only hope, if it got to that point that it would improve the lives of people with autism so much they didn’t need us, then absolutely I would bow out and say, I’ll go do something else. However, even if you diagnose autism with a biomarker, you know nothing about how to treat that child. You don’t know that child’s cognitive profile, their language profile, their strengths and weaknesses, their adaptive profile, all of that still requires us.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s relieving and well said. Nice. So what about those other biomarkers? Where are we at with genetics and you mentioned EEG. I know that’s out there. Is anything else showing promise in terms of being truly discriminatory for us?

    Dr. Saulnier: Sure. I’m talking completely outside my wheelhouse. This is not my area of expertise, [00:24:00] but let’s take genetics. Over 100 up to maybe 900 genes have been identified as being associated with autism.

    Each one of those in and of themselves maybe associates with a very tiny percent of autism. So maybe 0.5%, but you put all those together and they account for maybe 20 to 30% of the autisms. So there’s a 30% chance that if you do genetic testing on a person with autism, you’re going to identify a genetic association.

    Some of those genetic disorders, you can pinpoint what genes are impacted by the deletion or mutation that they have. Phelan-McDermid syndrome, for example, is a mutation on the SHANK3 gene. There are some experimental treatments, certainly with rodents. [00:25:00] They’re doing the mice models first and then do rats.

    If you can course correct the genetics using these treatments. So in a way that the genetic biomarkers would probably be thinking about ways in which you could intervene to change the genetics of an individual.

    Sarah Schultz and Longchuan Li at Marcus memory are doing infant neuroimaging. So if they do multiple scans over the first six months of life and they identify the derailment in neurodevelopment and then at the same time you intervene with these parent-focused interventions to keep that infant engaged when they naturally want to disengage, maybe you can change the neural firing of what’s going on in the brain to course correct the brain. It’s too early to tell but we’ll see.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s exciting stuff. That’s super exciting. I know that we… there was a discussion in the Facebook [00:26:00] group the other day about the role of genetics in autism. It’s a little different, we’re taking a little different tack and I imagine that a lot of people maybe didn’t see that discussion so I’d like to get into that a little bit, because this is something that has been controversial for me in the past. There was some discussion, differing opinions in the group too.

    So what I’m alluding to, for those who didn’t see it, is what is the role of a genetic syndrome or disorder in the diagnosis of autism and do we diagnose autism independently of a genetic concern or does the genetic concern service the umbrella that encompasses all autism symptoms and that is the standalone diagnosis? So I’d be, yeah, if you’re willing to dive into that again, I’m curious.

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, I started it, so I guess I have to clean it up. I posted about a case I’m going to see of a [00:27:00] girl with Phelan McDermott syndrome who also has autism and it sparked a debate. Well, when the genetic syndrome of Phelan McDermott override the autism diagnosis. I said, not necessarily because these are the identified genetic disorders that are associated with autism.

    So we are basically uncovering the genetic cause that’s controversial but some people would say the genetic cause for that girl’s autism. From eligibility perspective, this girl’s not getting appropriate intervention in her schools because nobody knows what Phelan McDermott Syndrome is or what the symptoms are and so if she’s tagged as other health impaired, she’s going to get whatever type of treatment for the genetic syndrome that no one understands but if she’s listed as autism spectrum disorder with this genetic condition as a specifier [00:28:00] then she’s going to get more targeted social communication interaction treatments that she wouldn’t otherwise get under the other health impaired.

    So there’s a debate either way. I now will play devil’s advocate and say that I’ve worked with enough of these genetic disorders to know that when you assess for the autism symptomatology, many times it’s a different autism. I’m still checking the boxes. I’m still giving the diagnosis of ASD but it’s a qualitatively different autism than idiopathic autism, meaning like an autism that doesn’t have a known cause. And so that then can be the argument, why would you then call it autism?

    Dr. Sharp: Of course. I’m glad that you bring that up because I was going to ask that question either from your research or colleagues just being steeped in that area; is it fair to say there is a classic autism that [00:29:00] has a certain maybe genotype, if that’s the right word versus this other, like you said, alternate, I don’t know, I forget the word to use, different kind of presentation of autism that still checks the boxes. The symptoms are there but it’s qualitatively different. Can you make that distinction?

    Dr. Saulnier: I think because of whatever decisions were made to make it this spectrum. That you have people who are nonverbal all the way to exceptionally verbal, from extreme cognitive impairment to superior cognition and then autism symptomatology that could be mild to super severe, then behavioral symptoms that run the gamut.

    How can you say all of that is the same disorder? Well, the common thread is this social disability, the social communication interaction deficits with the restricted and repetitive behaviors. They all have those.

    [00:30:00] So maybe it truly is that we’re seeing autisms and they’re all qualitatively different because they all have a different underlying etiology or as we discover them, should we be just naming them something else? And that I think the field of genetics is moving so fast that we almost can’t keep up with it in that regard. So I think that’s still to be determined on where the field will go in that way.

    I know there’s a huge controversy right now in the field of how can you call the nonverbal person versus the self- advocate who’s on TV and saying, nothing about us without us and how can you say these are both autism and have the self-advocate advocate for the non-verbal or minimally verbal.

    I know that families and even researchers will say, just please call these two things something [00:31:00] different, just so we can move on and actually target and research these specific areas of commonality in those groups, but I honestly don’t know where the field is going to go regard.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. So do you know if we’re at a place with the genetic research, I know you said this is a little outside your scope but are we at a place with that where we can say like, yes, there’s a well-known enough genotype that equals typical autism versus some of these genetic disorders having a different, now I’m losing the right words but it’s…

    Dr. Saulnier: No, it’s hard to say because when we identify a lot of these genetic disorders, by the time your genes take a hit; you’re impaired. A lot of these genetic disorders have intellectual disability, they [00:32:00] have medical comorbidities, seizures, cardiac defects, they can have a host of other things.

    So in a way, that is qualitatively different in and of itself than classic autism that really we’re just seeing the core social disability and that’s it, not murky by anything else. So maybe in that regard, these genetic disorders should be classified by their condition and not by the autism but then how do we account for their overarching social disability on top of it?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, it’s a complicated question. I appreciate you being willing to dive into it a little bit. It is complicated. I’m really curious to see where we go.

    I have a mentor down at our local children’s hospital, who I consult with frequently. Her view is similar to yours, if I’m understanding right, that [00:33:00] we would diagnose the autism on top of the genetic disorder to provide that extra layer of specificity or intervention. Exactly. Complicated question, though. It’ll be interesting to see where things go.

    Before we totally leave that topic, could we talk about… I guess I have two questions: One, some of those common genetic disorders that may look like autism or produce autism-ish symptoms. And then the other question is kind of the reverse; if we’re seeing a kid, how would we know to refer for genetic testing?

    Dr. Saulnier: Sure, the easier answer is if you see the dysmorphology and a certain genetic syndrome comes to mind, then you’re specifically referring, I want this child tested for Williams syndrome or Angelman syndrome or Down syndrome or whatever, based on the dysmorphology that you would expect Fragile X.

    [00:34:00] On the flip side, I think there’s enough genetic evidence now that a paper was published. I think the first one came out in 2009 and the second in 2013 by the American genetics. I should know it, and I don’t. It’s like the medical genetics journal and it’s huge and basically said it’s now a recommendation that every individual who’s diagnosed with autism should receive genetic testing.

    And so when I make a diagnosis, it’s one of the first recommendations in a report. Go to your pediatrician and ask for an autism screen. So it’s usually a chromosomal microarray and ruling out Fragile X because that’s one of the most common associated genetic disorders unless there’s a dysmorphology that would make someone think just to do a specific gene search.

    I was just saying this to a family [00:35:00] yesterday, with a 20-year-old. He had genetic testing three times in the past but when he was a young child, he’s now 20. We know so much more now than we did even last year. So I recommended genetic testing again.

    The question that comes most often with a family is why? What difference is it going to make and would we do anything differently based on the findings? A lot of these genetic conditions because of the medical comorbidities is reason enough for me to recommend saying, yes, if your child might have a heart defect, might have X, Y, or Z, that I think is worth investigating.

    Not to mention that some of these, not a lot, but some are inherited mutations, so that has an impact on the whole family, even the unaffected siblings of the child with disability in their own family planning. So in that regard, it makes sense.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. Yeah, [00:36:00] that does make sense. That’s a little bit surprising, actually. I should know that but it sounds like it’s almost standard of care then.

    Dr. Saulnier: I think its standard care.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s great. Okay. That’s good information. Well, so that might be a nice segue into more clinical discussion. You’ve transitioned to private practice, so what does that look like for you? What are you doing in your practice?

    Dr. Saulnier: Well, it’s fairly new. I just set up the shop in June. I should say I spent the summer having a very slow transition, given the 180 in my career that I did. I took a lot of time off, vacations, and set up my office. I have a beautiful space. I have multiple rooms here. This is my office.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s your office, oh my gosh. I thought you were at your house.

    Dr. Saulnier: No, it’s my office. I have a testing room. I have a room that’s unused. I have a kitchen. I have a waiting area. It’s big. [00:37:00] I set that all up and then the calls have been trickling in and I have focused so much on infants and toddlers for the past 10, 15 years. I’ve been pleasantly surprised that the majority of the clients I’ve had so far have been adults.

    So to me, it’s so exciting to delve into these older individuals and their presentations and really working with families on the flip side of the spectrum than I have been focused for the past 10 years. So that’s been exciting.

    And then I wasn’t expecting that the consulting opportunities were going to come in as much as they have, so that balance of trying to figure out, okay, I can only see so many patients because I have these consulting opportunities, several genetics grants that need oversight for [00:38:00] the psychological assessments that go on for the grants.

    Then also, so many clinical trials are now using the Vineland as an outcome measure. So being asked to consult in that regard on the new Vineland-3. And I’ve always given workshops around the country on assessment and autism in general. So next week I’m in Alabama and Florida for two different workshops to give.

    So I love having that balance because it keeps me in so many different worlds and not just like you were saying, like in that isolated confounds of my actual practice, because then I think I would probably start having a paradigm shift reaction like, oh no, what did I do?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I know, it’s nice to keep a foot in both worlds. So let me ask about, we do focus on businessy stuff a fair bit and practice development. I’m curious how you’ve [00:39:00] been building your practice; where are you marketing? How are you marketing? Where are you getting your referrals just starting out?

    Dr. Saulnier: Yeah, so I’m still in the process of doing that. You’re reminding me that I had a brochure made that I haven’t even printed yet.

    Dr. Sharp: I’m sure you’re not alone.

    Dr. Saulnier: I should do that. So right outside my window here is a pediatrician practice and the owner of that practice is my landlord. So I started with her group of pediatricians and educating them on the importance of early detection and to take the burden and onus off of them of saying this might be autism and sending them to me.

    The downside is that for now, because this is so new to me and I have been immersed in academia, I’m not taking insurance. A lot of their families who are in need, I can’t see right now or I’m not seeing right now because I don’t take any insurance.

    Dr. Sharp: It’s hard.

    Dr. Saulnier: So it’s word of mouth. The Marcus [00:40:00] Autism Center, my colleagues there, they have 700 to 900 people on their wait list for assessments. So…

    Dr. Sharp: 7900?

    Dr. Saulnier: 700 to 900, 700 or 900 people on the waitlist.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s still a lot

    Dr. Saulnier: Is remarkable. There’s no shortage of need in Atlanta. There’s an Emory Autism Center. There is the Marcus Autism Center and there are a host of people in private practice and there’s still a huge demand.

    And then others are just word of mouth through my career. So the person that I saw yesterday is an international family and that was solely through connections of being in my career.

    Right now, they’re just coming in at a slow pace, which I’m okay with. When I need them to start coming in more, I’m going to be on The Testing Psychologist asking for recruitment advice.

    Dr. Sharp: We would welcome that. It’s a whole another level. I feel like there are levels to this, [00:41:00] right?

    Dr. Saulnier: Yeah.

    Dr. Sharp: You start and then you figure out how to grow. That’s great. I was going to ask about the battery. So let’s get real practical. You’ve done all this research; you’ve got that side. How does that translate to clinical practice?

    Dr. Saulnier: So my ideal battery for autism would involve a developmental and or cognitive assessment and adaptive behavior assessment, a diagnostic interview and then the diagnostic assessment. So I would always do an ADOS. I wouldn’t necessarily do an ADI unless I feel the need to, but I would do a very comprehensive diagnostic interview. And then…

    Dr. Sharp: I’m sorry, can I interrupt you real quick and just break that out a little bit. What would convince you that you need to do an ADI-R?

    Dr. Saulnier: So, for example, I had an adult two [00:42:00] months ago where I wasn’t sure based on the ADOS that this person had autism. He was a head-scratcher and I felt, I can sit here for an hour and just think of questions to ask about diagnostic symptomatology with this mom or I can just give an ADI and have the ADI do it for me.

    That was super helpful because he had a prototypical early development for autism that I can now use this measure to help corroborate my diagnosis and yet I wouldn’t recommend that for traditional clinical practice. It’s too cumbersome. It’s never reimbursed but for research purposes, it’s ingrained in my soul because in research, you have to do the ADI and the ADOS.

    And so I’m very much about that comprehensive view. [00:43:00] What I’m missing that I am so used to having in academia is a speech pathologist standing right here next to me, especially in infants and toddlers. That differential is critical about the speech language and communication impairments.

    I have them on speed dial in the event that I need them for my evaluations. Ideally, I got this space so that eventually I can have multidisciplinary staff in the clinic so that I can get back to that.

    Dr. Sharp: Is there anything that we can do as psychologists to do a lay person’s speech assessment if you don’t have that luxury, anything we would look for with those younger kids?

    Dr. Saulnier: That’s a great question. If you know they’re going to have impairments, then doing a battery like the PLS or the self, those are going to flesh out your wrote speech and language [00:44:00] areas of vulnerability.

    It’s the higher-functioning kids that are going to ace those the same way they’d ace a WISC. They’re going to have average to above-average scores. They’re going to get average to above-average scores on the language measures too.

    Good speech pathologists know the measures to get into the theory of mind and the linguistic skills that trip up our higher cognitive folks, like the Test of Narrative Language or the DELV and some of these other ones.

    I guess, as psychologists, we can learn them and administer them. It’s just the expertise of the speech pathologist that I feel is critical. Also for the nonverbal and minimally verbal, the augmentative communication assessments, it’s just something I’m not going to be able to do.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. A whole another world. What do you like for that early developmental assessment measure? So those kids who or maybe can’t do the WPPSI or might [00:45:00] be just too young or too nonverbal?

    Dr. Saulnier: This is going to cause a ruckus in The Testing Psychologist but I come from the research world where the Mullen Scales of Early Learning is the go-to test and it’s so antiquated. The Mullen are from the late 1980s. It has wonderful strengths and I can do it with my eyes closed. So it’s my go-to measure.

    Bayley, obviously it would be the go to test, except the Bayley only goes to a much younger age. I don’t even know if it’s four whereas the Mullen goes to 60 months. And so for your preschool-age kids that are impaired, you can still get standard scores with the Mullen whereas you wouldn’t be able to get with the Bayley. You’d have to move to something else.

    If they are a little more advanced than the Differential Ability Scales; that’s my go-to cognitive because it has the teaching items and the Wechsler [00:46:00] scales do not. The Wechsler scales and even the Stanford-Binet are so verbally loaded that it’s very hard for people with autism, even with intact speech, to comprehend that level of instruction without you being able to demonstrate what you’re asking of them.

    So you might misinterpret a cognitive impairment when it’s really, they don’t understand what you’re asking of them. They have this skill, the ability, they just need to be able to show you.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. Sure. Yeah, that’s an ongoing question in the group but also, it’s just relevant right now in our practice, I keep talking with our folks about what do we get for those younger kids where we need to. It’s hard to find the one, and of course, we’re trying to balance costs with effectiveness and it’s hard to find the one measure that works best.

    So in addition to the clinical practice, you do, like you said, some consulting. It sounds like on [00:47:00] a bigger level, though. You’re consulting with groups and not so much individuals necessarily on their own practices.

    Dr. Saulnier: Oh, right. No, with academic groups or professionals like educational institutions, I do a lot of my workshops for the field of school psychology. So I’m going in and training the school psychologists who are assessing the kids within the school systems, which is a whole world in and of itself; school psychology versus clinical psychology can be a different world and I love school psychologists, and I love going to NASP. It’s so much more fun than APA. I just love it.

    Dr. Sharp: And it’s going to be in Atlanta next, right?

    Dr. Saulnier: I know. I’m doing a workshop.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s right next door. Nice. I’m thinking about going to that one.

    Dr. Saulnier: Oh, let me know so we can meet. [00:48:00] I would love to get into individual consulting and working with families and especially on an international level.

    I have some wonderful colleagues and friends who do that already and they go all over the world and they’re doing assessments but also informing treatment and then they do a lot of telemedicine once they get back here. I would love to move into that arena a little bit more at some point.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I can hear people as they’re listening, thinking, oh, that sounds great. How could I do that? Do you have any idea how to do that? How would someone move from practice…?

    Dr. Saulnier: What I found through speaking engagements, it’s all, you give one, someone hears you and likes it. They refer and you get another and get another. So I would imagine that the international consulting is the same way; you work with one [00:49:00] family, if you can get the inroads to one family and you do a good job, that family is going to talk and refer to another family.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. I’m going to ask a dumb question, which is, do you have any idea where to find those international families? Are they here for school or…?

    Dr. Saulnier: It’s through probably conferences and speaking engagements is the best way. If you have an opportunity to present at an international conference that has parents, family members or school providers there, and they see you present and say, you know what, this is worth us traveling to find out more about.

    And then places like Marcus and certainly Yale, they were just international in and of themselves. People would come from all over the world to be evaluated at the Yale Child Study Center. So I just benefited in that regard by being in the institution and being [00:50:00] surrounded by the colleagues that I was, so got that exposure in that regard.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. As we talk, it seems like you’ve either, I don’t know if it was deliberate or not, but you’ve been in so many fortunate situations to really set up your career path. That’s really…

    Dr. Saulnier: Absolutely. I wouldn’t change a thing.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s awesome. That’s really cool. And the way that you speak of it, it’s clear that you care about what you’re doing and are just highly invested.

    Dr. Saulnier: Oh, thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: I know that people can’t see us. We’re doing a video interview as well and your face is just beaming. And this whole time you’ve been super animated. It’s really cool to see that.

    Before I let you go, I would be remiss not to ask about the difference in boys and girls with autism.

    Dr. Saulnier: That is another topic near and dear to my heart. [00:51:00] Clinically and anecdotally, every time you do an assessment on a girl, you’re thinking, wow, they’re so qualitatively different than boys. Every once in a while, you’ll get that prototypical classic girl but that’s rare.

    And so even those you think this still is closer to the prototypical girl because they made it to the clinic to be evaluated, the majority of girls are out there not getting detected and falling through the cracks because they have enough of a social ability that people think that can’t be autism and yet they are struggling so significantly.

    And what happens is because they go undetected and they have enough social ability to know that they’re struggling, their psychiatric comorbidities are striking. So the anxiety and depression and even suicidality is really severe. And that’s usually what brings the person [00:52:00] into an assessment rather than the autism symptomatology.

    And certainly in the workplace, when there is a lack of structure and support that they have in the educational system, then they’re going to fall through the cracks there. So there finally are initiatives, both research-wise and clinically, I think, to better understand the female presentation.

    I sit on the scientific advisory board for the Autism Science Foundation. That organization was founded by Alison Singer, who is a mom of an adult girl. She started the Autism Sisters Project, which is a research-based initiative to focus on the unaffected girls in families of people with autism that get missed or why are they unaffected. How are they spared? What’s the female protective effect that we have so many more boys than girls?

    Finally, people are doing research on this, and I think [00:53:00] the answers are still yet to come, but we know there’s a qualitative difference and we know that there probably should be differing diagnostic criteria. Some may argue differently from me but we’re getting there.

    And so I think that if there are anyone out there that has a girl and they’re perplexed and they’re scratching their head, don’t discount that it could be autism.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. I know you mentioned anxiety, depression, suicidality, perhaps. Are there other things we might look for in girls to at least be curious about autism? Other things you might see that we’d want to pay attention to?

    Dr. Saulnier: I’m trying to think, if there’s anything qualitatively different in stereotypical behaviors, they might not be as pronounced or prototypical. If a girl has a genetic defect, she takes a harder hit. And that [00:54:00] raises questions about the protective effect.

    So on the flip side of the higher cognitive girls that fall through the cracks in school, you have the really impaired girls that probably are just carrying a diagnosis of intellectual disability in their genetic disorder and no one’s thinking autism’s the forefront either.

    So I think just knowing that there are those two varying presentations of girls is good and just not relying so much on one diagnostic measure and using your clinical judgment and knowledge because a lot of the girls that I’ve diagnosed with autism wouldn’t meet criteria on DSM-5 and/or an ADOS, for example.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I’m so glad you said that. That question was sort of formulating, but it really crystallized when you said that. I’ve seen many girls who, like you said, would not strictly meet the criteria but they had [00:55:00] autism, so I’m curious how you might phrase that in a report to justify, I don’t know if that’s the right word, but explain, yes, this is a girl with autism but it looks different than… how do you work around them?

    Dr. Saulnier: That’s when I might pull the ADI because their diagnostic history, their early developmental history is often telling that they’d have enough criteria and remember the DSM-5 is current or by history, so you can use the history to advocate in that regard.

    Other measures, if they’re old enough to do self-report measures of things like the Social Responsiveness Scale because the SRS actually has norms for males and females, which is nice. The ADOS doesn’t, other measures don’t go by gender.

    And really it’s clinical judgment. Making a strong case [00:56:00] for your whole comprehensive assessment and why you think, and then educating the reader on presentation in girls, and maybe including some references in there of some research that’s been done, that this is a messier presentation for lack of a better way to describe it and it’s not going to be prototypical.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. It’s good to hear you say that. That’s the approach that we take here at our clinic. It’s like an extra paragraph that goes in the report that basically says autism in girls is different than autism in boys. Here’s what it might look like and here’s why it might not be caught. Okay. That’s so great. It seems like we’re on the same page, which makes me feel good.

    Dr. Saulnier: Me too. It’s nice to hear that from you.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice. I’m glad we can agree. We’ve covered so much and I just really appreciate all the time that you’ve given us. Before we wrap, are there particular resources or researchers or projects out there that if people want to learn more, you might point them in that direction? [00:57:00] Where can people go to learn more?

    Dr. Saulnier: The Autism Science Foundation is a phenomenal resource for scientific research going on and also for anyone with questions about vaccines, there’s a whole page of resources in the literature out there to say vaccines don’t cause autism. So you just have to send a parent in that direction to say, look here, that’s it.

    Autism Speaks and Autism Society of America for Families. And then, for exciting research going on, then there’s the International Society for Autism Research, INSAR. They have an annual conference every year, and this year will be in Montreal, in May.

    And then certainly places like the Yale Child Study Center and the Marcus Autism Center and lots of other wonderful places throughout the U.S. and the world.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice. And if anybody happens to want to check in [00:58:00] with you or ask you questions, are you open to being contacted?

    Dr. Saulnier: Anytime. So my email is celine@nacsatl.com.

    Dr. Sharp: Got you. That sounds awesome. I’ll put all of that information in the show notes so that people can find that and continue to learn more about this topic, which is fascinating.

    Dr. Saulnier: Thank you so much. It’s been such a pleasure being on.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh my gosh. Yeah, no thank you for being willing to come and chat. This has been fantastic. I really appreciate it.

    There you have it, everybody. What an interview, my gosh. I kept coming up with these questions and I was like, this one’s going to stump her but nothing ever did.

    And y’all couldn’t see, I’ve been doing video on my podcast lately, which has been really a nice enhancement to the whole process and I think helps with [00:59:00] the conversation flowing naturally, but y’all couldn’t see but Celine, like I said, at one point, just had this amazing smile on her face and presented such a positive attitude throughout the interview.

    She was really a pleasure to talk with and I highly recommend if you ever had the chance to cross paths with her to make that happen. She’s very knowledgeable and very personable.

    I hope you took a lot from this interview, I sure did. Got some additional interviews coming up that I think are going to be pretty fantastic as well. In the meantime, if you are building or growing your testing practice, feel free to reach out for any support that I might be able to give you. There are a number of paperwork packets that might be helpful in your private practice journey. I put together an administrative packet, a clinical packet, and a psychometrist training manual that are all available at [01:00:00] thetestingpsychologist.com/paperwork. You can use the code podcast to get 20% off your entire order.

    And if you’re more in the mind for one on one coaching, reach out to me as well. I have, I think at this point, maybe just one more spot available for one on one coaching. And then I’m going to close that down and really transition more to doing mastermind groups because that’s what I love to do and I think people really benefit from that format. So probably one more spot for individual coaching before that closes for a few months.

    And if you’re interested, reach out, again, at thetestingpsychologist.com and we can talk for a few minutes complimentary and just see if that’s a good fit for you. And if not, talk about what might be a good fit.

    All right, y’all. Take care and enjoy the fall, whatever that looks like for you. We did not get a whole lot of fall. We got 8 inches of snow a week ago and all our leaves are gone. And we’re just headed full [01:01:00] steam into winter, but hopefully, you’re having a little bit of fall. I know my family in the South is actually in an unnatural state of heat right now, so maybe some of y’all are too.

    Either way, take care. Talk to you soon. Bye bye.

    Click here to listen instead!

  • 72 Transcript

    [00:00:00] Dr. Sharp: Hello, welcome to The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. This is episode 72. Today, I’m talking with Maureen Werrbach. Maureen knows everything about running a group practice. So if you have any aspirations of hiring other psychologists or clinicians in your practice, or if you already have hired and you’re thinking about hiring more or just need to tune up your systems, Maureen is a great person to know about.

    She has a group practice in Chicago that now has 25 clinicians. Their revenue is incredible and the profit margins are even more incredible. She really knows what she’s doing. She has all sorts of resources for group practice guidance. She has a Facebook group, she has a membership community and she does coaching as well.

    She shares a lot of her knowledge with us today. This is a little bit of a departure from our expert series on [00:01:00] testing topics, but a lot of people ask about how to run a group practice and how to start hiring, and you’ll get those answers today.

    All right, onto our conversation.

    Hey, y’all. Welcome back to another episode of The Testing Psychologist podcast. I’m Dr. Jeremy Sharp. Our guest today is a little bit of a break from some of our recent interviews. Today, I have Maureen Werrbach on the podcast. Maureen is the group practice guru experts, I don’t know, what word do you like? What are you?

    Maureen: I don’t know, coach.

    Dr. Sharp: Coach, don’t sell yourself short. [00:02:00] So Maureen’s going to talk to us all about group practices and hiring and expanding and growing. She is amazing. Like you heard in the introduction, she hosts The Group Practice Exchange. She has a ton of resources for folks who are doing group practice and she’s talked me off the ledge two times so she knows what she’s doing and is really good at this stuff.

    So I’m just thankful that you’re here. Welcome to our podcast.

    Maureen: Thank you for having me. As you know, you’re my only guest who’s come on my podcast twice, so we have a nice little relationship going here. So I’m really excited that I finally get to jump onto your podcast.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, absolutely. I know. I like to repay the favor. It’s so good to see you again. It’s hard to know where to start. I feel like you certainly have been doing this for a long [00:03:00] time. You have a relatively large practice in the Chicago area. You have therapists, psychologists, you are doing some testing. You also psychiatric practitioners. You really have mastered the group game, I think.

    But I get a lot of questions around group practice and how to expand and when to do it and how to, all that kind of stuff. So we’ll just see where it goes and hopefully pull together some useful information for folks with testing practices.

    Maureen: Yeah. So when it comes to expanding, I’ll start from the beginning a little bit and then happen to maybe expanding once you’re already a group, but if you’re a solo practitioner like I was, did you start as a solo practitioner too?

    Dr. Sharp: I did.

    Maureen: You did. Okay. I know some people who go straight to starting a group so I wanted to make sure. [00:04:00] I started as a solo practitioner and some of the things that … Initially I never thought I was going to own a group practice. I’m pretty introverted. I like to keep to myself. And so if you looked at my history, you wouldn’t have guessed that I would have been someone who was leading and managing other people. You would have guessed I had my own business, though. I was one that likes to do my own things and be in charge of myself.

    When I went into solo practice, there was a part of me that, one, realized that there was only so much I could do for the community and for some weird reason that struck a nerve with me that I could only do so much and I realized that there was such a need just in my area, where my main hub is located. Part of me also felt that loneliness factor which a lot of solo practitioners talk about. And [00:05:00] also I had a lot of referrals coming in, and so I knew I could or I assumed I could fill a therapist’s schedule.

    I like to stop here because this is probably what most people think about when they think about starting a group practice. And now that I’ve done it, I like to talk to what would I say to my younger self sort of thing. I’d like to say that the best thing to do when you’re thinking about expanding into starting a group practice is getting some business plan in place. I didn’t.

    I was lucky enough because I probably wouldn’t have done it for a very long time but I was lucky enough that Chicago, the Department of Treasury, was having a small business plan competition for the city of Chicago. If you won, you were to get some amount of money to help you expand. And so I was like, I’ll do it.

    And it really helped me really put together what I wanted my group practice to look like, what I thought it could [00:06:00] look like that would be in line with who I was and what I wanted the community to see in me and my group practice. And that really helped me solidify, one, that if I should have gone the group practice route because at the time I had one person I’d hired already.

    So I feel like the thing that people miss most is doing that business plan in the beginning and they wing it similar to how I did. And you’re just going to learn from a lot more mistakes doing it that way. It helps you really figure out what direction do you want your group practice to go. How big do you want it to be? Is it something that you’re wanting to scale in the future?

    And obviously a business plan is, it’s ever changing, it’s evolving, it’s not static, it moves but it moves with you as you grow. So mine has changed along the way but I think I would have made a lot more random detours and adjustments had I not had that business plan.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. [00:07:00] I think, at least for myself, I got scared off by doing a business plan because the ones, the templates I looked at didn’t seem like they made sense for us and it was overwhelming. I was like, I don’t know these terms. So what does a business plan look like for someone who’s thinking about building a group practice then in mental health?

    Maureen: You can go on the IRS website and they have a template that lists the main things like your business description, your market analysis and your financials. The business plans will all look the same whether it’s in group practice or in banking or in any other kind of line of business.

    What I found that a lot of people don’t know about is, yes, you can go on the IRS. If you google IRS business plan template, it’ll give you a template of what a business plan should look like but it’s hard to know what information to put in the categories when it comes to our line of work because some of the terminology just [00:08:00] doesn’t connect with the things that we do.

    And so what I ended up doing was, and every state has this. They have business where, what did I go through? I’m trying to think of the name of the website, but it’s like a … For free you can use, your city has people who help small businesses write their business plans. That’s what I ended up using, was a Chicago business association who helps people write business plans and that’s what I used initially. They were able to help me. They didn’t know much about my industry, but they were able to help go into detail of what each piece means.

    What I see is that the group practice owners who do write a business plan end up writing a very simple one, that’s one or two pages. A really good business plan requires you to do a little bit of work. There’s a section that’s called market analysis and people usually just write what their marketing strategy is going to be [00:09:00] but market analysis includes going to your local chamber of commerce and asking for statistics on who the people are in your community where you want to have your group practice or where it’s already established.

    It helps you know what is … if you’re … I’m just maybe throwing things out in the air right now, but if you’re a child therapist and you want to do testing for children but you find out that later on, because you didn’t check with your chamber of commerce or you can google sometimes, some areas will have the comps on Google, is that you might find out that your average household size is two and the average age is 45 which tells you that it doesn’t seem to be a lot of families there. And if you’re a child therapist, that might be a little rough.

    I’m just giving one example, but this is one of the things that really [00:10:00] going in and doing the research on your area which is one piece of the business plan helps figure out what is my community need and can I make that happen because that’s part of what makes you grow a successful group practice is that you’re offering things that are in line with what your community needs.

    Dr. Sharp: Right. I don’t know if this is relevant or not, but have you run across any kind of hard data on how many therapists are needed for a particular population level or anything like that?

    Maureen: I haven’t, but I like to go from that abundance mindset that we have way more people in the world than therapists so it’s very likely that it’s not going to matter much even if you’re in a very heavily saturated therapist area, but I don’t have any real hard data. I haven’t seen anyone who’s done the work, the back end work, the research even those that are in heavy therapist areas who weren’t [00:11:00] able to be successful and expand and have a group practice.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. The only way that I’ve dived into that was when I was trying to request increases from insurance companies and I did the math around how many contracted providers there were versus children in the school district and stuff like that. And it was way more than I thought. There was something like 5,000 kids for every therapist who was in network with that insurance company or something.

    Maureen: Did you use that information?

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I did.

    Maureen: Did you get an increase?

    Dr. Sharp: I did not.

    Maureen: What?

    Dr. Sharp: I know.

    Maureen: Oh my gosh. I was waiting for a success story because you know me with those rate increases.

    Dr. Sharp: I know. Well, I got that from you. I put a lot of work into that particular one, but it’s like our holdout company. It’s Unite or Optum, and they just won’t.

    Maureen: And when was the last time you did it?

    Dr. Sharp: Six months ago.

    Maureen: Try again. [00:12:00] Optum gave us a huge increase just very recently.

    Dr. Sharp: Really?

    Maureen: Mm-hmm.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay.

    Maureen: Very big double.

    Dr. Sharp: Double?

    Maureen: Yeah, so I would check. I know that it’s likely very specific and it was across the board. If you asked for it, they give it in Illinois. So if you’re in Illinois, listening and you haven’t gotten an increase with United, ask.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, I know we have listeners from Illinois

    Maureen: Yeah, I would try again with them. The way I do it, I know we’re going off topic slightly with the rate increases, but most people give up after they write a rate increase request to an insurance company and they go, oh, okay, they said no. Take it a step further. Probably half the times I will get an increase when I ask for it, but the other half of the time I get a no.

    And out of that half, I send another letter saying something along the lines of, I’m going to have [00:13:00] to reconsider my status with you guys. We have X amount of providers that just, financially we can’t work with the rate that you’re giving. I’m a little bit more stern and a little bit more … there’s a little bit more fire under my butt with that second letter, and it’s just usually just a response. It’s not a whole detailed letter, but a good chunk of those will say, let me move it up the chain. It’s as far as I can. I can’t do anything anymore, but let me move it up to my superior, maybe they can do something about it.

    I think of it as oftentimes insurance companies just assume that people will give up and so they’ll say no at first and then people won’t ask for it again. Try again.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I like that. I need that encouragement. I should say, I’ve had success stories too. At the same time that rejection was happening, I got an increase from another panel. That was fantastic and it was really cool.

    I did that thing that you’re talking about. [00:14:00] They actually came back and offered something, some raise. And I was like, eh, testing’s really specific and it’s a specialty. Can we get those rates a little higher? We can leave therapy the same, but can you raise the testing rates? And she came back and gave a raise with the testing rates in particular.

    And I think that’s applicable for a lot of people listening too, that testing is such a specialty. In a lot of communities, we are in pretty high demand, especially people that take insurance for testing.

    Maureen: And oddly enough, testing is underpaid by insurance companies.

    Dr. Sharp: In lot of places they are.

    Maureen: I’m really actually surprised, when I brought on my first testing person, I assumed insurances were going to pay out more than they do for traditional one-on-one therapy. That isn’t always the case in terms of reimbursement by insurance companies. So I think more than anything, if you have a testing practice [00:15:00] and you’re in network with insurance, requesting those increases often.

    And if you get a no, you respond again right away. And then if they say no, again, you wait six months and you request again. You annoy the hell out of them until they give it to you.

    Dr. Sharp: I like it. Number one strategy, annoy them to death. All right, let’s dial it back a little bit. So for folks who are really thinking about expanding, you mentioned getting a lot of referrals and you thought you could probably bring someone else on. Is there a way to gauge that for sure? How do you know when you can expand and hire someone referral-wise, business-wise?

    Maureen: I like to say that this really can depend on your risk level as a person. There’s going to be people. I was just coaching someone who is starting a group practice. He’s starting from zero, not a solo practitioner. I think that’s higher risk. He hasn’t yet figured out if it’s going to [00:16:00] work. He hasn’t yet got his own caseload where he knows a little bit on how to market himself for whatnot. He’s going jumping right in.

    So there’s certain people that are willing to take a little bit more risk when it comes to business and then there’s those that take less risk, which I feel like … and anyone who wants to start a group practice has some level of ability to take risks, otherwise, you wouldn’t own a business. My mom always says, I would never have a business. I just had nothing. I have no willingness to take any risks beyond what I know is 100% possible. So obviously, anyone who owns a business, they have a little bit of ability to go into the unknown.

    But when it comes to your specific question, I truly think that you can go the slower risk route, which is what I did. I did one person at a time. Once I solidified that starting a group practice was something that I really wanted to do, that I had the means and the ability to supervise [00:17:00] people and to make executive decisions that maybe not everyone would be happy with.

    There’s a lot more than just bringing on someone to work your off hours, which is what a lot of people do initially. I just will bring someone on and they can work the days I’m not there but a group practice is more than that.

    And so once you figure that out, if you’re someone who isn’t, not risk-averse but it’s low risk, likes to take little risks at a time, similar to how it was in the beginning, the way I did it and I’m a metrics person, I know you and I talked about that before we went live today, is I like to have metrics that show me if something’s working or not. Otherwise, I tend to be …

    I have ADHD so my brain is on all cylinders at all time thinking about this thing and then this thing and then let’s do this. And so for me, I need to have metrics that show me if all of these crazy things that I’m doing, are they working? Are they not working? And so [00:18:00] I think if you can figure out a way to have some level of a metric, whether that be, I get five new calls a week that I can’t schedule because I’m full, that’s a metric. It’s telling you that there’s a need beyond what you can offer.

    And I think with hiring your first person, the easiest thing is to have that. Is to just have calls coming in. It doesn’t have to be 100 calls. It can be two calls a week coming in that you cannot fill that you are too full to take. And that, at least, will let you know that you can give that to someone else.

    And now there’s a whole other side to the story of making sure that you’re hiring the right person, looking at what kind of calls are coming in. So being risk taker or not, you can hire someone because you really want a Reiki therapist and no one’s asking for it, but you’re willing to market for it. That’s a little higher risk.

    Lower risk would be, wow, I have a lot of couples calling for couples counseling. I think my first hire is going to be a couples therapist. The risk is [00:19:00] a little bit less in that you’re more likely to be able to more quickly fill in. And it’s not to say that one is better than the other, but I think it comes back down to what are you comfortable risking? Are you able to be comfortable in higher risk situations, which some people are? Like my coaching guy that I’m telling you about, who’s starting a group with five people he hired all at once.

    Dr. Sharp: Oh, my gosh.

    Maureen: It’s not impossible. It just means you have to have a certain level of something in you to be able to muster through a longer period of stress figuring out what a group practice is going to look like when you get it plopped into your lap. I don’t think one is any better than the other.

    And I do think that as you hire, once I hired my second person, I actually hired them two people at once. And then once I was at then four or five, including me, I was able to hire three people within a month [00:20:00] period. It gets a little bit easier to expand. I look at it as like a snowball effect. Once the snowball is rolling down the hill, it gets bigger on its own.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    Maureen: It’s the beginning parts that most people have the most concern with when it comes to expanding. For me, I always say, if it’s a concern, then why not go the easy route and you hire a person when you have some referrals that you cannot fill yourself? That’s the lowest risk version and you have the metrics to show you that you can do it. You got calls that aren’t able to be scheduled that you’re referring out.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I like that you break it down like it’s doesn’t have to be complicated. You basically just track your phone calls for a few months or weeks or whatever it might be to see where they’re coming from and what they’re for. It’s a great place to start.

    Maureen: That’s the easiest route. Obviously, if you’ve got [00:21:00] time and you’re a little bit more business savvy, most of us are not business savvy from the get-go, and so going this easy route is just easier. But there’s obviously 100 other ways that you can do it.

    I’ve seen success in group practice owners who start physically as a whole group versus starting solo. You then have to have that grit inside to be able to work through adversity and potentially things not going well in the beginning, that’s also a possibility.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah. I wonder, are there any things that you’ve done or things you’ve read or ways that you’ve engaged in personal growth to be more of a business owner to deal with some of those things over the years?

    Maureen: Yeah, I think the one thing that I do consistently is because I’m not a business major and I’m pretty introverted, in terms of leadership skills, [00:22:00] it was not my initial. I’m a very nice person. I never yell. So I have all of those great qualities. When I first started my group practice, I didn’t have this innate take charge and lead type of mentality. I am in my own life but not when it comes to …

    When I was in school, if I could choose between working with a partner or working by myself, I would work by myself. So I knew my strengths and I knew where I needed to have work done. And so something that I still do and I’ve been doing it for years is reading books on leadership. If you’re thinking about starting a group practice, you should read Radical Candor. It’s a great book on leadership, on how to manage difficulties that’ll come up with interpersonal staff issues.

    I also read the book Grit very recently. And that talks more about this innate level of grit that everyone who’s a business owner needs to have to be able to be [00:23:00] successful. There’s only so much that your smarts can do and then there’s this whole underlying level of this grit. It’s like, if you say you’re going to do it, you’re just going to do it. You’re going to figure out how you’re going to do it. And so that book was really good because it just talks about grit as a business owner.

    Profit First, obviously, most of your listeners know about that.

    Dr. Sharp: I have talked about Profit First book

    Maureen: Yeah, most of us are not finance gurus and so we likely as a new group practice owner will pay everyone else first but yourself. You pay your expenses first and you pay your payroll people first and then you pay your taxes and then you’re like whatever I’ve left over, okay. I guess I have $100; I’ll give that to myself.

    Profit First was a great book in helping me shift how I looked at money and my relationship to money. So those are the first three books that I’d recommend when it comes to just getting into a leadership mindset and into a business [00:24:00] mindset.

    Dr. Sharp: Awesome. I’ll put those in the show notes for sure. I’ve read two of those; Radical Candor and Profit First and love both of them. I thought Radical Candor was awesome.

    Maureen: Yeah, me too. It changed how I communicate with my staff and it changed part of the structure of my business because that whole idea of rock stars and superstars, that you’ll have some staff that are rock stars who are just … they’re rock solid in their work and they do their work really well but they have no desire to move up or move forward. And then the superstars are those that do want to move up to move forward. They tend to be the people that leave the practice to start their own practice.

    In our industry as group practice owners, tend to not do anything about those superstars and then we get angry because they leave. And so I’ve shifted everything. I have a huge management team now, from site supervisors to clinical director to onboarding coordinator.

    I literally, probably since I last talked to you, made a lot of shifts in having more people who are [00:25:00] invested in their business, who do great work, who have certain skills that I was like, I could find a good useful position to help you feel like you’re, that take your investment in my business and give you something special, something different than just a therapist and it’s played a huge role in connecting the therapists and giving them a greater sense of purpose.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I think that’s super important. I know that’s getting down the road a little bit for folks thinking about having enough staff to even do something like that, but it totally makes sense to at least be looking at your folks in that light, like what might they need besides just doing the work or are they doing the work?

    Maureen: I got to say, my clinical director, I had her become a clinical director with clinician number three. I was in my first year. Most people don’t do it but …

    Dr. Sharp: I did not know that. I thought it was later on. Okay.

    Maureen: No, it was [00:26:00] myself, her, the first person I hired, so she was the second person I hired and then a third person. She only had to manage two people. I knew where my strengths were and I knew where they weren’t. I knew what I liked doing and I knew what I didn’t. I don’t like supervising people. I just don’t. I like to do the business stuff; the metrics, the background, the growth, and the expansion.

    I don’t like the day-to-day helping them figure out how to do a note in therapy notes or I’m having an issue with my couple, what other skill can I do? Those are things I don’t want to do. And so from the beginning, I decided, as I hired people, that I would look out for that person that could fit that role. And so when I hired her, she was a clinician for about six months or a year, I can’t remember. It was back in 2012 or 2013, but she was working for a little bit with me and then I was like, I think she’s the one, and [00:27:00] she’s still the one.

    Dr. Sharp: That’s awesome.

    Maureen: It’s something to think about from the beginning because one of the biggest struggles group practice owners have in the beginning is that they wear every hat. They’re doing the supervision, they’re doing the hiring, they’re doing the staff management, they’re seeing their own clients, doing testing, whatever it is that they’re doing.

    Then they’re doing business management stuff, making sure they’re doing payroll and marketing and networking, everything. And so one of the key things that we need to do is to let go of some of those hats and wear the hat that works the best for us, that we feel energized by, that we’re good at and to give those other hats to someone else.

    The issue comes up is that people think they can’t afford it. And this is why I like to use my clinical director as an example because I was barely there. We just had three people, and they were still growing at the time. In my head, I thought, if someone is meant to be in a higher level [00:28:00] position, whether it’s a supervisor or clinical director, if there’s something that you can’t do or you feel like you’re not good at when you’re a new business owner is the idea that if that’s something that is their strength, they’re going to be so excited about that, that they’re going to be willing to grow into that position.

    So I didn’t hire her to do 40 hours of clinical director work. She did one hour a week. She got paid for four hours of clinical director work a month because we only had two people. They were fully licensed so they didn’t need supervision every week. She was there to be available if issues came up. Obviously, almost every group practice owner can afford to pay one hour of clinical director work a week knowing that that gets taken off of their shoulders so that they can do something that generates more income.

    Dr. Sharp: Exactly.

    Maureen: Just a little tidbit.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, no, I think that’s really important to be thinking about from the very beginning. I talk so much on here about delegating and outsourcing and all that kind of stuff, that we shouldn’t wait [00:29:00] to start doing that, think from the very beginning, like what do I really want to do? What am I not good at? What am I good at? What do I have time for? What do I not have time for? And be thinking about who can do those other jobs for you. And maybe it’s a clinical director, maybe it’s a VA, maybe it’s a biller person, but having that in your mindset from the beginning is important.

    Maureen: Exactly. And every time I’ve done it, every time I’ve taken a risk, financial risk, I should say, by bringing someone else on to do something that I could be doing for “free” not really free because my time is worth money but I would feel this way and I’m sure you have and every other new to group practice owner will say, well, if I’m doing it, then I’m saving money because I don’t have to pay someone to do it but your time is worth the most. You’re the business owner, so you got to put a place of value on that.

    But every time I made a jump to hiring someone or bringing someone on that wasn’t a clinician because obviously clinicians, essentially, [00:30:00] are not very high risk financially because you pay them for seeing clients, which means you’ve been paid as well. VAs and billers, clinical directors, supervisors, those kind of positions are a little bit more high risk because you’re paying them whether or not the clinicians are seeing clients. They’re there for the most part maybe a VA. Well, even with VAs, you usually pay for a package or a minimum so you have to pay whether you use it or not.

    Every time I’ve taken a risk like that and now the risks are much smaller because I’m a large practice and can make additions like this a little more easily but when I was newer, it was a big deal to bring on a clinical director, even though it was just one hour a week. It was a little bit of a risk but every one that I took always yielded in me having more time and being able to use that time to grow the practice in a way that brought in more income.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely.

    [00:31:00] Maureen: I want to put an aside on here. A key thing is if you do hire someone as a support person, whether you’re solo still and you decide to hire a biller or a VA to answer your phones for you or whatever, the thing that makes it worth it because it’s really easy and I’ve heard this a lot where people hire someone but then it feels like their time is still just constantly being used, is that you have to purposefully out loud or on paper, say what you’re going to be doing.

    So if I hire a VA for five hours a week of something that I was doing, I am legitimately saying what am I going to do with these five hours? I either am leaving an hour early five days a week so that I … Literally am working five hours less or I’m going to say, I’m going to take those five hours and I’m going to blump those five hours on to X day to do marketing only. I don’t know, whatever it is, get my nails done, whatever it is that you want to do.

    I think the issue that people have is that they get support but then they replace [00:32:00] that time with menial things that aren’t helpful to the group practice or the growth and still make you feel anxious and overworked. And so when you do make these changes where you’re going to spend money on someone else for support, is that you say, okay, these extra X amount of hours that I’m going to get back, what do I want to do with it? Do I want to use it for myself? And then use those hours, actually leave work five hours earlier, do something that, so you feel it.

    Dr. Sharp: Absolutely. Good point. Oh, you’re so right. So let me try to touch on just some basics for folks who may not know, let’s say they’ve decided to hire their first person. I like lists. What are three things they need to think about before they even hire? They know they need someone, now what? What do you look at? What do you research? What’s important?

    Maureen: Step 1, have a business plan, but we’ll pretend that that’s not step 1, because I already [00:33:00] brought that up. So step 1A is find an employment attorney and have them draft an employment contract or an IC contract or an offer letter. Don’t …

    Dr. Sharp: Can you talk about that IC, employee difference? I feel like a lot of people get tripped up with this, I know it’s a huge thing, but briefly, IC versus employee.

    Maureen: An employee is someone that you hire. An independent contractor is someone that has their own business that contracts their work out in your business. So think of a painting company that hires a guy who has his own painting supplies and he doesn’t work for that company. That company will call if they have a project for him to do, and he’ll say yes, I’m available that day. I can do that project. This is my rate, and this is what I charge. And that company will pay that painter, who will then go out with his own supplies and do that work.

    An employee is someone [00:34:00] who the employer has more control over. They can say when and where they need to be. They supply them with everything like couches and chairs and pens and papers and testing materials. But going even beyond that, one, there’s a lot of changes happening in several states, California being one of them where they’re essentially writing into law that it’s nearly impossible in our industry to have contractors anymore. So that’s why I say to find an employment attorney because people want to cut corners in the beginning and kind of copy someone else’s contract and then just use it.

    But it’s really important to know based off of your personality, based off of your leadership style, based off of your vision for your group practice, is it better for you to have employees or contractors? We’re finding out that in more and more states, as time goes, contractors is really hard to make happen.

    And so I have employees, [00:35:00] but my testing person is an independent contractor. All my therapists are employees but for testing, she has her own counseling business. She does her own counseling and testing at her own private practice somewhere. She doesn’t have any set hours. There’s a room that’s available to her two days a week for a certain block of time from 8 to 12. And if she has someone for testing, she comes. If she doesn’t, she doesn’t. She schedules her own appointments. I pay her business for doing that work. She’s not a part of our team and our team culture of therapists who are W-2s or employees.

    So with employees, if you want to supervise, if you want to tell them when they can and can’t work, if you want to make them work full time; these are all things that you would need an employee for. If you really want to be hands off and not provide direction, not supervise, not have policies and procedures that they need to follow, allowing them to [00:36:00] come and go as they please and see clients and they have their own business that you can pay and they want to work very part-time, then contractors might work for you.

    This is why I say the first step should be to find an employment attorney because they will tell you in your state, what’s possible and what’s not because you may be in one of those states where contractors just doesn’t work but also even if it is possible and something that can work in your state, you talking through what you want from your practice will help them say, that sounds a whole lot more like you need to have employees.

    The issue only arises that people have contractors who they’re really treating like employees and if the IRS finds out you’ve misclassified; you can owe a lot of money. There’s never going to be an issue with you having employees who you treat like independent contractors. So if you want to go the safe route, obviously, having employees is safer because you can say, [00:37:00] and this was me in the beginning is I was like, I really want to be hands off. I don’t want to be setting a lot of rules, obviously, as I’ve grown in my business and gotten comfortable with my role, that’s changed.

    But there’s no rule book that says if you have employees that you can’t allow freedom or allow them to make decisions on their own. The problem only can arise if you have contractors that you’re treating like employees. There’s never going to be a time where you would get in trouble for having employees who you’re treating like contractors.

    Dr. Sharp: That makes sense.

    Maureen: So that would be my first tip, is an employment attorney. Don’t use these Facebook groups to ask what’s better. Don’t use the Facebook groups. I feel like my group is the one, if anyone’s a part of that group, people ask it all the time and I wish I could zap that question off so that they can’t ask because it’s a legal question. You need to [00:38:00] have an attorney answer that for you and draft paperwork that fits your state’s rules and your particular …

    Even your county or your city, laws change just by counting area. Here in Chicago, just last year, new law went to an effect where if you have employees, you have to pay for sick time, but literally about three blocks away from me is a suburb called Park Ridge. If my practice was over there, I would not be required to … So even just having …

    Dr. Sharp: Oh that’s amazing.

    Maureen: Yeah. And so it’s really important that you have an employment attorney because she was the one that emailed me and said, hey, just want to let you know, new laws going into effect in July of 2017 it was, and I was prepared in November of 2016 for it that I actually put it in place on January 1st, six months early.

    But you don’t get that information if you don’t have an employment attorney. And when you manage staff, whether they’re contractors or employees, I think the biggest disservice you can do for [00:39:00] yourself is not having someone like that, that you can talk to. And most people don’t because they don’t want to spend the money. Attorneys cost money.

    Dr. Sharp: They do.

    Maureen: As you and I know.

    Dr. Sharp: They sure do. I got a bill from my attorney on my desk right now.

    Maureen: So do I.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay. So step 2.

    Maureen: Oh, so then let’s say you’ve figured out who you want to have; contractors or employees. I feel like a second step, there’s like 10 things at step 2 that can happen and not in any particular order but I would say from the perspective of me being a group practice coach, what I tell people to do next is to figure out your ideal clinician before hiring because we were talking about next step before hiring.

    There’s a lot of other things like figuring out if you want to take insurance or not as a group and figuring out if you need a group insurance contract, but those things are not as important and you can do them [00:40:00] later, too. If you’re thinking about hiring someone, you want to know who you want to hire. I think a lot of us have it in the top of our heads, like, yeah, I want a fully licensed person to work 10, maybe 15 hours, and are pretty vague.

    And then you start interviewing, and more often than not, if you connect with someone because you like them, you’ll hire them. It doesn’t necessarily mean that they’re the best fit for your practice as a culture, personality-wise, needs-wise, which is why knowing what your community needs is important.

    I have an ideal clinician worksheet that’s on my website somewhere and it’s free. Anyone can take it. It walks you through some common questions like would you want someone who’s provisionally licensed or not? It’s an important question because you will get 100 provisionally licensed people applying for your position and it’s very easy in the beginning to be antsy and jump in to saying, oh, you know what? I didn’t really want a provisionally licensed person but [00:41:00] why not?

    And that’s where I see a lot of people making mistakes because then they see all of the extra work that might come in with a provisionally licensed person that they didn’t think about. And then figuring out what are your non-negotiables? If you want someone fully licensed and not provisionally, don’t interview someone who’s provisionally licensed because you might like them, and then it feels weird to not take them on and you’ll feel the pressure of wanting to take them on.

    If you want a couples therapist, don’t interview people who aren’t couples therapists. Make sure to have this job description be directed to a couples therapist. If you’re wanting someone who, like part of mine and it evolved into this, is I have a really heavy emphasis on company culture. And so I want clinicians who want to be engaged in the practice with the other clinicians. I don’t want someone who just wants to see clients and [00:42:00] go home.

    You might want people like that and I think that’s important because it’s going to have a different culture. You’re going to have people who are very independent and kind of coming in and going. I wanted a place where when I walked into the office, that people were sitting on each other’s couches and talking between seeing clients.

    I wanted a practice where clinicians would want to come to staff case consults. We have a once a month case consult where we get pizza and Starbucks and we just have a good time and connect. You’ll find very easily and I’ve had this happen before where I didn’t put an emphasis on it and then I hired people who never showed up to the staff outings and just weren’t really a part of it and felt like, who is this person? And for me, it was something I didn’t like.

    And so that was part of a non-negotiable for me moving forward after I realized that is, I need to make an emphasis on company culture and that I need someone who really likes to connect with the other staff members. If you’re one that likes to close your door between sessions and lay on the couch and relax or [00:43:00] leave the office and not connect with anyone, you’re probably not going to be a good fit.

    So the step 2 is really figuring out in detail what are your non-negotiables, I call them, because it’s very easy to find someone who ticks only a few of things that you want, and then for you to be like, that’s pretty good. I’ll still take them. I think the hardest thing that group practice owners have is when there’s a staff issues.

    Every person that I’ve ever, businesswise, in any business, the biggest struggle isn’t figuring out a metric in your business. If you have staff, the biggest issue ends up coming with problems relating to staff, whether it’s communicating concerns, whether it’s clinicians leaving a lot, whether it’s hiring people who say they can do something that they can’t do. It always ends up relating to the staff management piece. And so if I’ve learned anything, it’s to know your non-negotiables ahead of time before [00:44:00] interviewing.

    And then, I guess, 2A would be to have a good recruiting strategy in place and interviewing strategy. Don’t just interview them once and then make a decision. I have multiple steps. I obviously have other people now that can help me with that. I have a clinical director who can do an interview. Some people who don’t have that use existing clinicians to do a peer interview.

    But if you’re starting from scratch and it’s just you, you can still have a multiple-step process. What it does is it lets you get them in different lights. So if something doesn’t pop out at you at one point, it might pop out at the second interview.

    So if you’re a solo practice owner still and you’re hiring your first person, and it’s just you, my suggestion is to have something in place that they have to have, they need to give you a resume and a cover letter. I feel like nobody reads the cover letter, but it’s part of can they follow directions, for me. If they don’t send a cover letter, for me, it’s just indicative [00:45:00] of, they don’t fully read through things. I’m probably going to have to tell them things multiple times. That may not be the case but here’s where I don’t like to take risks. So if they can’t follow that, they’re out in that first round.

    I then have a Google Form questionnaire that I made that outlines my non-negotiables again because you can put it in your job description and people will be like, of course I can work 20 hours a week if that’s what you want and of course I’m fully licensed. And then all of a sudden, they’re like, well, I will be fully licensed in three months from now. And I’m like, no, you’re not then.

    So I have a Google Form that puts stuff from my ideal clinician worksheet or my non-negotiables on there. It says, please confirm you have this license or this license. I put the fully licensed ones on there. And then I put, group culture is very important. If you’re one that likes to work individually and come and go as you please, this isn’t going to be a place that you’re going to be happy at. Can you confirm? You can look mine up, it’s on my group practice [00:46:00] webpage right at the top, but I pretty much list out those non-negotiables.

    I list like, what are some of your strengths? Why Urban Wellness, which is my practice. I think it’s important that they’ve done their research and they know my business. If they don’t, I feel like they’re not very invested now, they probably won’t be later. So that’s the second one. And if I find anything in that form that they fill out that doesn’t fit or jive with what I’m expecting, then I don’t move forward.

    The third thing you can do is then have an informal 10-minute, very quick phone consult. It’s really meant to check that they fit all the requirements that you’re looking for, but also can they connect with you? For me, I feel like if we can’t connect on a phone call and it’s weird and just not right beyond nerves, obviously we all know that when people interview, sometimes they’re nervous, but if it goes beyond the nerves piece and they’re just like off, you know that [00:47:00] they’re going to have a hard time establishing rapport with new clinicians or with new clients at that first intake.

    And so for me, I’m like, if that’s just weird too, then I don’t move forward with an in-person. And then the lastly would be an in person. So having multiple steps to see them in different lights, it would be that part 2A.

    Dr. Sharp: Yeah, for sure. I know it sounds like there’s a third step that I want to hear about. I think it’s important to highlight that because a lot of what I hear in the testing group is that it’s just so hard to find people period who are good at testing or good candidates that then we end up in a scarcity mindset and hire people who then are not good fits at all.

    Maureen: Exactly.

    Dr. Sharp: Desperate, so just holding out.

    Maureen: I think the issue, one, is holding out because there is someone that’s good for you. Maybe they haven’t moved to your city yet. Maybe they haven’t seen your Facebook [00:48:00] ad or your Indeed ad yet, but there is someone that’s a good fit. It is so much more painful to be unhappy with your business if the people that you have frustrate you and aren’t aligned with your business. No quicker way will you want to give up having a group practice than having clinicians who don’t fit in with what you are wanting in your practice.

    The other thing that I could mention relating to that, especially in rural areas or if you’re looking for someone very specific like testing or EMDR certified or Gottman completely certified, the ones where it just narrows the search down a lot is that you can look at alternatives and I’m going off the cuff here of either hiring someone who can do it remotely, either some practices that do it. It’s a [00:49:00] whole another level of work because you then are employing someone who doesn’t even work out of your practice, but works remotely, maybe an hour away where they’re located.

    It also might mean taking a look at what your non-negotiables are and re-reviewing them. There have been a few cases where I’ve seen, truly, based off of them being in this very rural area where there’s like 100 people total in a 100-mile radius, and there’s probably only going to be 10 therapists and you’re wanting one, that you may have to adjust something.

    If it’s a case where you’re in a place like that, if you’re in Colorado, no. If you’re in Chicago like me, no. You can step your non-negotiables and hold off and you’ll find someone. But I guess for those listeners who might be in that outlier area where there’s not a lot of people, you may have to shift and look at what those non-negotiables are.

    [00:50:00] If you’re looking for someone who’s, let’s say like I said before, EMDR completely certified, could you adjust that to having someone who’s done all the EMDR training and has been doing it for 15 years? They maybe just didn’t pay for that certification but they did all of this pre-certification stuff. It might mean making an adjustment like that.

    And with testing, maybe you’re looking for someone who can do neuropsychological testing but that’s a lot harder to find, but finding someone who can do regular child psychological testing is a little bit easier. Maybe you make that shift for that reason.

    Dr. Sharp: Sure. I think too the hurdle that I had to get over is I found when I was hiring folks that I really preferred a known quantity. I wanted either someone who went to my graduate school program or a friend of a friend or I needed some familiarity but 2 out of my 12 [00:51:00] clinicians just moved from out of state. They saw the ad and they applied and it turned out great. I think it’s just speaking too to being open to whomever may come through the door as long as they are a good fit when you really get down to it.

    Maureen: Yeah, exactly.

    Dr. Sharp: Is there a third step? Did we talk about the third step?

    Maureen: That was the third. I did three for if you’re solo. Still I have a few more steps but that’s for those that are established and have other clinicians working for them, you can then have a fourth step where you do a peer interview where two or three clinicians can do a pre-interview before it gets to you. They’ll definitely get a different version of an interview than you would as the group practice owner.

    If you have any management or you have a front desk receptionist, they’re going to be dealing with them. You can always have them do an [00:52:00] interview. I have my clinical director do it and then it goes to me. So those would be just two extra steps that we do.

    Dr. Sharp: Cool. Well, gosh, I feel like we’ve covered a lot of ground here. Definitely some stuff around the basics of when to hire and how to hire and what to think about. Other things that you’ve learned from coaching others and doing it yourself that people might forget about or not think about when they are starting to grow and expand and bring people on.

    Maureen: One last thing I would mention is marketing. I brought it up before, but I feel like if you’re a solo practitioner, your marketing scheme needs to change a little bit because what works when you market solo might not necessarily work for marketing a group practice. One of the main reasons being when you’re marketing yourself solo, you’re marketing yourself. When you have a group practice, you have to market the brand, the group practice. You can’t market yourself anymore, otherwise [00:53:00] people will be calling to talk to you and you’ll just have a harder time convincing them to go see your clinicians.

    And so I think that’s just something that every new group practice owner will have to learn to look at is how they can shift their marketing strategy where it actually markets the brand itself or the group practice itself and not necessarily me, the group practice owner and figuring out what you expect when it comes to your clinicians when it comes to marketing.

    I call it the two-pronged approach to marketing, which is, in person, one-prong and digital is the other prong. I focus on the digital marketing mainly. The in person stuff comes more for my clinicians. I pay them to do speaking engagements. They don’t have to market.

    If you’re a new group practice, I don’t think it’s a bad thing to require your clinicians to market. It’s helpful when you’re starting group practice. [00:54:00] As you become established, it was something I liked being able to take away as a benefit to working in a group practice. They don’t have to anymore. But when they’re new, I think it’s really important that they learn. You don’t have to carry the burden all by yourself of trying to fill everyone up, and so teaching them to market themselves is that one-prong, that in person prong.

    Doing speaking engagements or running workshops outside of your office at other businesses, those are all that one prong of face-to-face. Being a part of your local chamber of commerce is a way that you can do it because you get connected with all the local business owners. And then the second prong is digital marketing and that’s doing things like making sure you have a good website, that it’s optimized for SEO, that you are potentially doing something like Google AdWords if you want or Facebook ads or having a social media account, if that’s what you want. These aren’t all things you have to do but that’s fits in that prong of that digital marketing.

    [00:55:00] For me, I find that the digital marketing is easiest because it doesn’t have my face in front of it and so I can do the work without clients seeing me and thinking, oh, I want to see her. So the point I’m at and I think it’s easily doable to navigate that way even as a new group practice owner, is to focus more. People are just on the internet. Most of our clients when they’re calling us, I can see calls through their mobile phone because they found us on our website and called straight through our website.

    Until your group practice gains traction, you’re not going to have as many word of mouth. And so focusing on that digital stuff is going to be really helpful. And so that’s where I focus my time.

    And now I’m at a place where I can pay clinicians a good … I pay them more than double what they make an hour seeing clients to do marketing in the community because we found that community is a [00:56:00] really, you get a high level return on investment by having clinicians go out in the community and do like a speaking engagement. So we have a lot of presentations that we give and that’s that face-to-face prong that I was talking about.

    Dr. Sharp: Nice, very cool. That’s a whole topic. We talk with people a lot about, I don’t know if it’s more so with testing and counseling or not, but it seems like that’s a common problem where the practitioner starts out solo, people get used to those reports and that style of testing and then it’s hard to spread that to their clinicians and let the clinicians get referrals because everybody’s like, no, I want your testing.

    Maureen: I think with testing; I can see that it would be much more about the person. My daughter has autism. I remember when we were getting her tested when she was younger, I was very specific on who I wanted to see. And so coming from a consumer perspective, I can [00:57:00] see like if someone says, Dr. Jeremy Sharp is amazing at testing my child. It was a great experience, that I would be so laser-focused on wanting to see you.

    Just because I’ve had that experience in my own life with my daughter and so I think I can imagine that you have to make sure that your testing psychologists are doing some kind of work in the community, getting themselves known in the community because I can see testing being something that people, it’s connected to a name. And so they need to go out there and make sure that they’re doing something to get their name out there so that people connect with them as well and not just you.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, I can say too, at least from my perspective, that’s it circles back to the IC versus employee thing. And that was a big reason that I wanted to have employees, which is because I knew I wanted consistency in our report style. I wanted to [00:58:00] be able to control that. Still, I look at way too many reports that I need to do quality control, so to speak. Even though I fully trust my clinicians, I like to take a look and make sure that what’s going out is what we …

    Maureen: What you want. Right. Exactly. I get that.

    Dr. Sharp: Well, goodness. You shared so much with us. This is just a tip of the iceberg. Your website has a ton of information. I will link to that in the show notes. You also do a podcast. You also have a membership community for folks who are really focusing on building a group practice and need support around that. We will have links to all of that if people want to check that out.

    Maureen: Awesome. Thank you. I had a good time talking.

    Dr. Sharp: Good, me too.

    Maureen: As usual.

    Dr. Sharp: Right, I know. I like this podcast relationship going on here.

    [00:59:00] Maureen: I know. Like you said, it’s really is the tip of the iceberg because there’s so much and we’ve been talking for a little bit now and I feel like there’s so much more I could give information wise but hopefully they’ve gotten two tidbits of information that helps them make a decision if they’re thinking about starting a group practice, whether it’s a testing group practice or whatnot.

    Dr. Sharp: Awesome. Thank you so much.

    Maureen: Thank you.

    Dr. Sharp: Okay, y’all. I hope that was super helpful for you. Maureen and I ended up covering a lot of topics and I hope that you’re able to distill a few things from that conversation to get you going if you are trying to hire some folks. Like I said, I know the testing piece, but she really knows the hiring and the growth piece. We did not even get into how she uses metrics in her practice but that as a whole other topic that I would love to bring her back for.

    [01:00:00] If you would like some testing paperwork to supplement your practice, I’ve put together three packets. There’s a clinical packet, there’s an administrative packet and there is a psychometrist training manual. If any of those sound interesting to you for your practice, you can check them out at thetestingpsychologist.com/paperwork.

    And if you are interested at all in coaching around the testing aspects of your practice, I would be happy to talk with you about that too. You can find out more at thetestingpsychologist.com/consulting. All right, see you next time.

    Click here to listen instead!